Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Packaged Foods / Post

Post

post · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker post
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Post
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report

Thank You

This year revealed 
the strength of the 
construction of our 
portfolio, and our 
results give us further 
confidence moving 
forward. However, none 
of this would have been 
possible without the 
courage and dedication 
of our people. 

800

600

400

200

0

1,500

1,200

900

600

300

0

800

600

400

200

0

Net Sales 

(in millions)

.
.

2
2
7
7
5
5
2
2
6
6

,
,

.
.

1
1
1
1
8
8
6
6
5
5

,
,

.
.

7
7
8
8
9
9
6
6
5
5

,
,

.
.

8
8
6
6
2
2
0
0
5
5

,
,

.
.

8
8
5
5
2
2
2
2
5
5

,
,

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

(in millions)

.
.

7
7
0
0
3
3
2
2
1
1

,
,

.
.

4
4
0
0
1
1
2
2
1
1

,
,

.
.

9
9
3
3
3
3
9
9

.
.

1
1
9
9
8
8
9
9

.
.

5
5
0
0
4
4
1
1
1
1

,
,

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Operating Cash Flow 

(in millions)

.
.

6
6
8
8
1
1
7
7

.
.

0
0
8
8
8
8
6
6

.
.

6
6
5
5
2
2
6
6

.
.

4
4
2
2
0
0
5
5

.
.

7
7
6
6
8
8
3
3

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Sales by Segment

 17% 

BellRing Brands

34% 

Post Consumer Brands 

 17% 

Refrigerated Retail

8% 

Weetabix

24% 

Foodservice

Financial Highlights  

(in millions except per share data)

Net Sales

Gross Profit

Operating Profit

20 1 6
20 1 6

20 1 7
20 1 7

20 1 8
20 1 8

20 1 9
20 1 9

20 20
20 20

 $ 5,026.8 

 $ 5,225.8 

 $ 6,257.2 

 $ 5,681.1 

 $  5,698.7 

 1,550.5 

 1,570.8 

 1,854.0 

 1,792.1 

 1,787.4 

 548.8 

 516.7 

 573.5 

 781.0 

 700.5 

Net (Loss) Earnings Available to Common Shareholders

 (28.4)

 34.8 

 457.3 

 121.7 

 0.8 

Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Common Share

 $     (0.41)

 $       0.50 

 $       6.16 

 $       1.66 

 $ 

0.01 

Operating Cash Flow

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 502.4 

 386.7 

 718.6 

 688.0 

 625.6 

 933.9 

 989.1 

 1,230.7 

 1,210.4 

 1,140.5 

Adjusted Net Earnings Available to Common Shareholders(1)

 205.8 

 211.0 

 318.9 

 378.0 

 189.8 

Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Common Share(1)

 $       2.59 

 $       2.67 

 $       4.20 

 $       5.03 

 $ 

2.71 

Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report — 1

Post Consumer Brands is one of the  
top producers in the North American 
ready-to-eat cereal category

POST CONSUMER BRANDS

#3

Ready-to-eat U.S. cereal  
manufacturer(2)

$24M

Cost savings achieved in fiscal 2020 
from implementation of integrated 
business planning processes

15%

Household penetration of Malt-O-Meal  
bag cereal(3)

2 — Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report

To Our Shareholders

In 2020 distance brought us closer together.  
The economic imperative that normally drives  
our organization was preempted by the imperative 
to protect each other and continue the role we 
serve in feeding you. We learned the language 
and acronyms of epidemiology like social 
distancing, contact tracing and PPE. The most 
technologically challenged among us learned how 
to navigate tools that brought us into each other’s 
homes. Homework questions, dogs barking and 
home deliveries became part of our meeting 
experience. The most important fashion choice 
became a ball cap. Despite the separations, our 
interactions proved more intimate. 

We learned each day the meaning of what it means to be “essential.” 
While many of our colleagues navigated the challenges of suddenly 
working from home, many of our colleagues are not able to do 
their jobs from home. Thousands of men and women continued 
to produce the food that keeps us nourished and comforted. They 
worked extra shifts to meet demand and sacrificed much. To them, 
we are profoundly grateful. 

 “ Thousands of men and 
women continued to 
produce the food that  
keeps us nourished and 
comforted. To them we are 
profoundly grateful.”

Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report — 3

Weetabix is one of the top producers in 
the U.K. ready-to-eat cereal category 

WEETABIX

#1

Ready-to-eat U.K. cereal brand(4)

45%

Household penetration of Weetabix 
Food Company products in the U.K.(5)

#1

Muesli brand in the U.K.(4)

4 — Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report

We view ourselves as serving five constituents — colleagues, 
customers, consumers, communities and capital providers.  
Long-term success for each constituent requires long-term balance 
to all constituents. However, in any short-term period, this balance 
may be properly set aside in response to the exigency of the day.

In our past annual shareholder letters, we have focused on our 
success with respect to serving capital providers. This year our 
share price performed poorly. It was a tale of two halves (well, 
halves liberally defined). From October 1, 2019, until January 17, 
2020, our share price appreciated 6.5%. Once the full threat of the 
pandemic became apparent in March, our share price dropped to 
a low of $71.55 before settling the year at $86.00 for a full year 
decline of 18.3%. We are never happy to report to you that your 
investment declined. However, in 2020 we intentionally prioritized 
our other constituents, and we believe that was the correct 
prioritization for our future success.

At the outset of the pandemic, we established three priorities for  
the crisis:

• 

• 

• 

 We would seek to protect our employees from the physical  
and economic hardships to come;

 We would protect our supply chains to ensure our ability 
to service our customers and consumers during a time of 
heightened food insecurity; and

 We would manage our liquidity to ensure that we had the 
flexibility and cushion to weather any storm created by the 
pandemic in our business, the interconnected supply chains  
upon which we depend or in the capital markets.

These priorities guided our actions. We reserved aggressive cost 
reduction until supplemental unemployment benefits made that 
counterproductive. We provided significant cash bonuses to frontline 
workers. We donated millions of dollars of food to food banks to 

FOODSERV ICE

Post’s Foodservice business offers 
innovative, value-added egg and  
potato products

“ We believe this  
organization is a  
source of good that  
can be better. And we  
will be better.”

strengthen local communities. We invested heavily in personal 
protective equipment and a myriad of safety measures aimed at 
giving every person the comfort to know their health is a top priority. 
We temporarily suspended share buybacks to ensure that come 
what may, our financial position was strong. 

During 2020 we prioritized our more vulnerable constituents 
because it was the right thing to do and because by doing so,  
we will be better able to deliver to you the returns you expect.  
We appropriately measure our business by the financial results  
it generates. The predicates for generating our results include our 
culture and our trust for each other. These predicates are greater 
as a result of the challenges we have faced together. The financial 
results will follow. 

This year, events in our broader society occurred that once again 
forced us to ask if freedom and opportunity are fairly distributed 
across our nation and within our organization. Our approach was 
to begin with analysis. We asked for feedback from across our 
organization. The feedback was raw, personal, discouraging and 
uplifting — all at the same time. We believe this organization is 
a source of good that can be better. And we will be better. From 
diversity and inclusion efforts at each business across our holding 
company, we created an enterprise-wide council tasked with  
setting goals and determining standards. We are seeking results 
that are authentic, measurable and sustainable.

3

New products launched in fiscal 2020

97%

Customer service performance in  
fiscal 2020

#1

Foodservice provider of value-added 
egg and potato products(6)

Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report — 5

OUR  C OVID -19  RESPO NSE

$2.2M

spent in plant and office modifications and incremental PPE,  including plexiglass 
including plexiglass 
spent in 
barriers, curtains, new picnic tables for social distancing and breaks/lunchroom, hand 
barriers, curtains, new picnic tables for social distancing and breaks/lunchroom, hand 

sanitizing stations, fogging events, infrared cameras, thermometers, temporary  
sanitizing stations, fogging events, infrared cameras, thermometers, temporary  
shelters/tents for testing, masks, gloves and other protective gear 
shelters/tents for testing, masks, gloves and other protective gear 

$7.8M $3M

 to 4200+ 
provided in special bonuses to 4200+ 
provided in special
employees
employees

spent on safety measures, including 
spent on safety measures, including 

on-site nurses, COVID-19 testing 
 for manufacturing employees
and PPE for manufacturing employees

Bob Evans Farms and Michael 
Bob Evans Farms and Michael 
Foods donated 3 million 
Foods donated
pounds of eggs and potatoes 
to our employees, food banks 
to our employees, food banks 

and community charities
and community charities

COVID-19 protection 
pay was extended for 
 for 
those employees who were 
those employees who were 

quarantined, sick, or needed to 
quarantined, sick, or needed to 

provide care for their families
provide care for their families

All furloughed employees 

were returned to full 
 after necessary 
employment after necessary 
hour reductions in our 
hour reductions in our 

Foodservice business
Foodservice business

Guiding principles to 

Minimize the impact the 
Minimize the impact the 

Maintain our supply chain 
Maintain our supply chain 

Minimize the impact the 
Minimize the impact the 

help us through the 

pandemic had on our  
pandemic had on our  

readiness
readiness

pandemic had on our 
pandemic had on our 

challenge:

people 
people 

business
business

6 — Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report

  
REFRIGERATED RETAIL

Post’s Refrigerated Retail business  
markets side dish, egg, sausage and 
cheese products

Now, to comment on our business results.

Our company has terrific businesses that serve consumers  
in-home food choices and a terrific business that provides food for 
away-from-home eating occasions. Historically, this diversification 
has served us well. This year, our in-home consumption businesses 
did extremely well, but our away-from-home business had a 
devastating drop in second-half demand. When the United States 
was largely locked down from March to May, we saw an 80% drop 
in demand at its trough. I want to commend the management team. 
Led by Mark Westphal, Mike Elliott and Steve Schonhoff, the team 
ably led us during the most challenging business experience we 
have endured.

Despite the gut punch to a key channel, our business results were 
reasonable. Sales were flat at $5.7 billion and Adjusted EBITDA(1) 
declined 5.8%. The central accomplishment of the year was to 
effectively and safely navigate COVID-19. While we are not past  
the challenges as of the date of this letter, we are extremely  
proud of the outcome so far. Beyond this, some key highlights  
of the year included:

• 

• 

 We completed the initial public offering of our active nutrition 
segment into the now named BellRing Brands, Inc., receiving  
tax-free proceeds of ~$1.2 billion, while maintaining 71% 
ownership of BellRing. This transaction helped us illustrate  
the sum of the parts analysis that we believe is needed to 
properly value our business.

 Before COVID-19 struck, as well as after we had passed the 
highest sense of crisis, we were active in purchasing our shares. 
During 2020 we retired 6.1 million shares for an average cost  
of $97.65 per share, while maintaining our “B” credit rating. 

• 

 We generated nearly $400 million in free cash flow(1) despite our 
Foodservice business being significantly off plan. 

#1

Refrigerated side dish manufacturer(7)

12.5%

Household penetration of Bob Evans 
branded side dish products(7)

#1

Cheese brand in core Midwest Markets 
and the #4 U.S. cheese brand(8)

Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report — 7

BellRing Brands operates in the global 
convenient nutrition category and is a 
leader in ready-to-drink shakes

BELLRING BRANDS

6.8%

Household penetration of Premier 
Protein brand(9)

“ The central 
accomplishment 
of the year was to 
effectively and safely 
navigate COVID-19.”

• 

 We continue to aggressively use what has been an attractive  
high yield bond market to finance our business. We issued  
$1.650 billion in 10-year senior notes at record low rates,  
further extending our bond maturity ladder to 2030. Our 
approach to leverage enables us to deliver long-term returns, 
and our approach to liquidity positioned us well for the  
dramatic uncertainty of the year.

In closing, 2020 was a year like no other. As of this writing, we 
have heard quite encouraging news with respect to the end of this 
pandemic. At the same time, we face a short term of considerable 
uncertainty. The virus continues to spread unabated through all 
markets in which we operate. We expect to be further tested, but  
we also expect to rise to whatever challenges present themselves. 
We remain quite optimistic for the long-term trajectory of our 
business, and we always appreciate your support. 

26%

Premier Protein total distribution point 
growth in fiscal 2020(10)

4

New shake flavor introductions in  
fiscal 2020

8 — Post Holdings, Inc. 2020 Annual Report

William P. Stiritz  

Chairman of the Board

Robert V. Vitale  

President and Chief Executive Officer

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549
_______________________
FORM 10-K 
_______________________

(Mark One)

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 
or 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 1-35305 
______________________

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
_______________________

Missouri
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

45-3355106
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2503 S. Hanley Road

St. Louis Missouri

(Address of principal executive offices)

63144
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (314) 644-7600 
_______________________
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Trading Symbol(s)
POST
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None
_______________________

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ☒  Yes   ☐ No 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ☒  Yes    ☐  No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files).    ☒  Yes   ☐  No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging 
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☒
☐

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2020, the last business day of 
the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $4,680,868,433. 
Number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of November 16, 2020: 65,848,095 

Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission within 120 days after September 30, 2020, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements........................................................................................................
Risk Factors Summary...........................................................................................................................................................

1
3

PART I

Item 1.
Business...............................................................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors.........................................................................................................................................................
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments................................................................................................................................
Properties.............................................................................................................................................................
Item 2.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings................................................................................................................................................
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures......................................................................................................................................

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities..............................................................................................................................................................
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data........................................................................................................................................
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..............................
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.............................................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data....................................................................................................
Item 8.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures......................................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information................................................................................................................................................

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance...................................................................................
Executive Compensation.....................................................................................................................................
Item 11.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters............
Item 12.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence....................................................
Principal Accountant Fees and Services..............................................................................................................
Item 14.

5
13
32
32
33
33

34
36
38
59
61
120
120
120

121
121
121
121
121

PART IV

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.......................................................................................................
Item 15.
Form 10-K Summary...........................................................................................................................................
Item 16.
Signatures...............................................................................................................................................................................

121
126
127

i

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Forward-looking  statements,  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and 
Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  are  made  throughout  this  report,  including  statements 
regarding  the  effect  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our  business  and  our  continuing  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic. 
These forward-looking statements are sometimes identified from the use of forward-looking words such as “believe,” “should,” 
“could,”  “potential,”  “continue,”  “expect,”  “project,”  “estimate,”  “predict,”  “anticipate,”  “aim,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “forecast,” 
“target,”  “is  likely,”  “will,”  “can,”  “may”  or  “would”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms  or  similar  expressions  elsewhere  in  this 
report. Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may differ materially from those in the forward-looking 
statements. Such statements are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve risks and uncertainties that 
could affect expected results. Those risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, including negative impacts on the global economy and capital markets,
the health of our employees, our ability to manufacture and deliver our products, operating costs, demand for our
foodservice and on-the-go products and our operations generally;

our  high  leverage,  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  (including  both  secured  and  unsecured  debt),  our
ability  to  service  our  outstanding  debt  (including  covenants  that  restrict  the  operation  of  our  business)  and  a
downgrade or potential downgrade in our credit ratings;

our  ability  to  continue  to  compete  in  our  product  categories  and  our  ability  to  retain  our  market  position  and
favorable perceptions of our brands;

our  ability  to  anticipate  and  respond  to  changes  in  consumer  and  customer  preferences  and  behaviors  and
introduce new products;

changes  in  economic  conditions,  disruptions  in  the  United  States  (the  “U.S.”)  and  global  capital  and  credit
markets, changes in interest rates, volatility in the market value of derivatives and fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates;

disruptions or inefficiencies in our supply chain, including as a result of our reliance on third party suppliers or
manufacturers  for  the  manufacturing  of  many  of  our  products,  pandemics  (including  the  COVID-19  pandemic)
and other outbreaks of contagious diseases, fires and evacuations related thereto, changes in weather conditions,
natural disasters, agricultural diseases and pests and other events beyond our control;

significant volatility in the cost or availability of inputs to our business (including freight, raw materials, energy
and other supplies);

our ability to hire and retain talented personnel, the ability of our employees to safely perform their jobs, including
the  potential  for  physical  injuries  or  illness  (such  as  COVID-19),  employee  absenteeism,  labor  strikes,  work
stoppages and unionization efforts;

allegations that our products cause injury or illness, product recalls and withdrawals and product liability claims
and other related litigation;

our  ability  to  identify,  complete  and  integrate  or  otherwise  effectively  execute  acquisitions  or  other  strategic
transactions and effectively manage our growth;

our ability to promptly and effectively realize the strategic and financial benefits expected as a result of the initial
public  offering  of  a  minority  interest  in  our  BellRing  Brands  business,  which  consists  of  our  historical  active
nutrition business;

impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangibles;

our ability to successfully implement business strategies to reduce costs;

legal  and  regulatory  factors,  such  as  compliance  with  existing  laws  and  regulations,  as  well  as  new  laws  and
regulations  and  changes  to  existing  laws  and  regulations  and  interpretations  thereof,  affecting  our  business,
including  current  and  future  laws  and  regulations  regarding  food  safety,  advertising  and  labeling  and  animal
feeding and housing operations;

the loss of, a significant reduction of purchases by or the bankruptcy of a major customer;

the  failure  or  weakening  of  the  ready-to-eat  cereal  category  and  consolidations  in  the  retail  and  foodservice
distribution channels;

the ultimate impact litigation or other regulatory matters may have on us;

1

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our  ability  to  successfully  collaborate  with  third  parties  that  have  invested  with  us  in  8th  Avenue  Food  &
Provisions, Inc. (“8th Avenue”) and to effectively realize the strategic and financial benefits expected as a result
of the separate capitalization of 8th Avenue;

costs  associated  with  Bob  Evans  Farms,  Inc.’s  (“Bob  Evans”)  obligations  in  connection  with  the  sale  and
separation  of  its  restaurants  business  in  April  2017,  which  occurred  prior  to  our  acquisition  of  Bob  Evans,
including certain indemnification obligations under the restaurants sale agreement and Bob Evans’s payment and
performance obligations as a guarantor for certain leases;

our  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  and  other  assets  and  to  continue  to  use  third  party  intellectual
property subject to intellectual property licenses;

the ability of our and our customers’, and 8th Avenue’s and its customers’, private brand products to compete with
nationally branded products;

risks associated with our international businesses;

the impact of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union (commonly known as “Brexit”) on us and our
operations;

costs, business disruptions and reputational damage associated with information technology failures, cybersecurity
incidents or information security breaches;

changes in estimates in critical accounting judgments;

losses or increased funding and expenses related to our qualified pension or other postretirement plans;

significant differences in our, 8th Avenue’s and BellRing Brands, Inc.’s actual operating results from our guidance
regarding  our  and  8th  Avenue’s  future  performance  and  BellRing  Brands,  Inc.’s  guidance  regarding  its  future
performance;

our ability and BellRing Brands, Inc.’s ability to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002; and

other risks and uncertainties included under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report.

You  should  not  rely  upon  forward-looking  statements  as  predictions  of  future  events.  Although  we  believe  that  the 
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of 
activity,  performance  or  events  and  circumstances  reflected  in  the  forward-looking  statements  will  be  achieved  or  occur. 
Moreover, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this 
report to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

2

RISK FACTORS SUMMARY

We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  risks  related  to  our  business,  risks  related  to  our 
indebtedness, risks related to our common stock and certain general risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Risks  that  we  deem  material  are  described  under  “Risk 
Factors” in Item 1A of this report. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

Global health developments and economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted, and are
expected to continue to impact, our financial and operational performance.

• We have substantial debt and high leverage, which could have a negative impact on our financing options and liquidity

position and could adversely affect our business.

•

•

Despite  our  current  level  of  indebtedness,  we  may  be  able  to  incur  substantially  more  debt,  which  could  further
exacerbate the risks related to our debt and leverage.

The  agreements  governing  our  debt,  including  the  indentures  governing  our  senior  notes,  contain,  or  may  in  future
financings contain, various covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions and also require us to meet financial
maintenance tests, and failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on us.

• We operate in categories with strong competition.

• We must identify changing consumer and customer preferences and behaviors and develop and offer products to meet

these preferences and behaviors.

•

•

•

Our results may be adversely impacted if consumers do not maintain favorable perceptions of our brands.

Uncertain or unfavorable economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could limit consumer
and customer demand for our products or otherwise adversely affect us.

Disruption of our supply chain, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and changes in weather conditions
could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

• We  are  currently  dependent  upon  third  party  suppliers  and  manufacturers  for  the  manufacturing  of  many  of  our
products.  Our  business  could  suffer  as  a  result  of  a  third  party’s  inability  to  supply  materials  for  our  products  or
produce our products for us on time or to our specifications.

•

Increased input costs, including costs for freight, raw materials, energy and other supplies, or limited availability of
such inputs could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

• We may not be able to operate successfully if we are unable to recruit, hire, retain and develop key personnel and a
qualified and diverse workforce. In addition, we are dependent upon our employees being able to safely perform their
jobs, including the potential for physical injuries or illness (such as COVID-19).

•

•

•

•

Our borrowing costs and access to capital and credit markets could be adversely affected by a downgrade or potential
downgrade of our credit ratings.

U.S.  and  global  capital  and  credit  market  issues,  including  those  that  have  arisen  or  may  arise  as  a  result  of  the
COVID-19 pandemic, could negatively affect our liquidity, increase our costs of borrowing and disrupt the operations
of our suppliers and customers.

If our products become adulterated or contaminated, or if they are misbranded or mislabeled, we might need to recall
or withdraw those items and may experience product liability claims if consumers are injured.

Our  business  strategy  depends  upon  us  identifying  and  completing  additional  acquisitions  and  other  strategic
transactions.  We  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  consummate  favorable  strategic  transactions  in  the  future.  Our
corporate  development  activities  also  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations and cash flows.

• We may experience difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, or acquisitions may not perform as expected.

•

•

Impairment  in  the  carrying  value  of  intangible  assets  could  negatively  impact  our  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.  If  our  goodwill  or  other  intangible  assets  become  impaired,  we  will  be  required  to  record  additional
impairment charges, which may be significant.

Violations of laws or regulations, as well as new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations or to
interpretations thereof, could adversely affect our business.

3

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

The loss of, a significant reduction of purchases by or the bankruptcy of a major customer may adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments operate in the historically mature ready-to-eat cereal category, and
the failure or weakening of this category could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows.

Consolidation in the retail and foodservice distribution channels, and competitive, economic and other pressures facing
our customers, may hurt our profit margins.

Pending and future litigation may impair our reputation or cause us to incur significant costs.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products
and brands.

Our  international  operations  subject  us  to  additional  risks,  including,  among  others,  unfavorable  changes  to  tariffs,
quotas,  trade  barriers,  export  or  import  restrictions  or  treaties;  challenges  with  cross-border  product  distribution;
increased  exposure  to  general  market  conditions,  political  and  economic  uncertainty  and  other  events  outside  of  the
U.S.;  compliance  with  additional  U.S.  laws  as  well  as  laws  outside  of  the  U.S.;  and  the  difficulty  of  conducting
operations across diverse regions and employee bases.

Technology failures, cybersecurity incidents or corruption of our data privacy protections could disrupt our operations
and negatively impact our business.

Agricultural diseases or pests could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Actual operating results may differ significantly from our or BellRing Brands, Inc.’s guidance.

Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

4

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS

Introduction

PART I

Post  Holdings,  Inc.  is  a  Missouri  corporation  incorporated  on  September  22,  2011.  We  are  a  consumer  packaged  goods 
holding company operating in the center-of-the-store, refrigerated, foodservice, food ingredient and convenient nutrition food 
categories. We also participate in the private brand food category, including through our investment with third parties in 8th 
Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. (“8th Avenue”). Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, all references in 
this Form 10-K to “Post,” “the Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” mean Post Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. 

On  February  3,  2012,  Post  completed  its  legal  separation  via  a  tax  free  spin-off  from  its  former  parent  company.  On 
February 6, 2012, Post common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the ticker symbol 
“POST”. We operate in five reportable segments: 

•

Post Consumer Brands: Includes branded and private label ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal operations of Post Foods,
LLC, MOM Brands Company, LLC (“MOM Brands”), which Post acquired in May 2015, and Weetabix North
America (“Weetabix NA”), which Post acquired as part of its acquisition of Latimer Newco 2 Limited, a company
registered in England and Wales (“Latimer”), and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect subsidiaries at the time of
acquisition, including Weetabix Limited (collectively, the “Weetabix Group”), in July 2017;

• Weetabix: Includes the business of Weetabix Limited, which produces and distributes branded and private label
RTE  cereal,  hot  cereals  and  other  cereal-based  food  products,  breakfast  drinks  and  muesli  primarily  outside  of
North America, which Post acquired as part of its acquisition of the Weetabix Group in July 2017;

•

•

•

Foodservice: Includes primarily egg and potato products in the foodservice and food ingredient channels from the
businesses  of  MFI  Holding  Corporation  (“Michael  Foods”),  which  Post  acquired  in  June  2014,  Willamette  Egg
Farms,  LLC  (“Willamette”),  which  Post  acquired  in  October  2015,  National  Pasteurized  Eggs,  Inc.  (“NPE”),
which Post acquired in October 2016, and Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”), which Post acquired in January
2018;

Refrigerated Retail: Provides refrigerated retail products, inclusive of side dishes, eggs and egg products, sausage,
cheese and other dairy and refrigerated products, from the businesses of Bob Evans, Michael Foods, including the
business of Crystal Farms Dairy Company (“Crystal Farms”), which Post acquired as a part of its acquisition of
Michael Foods in June 2014, Willamette and NPE; and

BellRing  Brands  (historically  referred  to  as  Active  Nutrition):  Provides  products  in  the  convenient  nutrition
category,  including  ready-to-drink  (“RTD”)  protein  shakes,  other  RTD  beverages,  powders  and  nutrition  bars,
from  the  businesses  of  Premier  Nutrition  Company,  LLC,  which  Post  acquired  in  September  2013,  Dymatize
Enterprises,  LLC,  which  Post  acquired  in  February  2014,  and  the  PowerBar  brand,  which  Post  acquired  in
October  2014,  and  includes  Active  Nutrition  International  GmbH,  which  manufactures  and  sells  convenient
nutrition products in certain international markets.

On October 21, 2019, the initial public offering (the “IPO”) of a minority interest in our historical active nutrition
business was completed. As a result of the IPO and certain other transactions completed in connection with the
IPO  (the  “formation  transactions”),  BellRing  Brands,  Inc.  (“BellRing”)  is  a  holding  company  owning  28.8%  of
the non-voting membership units (the “BellRing Brands, LLC units”) of BellRing Brands, LLC and a publicly-
traded  company  whose  Class  A  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value  per  share  (the  “Class  A  Common  Stock”),  is
traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “BRBR”. Post owns 71.2% of the BellRing Brands, LLC units and
one  share  of  BellRing’s  Class  B  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value  per  share,  which,  for  so  long  as  Post  or  its
affiliates  (other  than  BellRing  and  its  subsidiaries)  directly  own  more  than  50%  of  the  BellRing  Brands,  LLC
units, represents 67% of the combined voting power of the common stock of BellRing. BellRing Brands, LLC is
the  holding  company  for  Post’s  historical  active  nutrition  business.  Effective  October  21,  2019,  the  financial
results of BellRing and its subsidiaries are consolidated within the Company’s financial results and 28.8% of the
consolidated  net  income  (loss)  and  net  assets  of  BellRing  and  its  subsidiaries,  representing  the  percentage  of
economic  interest  in  BellRing  Brands,  LLC  held  by  BellRing  (and  therefore  indirectly  held  by  the  public
stockholders of BellRing through their ownership of the Class A Common Stock), are allocated to noncontrolling
interest. For additional information, refer to Notes 1 and 8 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in
Item 8 of this report.

On October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue was separately capitalized by Post and third parties through a series of transactions, and 
8th Avenue became the holding company for Post’s private brand food products business, which was historically reported as 
Post’s Private Brands segment. After completion of the transactions, Post retained 60.5% of the common equity in 8th Avenue, 

5

which,  effective  October  1,  2018,  is  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  and  is  no  longer  consolidated  in  the  Company’s 
financial statements. The private brands business was no longer considered a reportable segment of Post as of October 1, 2018. 
For additional information, refer to Notes 6 and 8 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this report. 
8th  Avenue  primarily  manufactures  and  distributes  private  label  peanut  and  other  nut  butters,  dried  fruit  and  nut  products, 
granola and pasta.

COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused and continues to cause global economic disruption and uncertainty, including in our 
business. We are closely monitoring the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and developments related thereto and are taking 
necessary actions to ensure our ability to safeguard the health of our employees, including their economic health, maintain the 
continuity  of  our  supply  chain  to  serve  customers  and  consumers  and  preserve  financial  liquidity  to  navigate  the  uncertainty 
caused by the pandemic. For discussion regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and financial results, 
see “Sales, Marketing and Distribution” below and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations” in Item 7 and “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report.

Our Business Model

We operate a decentralized, adaptive business model, which provides us with flexibility to pursue acquisitions and other 
strategic transactions. Since our formation, we have expanded and established new platforms through numerous acquisitions. 
Our acquisition strategy has focused on businesses with product offerings that can strengthen our current portfolio, enable us to 
expand into complementary categories, geographic regions or distribution channels or provide diversification of cash flows in 
similar  channels.  In  addition  to  acquisitions,  we  also  have  pursued  and  completed  other  types  of  strategic  transactions.  For 
example, we separately capitalized 8th Avenue with third parties on October 1, 2018 and the IPO of BellRing was completed on 
October 21, 2019. 

Our Businesses

Post Consumer Brands 

Our  Post  Consumer  Brands  segment  includes  our  North  America  cereal  business  which  manufactures,  markets  and  sells 
branded and private label RTE cereal and hot cereal products. The RTE cereal category is one of the most prominent categories 
in  the  food  industry.  According  to  Nielsen’s  expanded  All  Outlets  Combined  (“xAOC”)  information,  the  category  was 
approximately  $9.0  billion  in  sales  for  the  52-week  period  ended  October  24,  2020.  We  have  leveraged  the  strength  of  our 
brands, category expertise and over a century of institutional knowledge to create a diverse portfolio of cereals. Post Consumer 
Brands is the third largest seller of RTE cereals in the United States (the “U.S.”) with a 19.6% branded share of retail dollar 
sales  and  a  22.1%  branded  share  of  retail  pound  sales  for  the  52-week  period  ended  October  24,  2020,  based  on  Nielsen’s 
xAOC information. Nielsen’s xAOC is representative of food, drug and mass merchandisers (including Walmart), some club 
retailers  (including  Sam’s  Club  and  BJs),  some  dollar  retailers  (including  Dollar  General  and  Family  Dollar)  and  military. 
Based  on  sales  data  for  fiscal  2020,  Post  Consumer  Brands’s  core  brands  include  the  following  RTE  cereal  brands:  Honey 
Bunches of Oats, Pebbles, Great Grains, Grape-Nuts, Honeycomb and Malt-O-Meal branded cereals. Post Consumer Brands’s 
brand  portfolio  also  includes,  among  others,  the  RTE  cereal  brands  of  Oreo  O’s  and  Mom’s  Best,  as  well  as  the  hot  cereal 
brands  of  Malt-O-Meal  hot  wheat,  CoCo  Wheats,  Better  Oats  and  Mom’s  Best  oatmeal.  In  addition,  Post  Consumer  Brands 
includes the natural and organic RTE cereal and snacking platform in both branded and private label of Weetabix NA, led by 
the  Weetabix  and  Barbara’s  brands,  serving  the  natural  and  specialty  channels  and  conventional  retailers.  Post  Consumer 
Brands’s products are primarily manufactured through a flexible production platform at nine owned facilities in the U.S. and 
Canada. 

Weetabix

Our  Weetabix  segment  primarily  markets  and  distributes  branded  and  private  label  RTE  cereal  products.  According  to 
Nielsen’s  ScanTrack  data,  the  United  Kingdom  (the  “U.K.”)  cereals  and  breakfast  drinks  category  was  approximately  £1.5 
billion in sales for the 52-week period ended October 31, 2020. Weetabix holds the number two overall position for branded 
manufacturers in the U.K. cereals and breakfast drinks category according to Nielsen’s ScanTrack data for the 52-week period 
ended  October  31,  2020.  Based  on  sales  data  for  fiscal  2020,  the  core  brands  in  Weetabix’s  portfolio  include  the  Weetabix 
brand,  which  holds  the  number  one  brand  position  in  the  U.K.  cereals  and  breakfast  drinks  category  based  on  Nielsen’s 
ScanTrack data for the 52-week period ended October 31, 2020, and the Alpen brand (the number one muesli brand in the U.K. 
according  to  Nielsen’s  ScanTrack  data  for  the  52-week  period  ended  October  31,  2020).  Nielsen’s  ScanTrack  data  is 
representative of grocery, health and beauty and beverage purchases, collating data from, among others, major grocery stores, 
independent grocery chains, convenience stores and gas stations. Other brands in Weetabix’s portfolio include Weetos, Ready 
Brek and Weetabix On The Go. Weetabix’s main markets are the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland, where Weetabix has deep 
relationships  with  all  key  retailers  and  key  players  in  wholesale  and  foodservice.  Weetabix  distributes  products  to  multiple 
countries throughout the world, mainly through a network of third party distributors in the respective markets. Weetabix also 

6

has a growing business in emerging markets, such as China and Hong Kong, through the eCommerce channel. Additionally, 
Weetabix has operations in Africa through two joint ventures.

Cereal and granola products sold by our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments together contributed 41.9% to our 
consolidated  revenue  for  fiscal  2020.  For  additional  information  regarding  our  net  sales  by  product,  refer  to  Note  22  within 
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this report. 

Foodservice

Through  our  Foodservice  segment,  we  primarily  produce  and  distribute  egg  and  potato  products  in  the  foodservice  and 
food ingredient channels. We provide a broad portfolio of egg products under several brands, with the primary brands being 
Papetti’s and Abbotsford Farms, and potato products under several brands, with the primary brand being Simply Potatoes; the 
primary brands were determined based on sales data for fiscal 2020. The Foodservice segment also manufactures certain meat 
products.  Our  operations  include  fourteen  egg  products  production  facilities  in  the  U.S.,  some  of  which  are  fully  integrated, 
from the maintenance of laying flocks through the processing of egg products, potato processing facilities in Maine, Minnesota, 
Nevada and Ohio, and meat products processing and production facilities in Michigan, Nebraska, Ohio and Texas. Several of 
these production facilities also produce products for our Refrigerated Retail segment.

Refrigerated Retail

Through our Refrigerated Retail segment, we produce and distribute side dishes, eggs and egg products, sausage, cheese 
and other dairy and refrigerated products to retail customers. Our refrigerated side dish, potato and sausage products are sold 
primarily  under  the  Bob  Evans,  Bob  Evans  Farms  and  Simply  Potatoes  brands;  processing  facilities  for  these  products  are 
located in Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio and Texas. Our egg products are chiefly sold under the Bob Evans Egg Whites brand, 
and are produced at facilities located in Minnesota and New Jersey, as well as several of our egg products production facilities 
that also produce products for our Foodservice segment. Our cheese and other dairy case products are sold principally under 
the Crystal Farms brand. In addition to utilizing third party manufacturers, we operate a facility in Wisconsin that processes 
and packages various cheese products for the Crystal Farms brand and for private label customers. 

Eggs  and  egg  products  sold  by  our  Foodservice  and  Refrigerated  Retail  segments  together  contributed  22.9%  to  our 
consolidated  revenue  for  fiscal  2020.  For  additional  information  regarding  our  net  sales  by  product,  refer  to  Note  22  within 
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this report. 

BellRing Brands 

Our BellRing Brands segment markets and distributes RTD protein shakes, other RTD beverages, powders and nutrition 
bars  in  the  convenient  nutrition  category.  BellRing  Brands’s  primary  brands  based  on  fiscal  2020  sales  data  are  Premier 
Protein,  Dymatize  and  PowerBar.  The  BellRing  Brands  segment’s  products  are  primarily  manufactured  under  co-
manufacturing agreements at various third party facilities located in the U.S. and Europe. BellRing Brands also owns a facility 
in Germany that manufactures bars and gels primarily for the European Union (the “E.U.”) and the U.K. markets. Our BellRing 
Brands  products  are  primarily  sold  in  the  club,  food,  drug  and  mass  and  eCommerce  channels,  as  well  as  the  specialty  and 
convenience channels. 

Protein-based  products  and  supplements  contributed  17.3%  to  our  consolidated  revenue  for  fiscal  2020.  For  additional 
information regarding our net sales by product, refer to Note 22 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 
of this report.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

Each of our businesses has developed marketing strategies specific to its product lines. For certain of our products, we have 
consumer-targeted  marketing  campaigns,  which  generally  include  television,  digital  and  print  advertisements,  coupon  offers, 
rebate  programs,  co-marketing  arrangements  with  complementary  consumer  product  and  entertainment  companies  and  joint 
advertising  with  select  retail  customers.  We  also  generally  use  traditional  outdoor,  print  and  digital  advertising  and  social 
media, as well as more targeted grass roots programs such as sampling events and business drops, in order to increase brand 
awareness  and  loyalty  at  both  national  and  local  levels.  Our  internet  and  social  media  efforts  are  used  to  educate  consumers 
about the nutritional value and flavor profiles of our products and for product promotion and consumer entertainment.  

Our Post Consumer Brands segment sells products primarily through an internal sales staff and broker organizations. Our 
Weetabix  segment  services  its  key  U.K.  markets  through  a  centralized  commercial  team  which  manages  relationships  with 
customers at the corporate level while a third party sales force operates at the store level to ensure maximum availability and 
compliance with agreed plans. Weetabix has small sales and marketing teams in the growth markets of Spain, the United Arab 
Emirates and China, and it also services emerging markets, such as China and Hong Kong, through the eCommerce channel. 
Our Foodservice and Refrigerated Retail segments sell and market their products primarily through dedicated teams of internal 

7

sales  staff  and  broker  organizations.  Our  BellRing  Brands  segment  uses  a  flexible  sales  model  that  combines  a  national  and 
international direct sales force, broker network and distributors. 

Generally,  our  products  are  distributed  through  a  network  of  third  party  common  carriers.  In  addition,  our  Refrigerated 

Retail and Foodservice segments have internal fleets that distribute certain of their products.

Demand  for  our  products  is  impacted  by  changes  in  consumer  behaviors  and  preferences.  Since  the  effects  of  the 
COVID-19  pandemic,  including  the  actions  of  public  health  and  other  governmental  officials  in  response  to  the  pandemic, 
began to impact the categories in which we operate, our products sold through the food, drug and mass, club and eCommerce 
channels generally experienced an increase in sales as a result of consumer pantry loading in the second quarter of fiscal 2020 
and  increased  at-home  consumption  that  continued  throughout  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2020.  However,  our  foodservice 
business  has  been  negatively  impacted  by  lower  demand  resulting  from  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  various 
channels, including full service restaurants, quick service restaurants, education and travel and lodging. In addition, during the 
second  half  of  fiscal  2020,  we  experienced  declines  in  sales  of  certain  on-the-go  products  as  a  result  of  increased  at-home 
consumption.  For  further  discussion  regarding  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our  business,  refer  to  “COVID-19 
Pandemic”  above.  Prior  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  RTE  cereal  category  in  which  our  Post  Consumer  Brands  and 
Weetabix segments operate had been experiencing relatively flat to declining demand. In general, our Foodservice business had 
been growing prior to the COVID-19 pandemic. Our Refrigerated Retail business operates in a category that had been growing 
prior  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  with  such  growth  accelerating  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Our  BellRing  Brands 
business operates primarily in the liquids sub-category of the convenient nutrition category, which had been growing prior to 
the  COVID-19  pandemic,  experienced  a  brief  slowdown  early  in  the  COVID-19  pandemic  but  has  since  returned  to  growth 
relatively in line with its pre-pandemic growth rate. We continue to actively monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on 
our businesses; however, we are unable to accurately predict the future impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have due to 
various  uncertainties,  including  the  ultimate  geographic  spread  of  the  virus,  the  severity  of  the  virus,  the  duration  of  the 
outbreak, actions that may be taken by governmental authorities and changes in consumer behaviors and preferences.

Research and Development

Our  research  and  development  efforts  span  our  business  segments.  These  capabilities  extend  to  ingredients,  packaging 
technologies, product sizes and delivery formats; new product and process development, as well as analytical support; bench-
top and pilot plant capabilities; and research support to operations.

Raw Materials and Energy

Raw materials used in our businesses (purchased from local, regional and international suppliers) consist of ingredients and 
packaging materials. The principal ingredients for most of our businesses are agricultural commodities, including wheat, oats, 
rice, corn, other grain products, vegetable oils, dairy- and vegetable-based proteins, sugar and other sweeteners, fruit and nuts. 
Additionally, the principal ingredients for the Foodservice and Refrigerated Retail businesses are eggs, pork, pasta, potatoes, 
cheese,  milk  and  butter.  A  portion  of  our  egg  needs  comes  from  Company-owned  layer  hens,  and  the  balance  is  purchased 
under third party contracts and in the spot market. We also buy significant amounts of grain to feed layer hens. In addition, we 
procure live sows at prevailing market prices from terminals, local auctions, country markets and corporate and family farms in 
various  U.S.  locations.  Each  of  our  segments  utilizes  raw  material  sources  that  ensure  that  its  products  meet  standards  and 
certification  requirements,  where  applicable,  for  example,  non-GMO,  organic,  gluten-free  and/or  cage-free.  The  principal 
packaging materials used by our businesses are folding cartons, corrugated boxes, flexible and rigid plastic film and containers, 
beverage packaging, and aseptic foil and plastic lined cartonboard. 

Supply  availability  and  prices  paid  for  raw  materials  can  fluctuate  widely  due  to  external  factors,  such  as  pandemics 
(including the COVID-19 pandemic) and other outbreaks of contagious diseases, weather conditions, feed costs, labor disputes, 
governmental programs, regulations and trade and tariff policies, industry consolidation, economic climate, energy shortages, 
transportation  delays,  commodity  market  prices,  currency  fluctuations  and  other  unforeseen  circumstances,  such  as  avian 
influenza and diseases affecting livestock, which could affect the domestic poultry industry and our egg supply and our sow 
supply,  respectively.  We  continuously  monitor  worldwide  supply  and  cost  trends  of  these  raw  materials  to  enable  us  to  take 
appropriate action to obtain ingredients and packaging needed for production. Although the prices of the principal raw materials 
can  be  expected  to  fluctuate,  we  believe  such  raw  materials  to  be  in  adequate  supply  and  generally  available  from  multiple 
sources.

Cereal processing ovens and most of the Foodservice and Refrigerated Retail production facilities generally are fueled by 
natural gas, which is obtained from local utilities or other local suppliers. Electricity and steam (generated in on-site, gas-fired 
boilers) also are used in our processing facilities. Short-term standby propane storage exists at several plants for use in the event 
of  an  interruption  in  natural  gas  supplies.  In  addition,  considerable  amounts  of  diesel  fuel  are  used  in  connection  with  the 
distribution of our products, including in our internal fleet. Refrigerated Retail also uses large quantities of carbon dioxide as a 
cooling agent during its sausage production. Weetabix owns and operates its own combined heat and power generation unit, 

8

which is capable of supplying the majority of the requirements of its main operation site with power and steam which means the 
site can be operated using either electricity or natural gas.

Trademarks and Intellectual Property

We own or have long-term licenses to use a number of trademarks that are critical to the success of our businesses. Our 
Post Consumer Brands business’s trademarks include Post®, Honey Bunches of Oats®, Great Grains®, Post® Bran Flakes, Post®
Shredded  Wheat,  Spoon  Size®  Shredded  Wheat,  Golden  Crisp®,  Alpha-Bits®,  Ohs!®,  Shreddies™,  Post®  Raisin  Bran,  Grape-
Nuts®, Honeycomb®, Frosted Mini Spooners®, Golden Puffs®, Cinnamon Toasters®, Fruity Dyno-Bites®, Cocoa Dyno-Bites®, 
Berry  Colossal  Crunch®,  Malt-O-Meal®,  Farina™,  Dyno-Bites®,  Mom’s  Best®,  Better  Oats®,  CoCo  Wheats®,  Weetabix®, 
Barbara’s® and Puffins®, each of which we own, as well as several trademarks that we license from third parties for use in the 
U.S., Canada and several other international markets, such as Pebbles™, Oreo O’s®, Chips Ahoy!®, Honeymaid® and Dunkin’®.
Our Weetabix segment’s trademarks include Weetabix®, Alpen®, Weetos™, Ready Brek™, Weetabix On The Go™ and Oatibix®,
each  of  which  we  own.  The  trademarks  for  the  Foodservice  business  include  Papetti’s®,  Abbotsford  Farms®  and  Simply
Potatoes®,  each  of  which  we  own,  and  Just®  Egg,  which  we  license  for  use  in  North  America.  The  trademarks  for  the
Refrigerated Retail business include Davidson’s Safest Choice®, Abbotsford Farms®, Better’n Eggs®, Crystal Farms®, Simply
Potatoes®, Diner’s Choice®, Westfield Farms®, David’s Deli®, Crescent Valley®, Owens® and Country Creek Farm®, each of
which we own, and Bob Evans® (which is used in brands such as Bob Evans® Egg Whites), Bob Evans Farms® and Pineland
Farms®, which we license for worldwide use. Our BellRing Brands segment’s trademarks include BellRing®, BellRing Brands®,
Premier Protein®, Premier Nutrition®, Dymatize®, ISO.100®, PowerBar®, Joint Juice® and Supreme Protein®, each of which
we own. Our owned trademarks are, in most cases, protected through registration in the U.S. or the U.K., as well as in many
other countries where the related products are sold.

We  also  own  several  patents  in  North  America  and  elsewhere.  While  our  patent  portfolio  as  a  whole  is  material  to  our 
business, no one patent or group of related patents is material to our business. In addition, we have proprietary trade secrets, 
technology, know-how processes and other intellectual property rights that are not registered.

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  trademark  law,  copyright  law,  trade  secrets,  non-disclosure  and  confidentiality  agreements 
and  provisions  in  other  agreements  and  other  measures  to  establish  and  protect  our  proprietary  rights  to  our  products, 
packaging, processes and intellectual property.

Seasonality

Demand for certain of our products may be influenced by holidays, changes in seasons or other events, which may impact 
customer and consumer spending patterns and the timing of promotional activities. For example, demand for our egg products, 
potatoes, sausage, side dishes, butter and cheese tends to increase during the Thanksgiving, Christmas, Easter and other holiday 
seasons, which may result in increased net sales during the first and third quarters of our fiscal year. Demand for our Malt-O-
Meal hot wheat, Better Oats oatmeal and Ready Brek hot oats cereals also tends to be seasonably skewed towards the colder 
winter season. Demand for various products in our BellRing Brands business tends to be lower during our first fiscal quarter as 
a result of the holiday season. However, on a consolidated basis our revenues and results of operations generally are distributed 
relatively  evenly  over  the  quarters  of  our  fiscal  year.  For  a  discussion  of  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  which 
impacted demand trends for fiscal 2020, refer to “COVID-19 Pandemic” above.

Customers

We  sell  Post  Consumer  Brands  products  primarily  to  grocery  stores,  mass  merchandise  customers,  supercenters,  club 
stores,  natural/specialty  stores  and  drug  store  customers.  We  also  sell  Post  Consumer  Brands  products  in  the  military, 
eCommerce  and  foodservice  channels.  Our  Weetabix  segment’s  products  are  primarily  sold  to  grocery  stores,  discounters, 
wholesalers  and  convenience  stores  and  through  eCommerce.  Our  Foodservice  segment’s  primary  customers  include 
foodservice distributors and national restaurant chains. Our Refrigerated Retail segment’s primary customers include grocery 
stores, mass merchandise customers and major food manufacturers and processors. Our BellRing Brands segment’s customers 
are  predominately  club  stores,  food,  drug  and  mass  customers  and  online  retailers,  and  also  include  specialty  retailers, 
supplement and convenience stores and distributors.

Our  largest  customer,  Walmart,  accounted  for  20.9%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  in  fiscal  2020.  No  other  customer 
accounted for more than 10% of our fiscal 2020 consolidated net sales, but certain of our segments depend on sales to large 
customers. For example, the largest customer of our Post Consumer Brands segment, Walmart, accounted for 31.4% of Post 
Consumer Brands’s net sales in fiscal 2020. The largest customers of our Weetabix segment, Tesco, Walmart and Sainsbury’s, 
accounted for 40.1% of Weetabix’s net sales in fiscal 2020. The largest customers of our Foodservice segment, Sysco and US 
Foods, accounted for 35.8% of the segment’s net sales in fiscal 2020. Additionally, the largest customers of our Refrigerated 
Retail segment, Walmart and Kroger, accounted for 31.7% of the segment’s net sales in fiscal 2020, and the largest customers 
of  our  BellRing  Brands  segment,  Costco  and  Walmart,  accounted  for  67.3%  of  the  segment’s  net  sales  in  fiscal  2020.  For 
purposes of this disclosure, “Walmart” refers to Walmart Inc. and its affiliates, which include Sam’s Club and Asda.

9

Competition

The  consumer  food  and  beverage  and  convenient  nutrition  categories  in  which  we  operate  are  highly  competitive  and 
highly sensitive to both pricing and promotion. Many of our principal competitors in these categories may have substantially 
more  financial,  marketing  and  other  resources.  Competition  is  based  on,  among  other  things,  brand  recognition  and  loyalty, 
taste, nutritional value, ingredients, product quality, price, variety, innovation, distribution, packaging, convenience, effective 
promotional activities and the ability to identify and satisfy dynamic, emerging consumer preferences. Our principal strategies 
for competing in each of our segments include effective customer relationship management, category insights, superior product 
quality  and  food  safety,  product  innovation,  an  efficient  supply  chain  and  competitive  pricing.  In  addition,  in  many  of  our 
product categories, we compete not only with widely advertised branded products, but also with private label and store brand 
products. The industries in which we operate are expected to remain highly competitive for the foreseeable future.

Governmental Regulation and Environmental Matters

We  are  subject  to  regulation  by  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  governmental  entities  and  agencies.  Our  activities  in 
Canada  and  Europe  are  subject  to  regulations  similar  to  those  applicable  to  our  business  in  the  U.S.  As  a  producer  and 
distributor  of  goods  for  human  consumption,  our  operations  must  comply  with  stringent  production,  storage,  distribution, 
labeling and marketing standards administered by the applicable government entity, namely the Food and Drug Administration 
(the “FDA”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”), the Federal Trade Commission and state and local agencies in 
the U.S., as well as similar regulatory agencies in Canada, Mexico, the U.K., the E.U. and elsewhere. Products that do not meet 
regulatory standards may be considered to be adulterated and/or misbranded and subject to recall. Additionally, following the 
adoption of the Food Safety Modernization Act in the U.S. and the Safe Foods for Canadians Act in Canada, the FDA and the 
Canadian Food Inspection Agency are implementing additional regulations focused on prevention of food contamination, more 
frequent inspection of high-risk facilities, increased record-keeping and improved tracing of food. 

Certain egg and meat products produced by our Foodservice and Refrigerated Retail segments are under the jurisdiction of 
the USDA and its regulations regarding quality, labeling and sanitary control, rather than FDA regulations. The Foodservice 
and Refrigerated Retail egg processing plants that break eggs, and some of our other meat and egg-processing operations, are 
currently subject to continuous on-site USDA inspections and will be subject to newly issued USDA Egg Products Inspections 
Act regulations starting in 2021. Our other U.S. facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the USDA, the FDA and/or state 
regulatory authorities, such as state departments of agriculture. The pork product manufacturing operations of our Foodservice 
and Refrigerated Retail segments are subject to the Packers and Stockyards Act, which also is administered by the USDA and 
which regulates trade practices.

Our  facilities,  like  those  of  similar  businesses,  are  subject  to  certain  safety  regulations,  including  regulations  issued 
pursuant  to  the  U.S.  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  and  similar  regulations  in  Canada,  the  U.K.  and  Germany.  These 
regulations require us to comply with certain safety standards to protect our employees. Further, certain of our Foodservice and 
Refrigerated  Retail  operations  are  subject  to  laws  that  mandate  specific  housing  requirements  for  layer  hens  and  mandate 
specific space requirements for farm animal enclosures, including layer hens and pigs, which laws may vary on a state to state 
basis.  As  a  company  with  international  operations,  we  also  are  subject  to  laws,  rules  and  regulations  in  the  U.S.  and  other 
countries related to anti-corruption, antitrust and competition and economic sanctions. Additionally, some of the ingredients on 
which  our  businesses  rely  are  subject  to  governmental  agricultural  programs  (e.g.,  subsidies  and  import/export  regulations), 
which have substantial effects on prices and supplies of these raw materials.

In  addition,  our  operations  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  foreign  laws  and  regulations  regarding  data  privacy, 
including  the  E.U.’s  General  Data  Protection  Regulation,  which  applies  to  certain  of  our  businesses  and  deals  with  the 
collection and use of personal information obtained from data subjects of the E.U. Our operations also are subject to various 
federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  with  respect  to  environmental  matters,  including  air  quality,  wastewater 
pretreatment  and  discharge,  storm  water,  waste  handling  and  disposal  and  other  regulations  intended  to  protect  public  health 
and  the  environment.  In  the  U.S.,  the  laws  and  regulations  include  the  Clean  Air  Act,  the  Clean  Water  Act,  the  Resource 
Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  and  California’s  Safe  Drinking  Water  and  Toxic  Enforcement  Act  (Proposition  65).  Our 
foreign  facilities  are  subject  to  local  and  national  regulations  similar  to  those  applicable  to  us  in  the  U.S.  Additionally, 
Foodservice  and  Refrigerated  Retail  layer  farms  dispose  of  animal  waste  primarily  by  transferring  it  to  farmers  for  use  as 
fertilizer,  and  Foodservice  and  Refrigerated  Retail  potato  product  facilities  dispose  of  solid  vegetable  waste  primarily  by 
transferring it to processors who convert it into animal feed. 

We  have  made,  and  will  continue  to  make,  expenditures  to  ensure  and  enhance  environmental  compliance.  While  the 
impact  of  compliance  with  laws  and  regulations,  including  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  cannot  be  predicted  with 
certainty, we currently expect that our Refrigerated Retail and Foodservice segments will incur material capital expenditures in 
future fiscal years to comply with recently enacted state laws regulating housing and space requirements for layer hens.

10

Human Capital

The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have approximately 10,200 employees as of November 1, 2020, of which 
approximately 8,380 are in the U.S., approximately 1,040 are in the U.K., approximately 440 are in Canada and approximately 
340  are  located  in  other  jurisdictions.  As  of  November  1,  2020,  approximately  16%  of  such  employees  were  unionized.  We 
have entered into several collective bargaining agreements on terms that we believe are typical for the industries in which we 
operate.  Most  of  the  unionized  workers  at  our  facilities  are  represented  under  contracts  which  expire  at  various  times 
throughout the next several years. In general, as these agreements expire, we believe that the agreements can be renegotiated on 
terms satisfactory to us. Any new collective bargaining agreements could result in changes to our cost structure at the relevant 
facilities.  We  believe  that  overall  we  have  good  relationships  with  employees  and  their  representative  organizations.  We  are 
currently renegotiating our collective bargaining agreement at our Post Consumer Brands manufacturing plant in Battle Creek, 
Michigan, which, as of November 1, 2020, covered approximately 500 employees. There is no guarantee that we will reach an 
agreement in a timely manner, and if an agreement is not reached, there could be an interruption in production at that facility.

Our people are critical to our success. While each of our businesses generally operates autonomously to implement certain 
strategies with respect to its employees, our organization aligns to provide a safe, rewarding and respectful workplace where 
our people are provided with opportunities to pursue career paths based on their skills, performance and potential. We adhere to 
our Code of Conduct, which sets forth a commitment to our stakeholders, including our employees, to operate with integrity 
and  mutual  respect.  We  also  incorporate  safety  principles  into  every  aspect  of  our  business.  We  have  a  well-developed 
environmental,  health  and  safety  program,  which  is  reinforced  through  rigorous  policies,  education  and  engagement  of  our 
employees and internal and external periodic audits.

We strive to recruit, hire and retain a talented and diverse team of people. Our employees are supported with training and 
development  opportunities  to  pursue  their  career  paths  and  to  ensure  compliance  with  our  policies.  Our  compensation  and 
benefits  teams  strive  to  develop  and  implement  policies  and  programs  that  support  our  business  goals,  maintain 
competitiveness, promote shared fiscal responsibility among the Company and our employees, strategically align talent within 
our  organization  and  reward  performance,  while  also  managing  the  costs  of  such  policies  and  programs.  We  provide  our 
employees  with  competitive  fixed  and/or  variable  pay,  and  for  eligible  employees  we  currently  provide  access  to  medical, 
dental  and  life  insurance  benefits,  disability  coverage,  401(k)  plans  or  programs  and  employee  assistance  programs,  among 
other benefits, through our Total Rewards program.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, our commitment to our employees has been put into action. One of the principles that has 
guided  and  continues  to  guide  our  decision-making  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic  is  to  safeguard  the  health  of  our 
employees,  including  their  economic  health.  Steps  we  have  taken  include  deep  cleaning  our  facilities,  providing  personal 
protective  equipment  to  our  manufacturing  employees,  installing  plexi-glass,  where  possible,  in  our  manufacturing  facilities, 
encouraging  hygiene  practices  advised  by  health  authorities,  restricting  business  travel  and  site  visitors  and  implementing 
remote  working  for  certain  office  employees  when  practicable.  We  engaged  third  party  service  providers  to  provide  on-the-
ground nurses, testing and protection to our employees. We continue to enhance our practices to remain aligned with federal, 
state, local and international regulations and guidelines. In addition, we have paid special bonuses and incentives to many of our 
manufacturing  employees  across  several  of  our  businesses,  in  recognition  of  their  outstanding  service  during  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, and we extended COVID-19 protection pay for employees who were quarantined, sick or needed to provide care for 
their families. Further, despite the negative impact the COVID-19 pandemic has had on our Foodservice business, we have not 
cut salaries or hourly rates for employees in the Foodservice business, we continued to maintain the shifts for our Foodservice 
hourly workers at thirty-two hours per week, ensuring that their benefits coverage would continue, and although we made the 
difficult decision to make necessary hour reductions and targeted furloughs at some points, all employees furloughed in fiscal 
2020 have returned to full employment.

Available Information 

We make available, free of charge, through our website (www.postholdings.com) reports we file with, or furnish to, the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including our annual reports on Forms 10-K, quarterly reports on Forms 10-
Q, current reports on Forms 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, 
or  furnish  such  material  to,  the  SEC.  The  SEC  maintains  an  internet  site  containing  these  reports,  proxy  and  information 
statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Our Corporate 
Governance  Guidelines,  our  Code  of  Conduct  and  the  charters  of  the  Audit  and  Corporate  Governance  and  Compensation 
Committees of our Board of Directors also are available on our website, where they can be printed free of charge. All of these 
documents also are available to shareholders at no charge upon request sent to our corporate secretary (2503 S. Hanley Road, 
St. Louis, Missouri 63144, Telephone: 314-644-7600). The information and other content contained on our website are not part 
of (or incorporated by reference in) this report or any other document we file with the SEC. 

11

Information about our Executive Officers

The section below provides information regarding our executive officers as of November 1, 2020: 

Robert  V.  Vitale,  age  54,  has  served  as  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  as  a  member  of  our  Board  of 
Directors  since  November  2014.  Previously,  Mr.  Vitale  served  as  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  from  October  2011  until 
November  2014.  Mr.  Vitale  served  as  president  and  chief  executive  officer  of  AHM  Financial  Group,  LLC,  a  diversified 
provider  of  insurance  brokerage  and  wealth  management  services,  from  2006  until  2011  and  previously  was  a  partner  of 
Westgate  Equity  Partners,  LLC,  a  consumer-oriented  private  equity  firm.  Mr.  Vitale  has  been  the  executive  chairman  of 
BellRing, our publicly-traded subsidiary that manufactures products in the convenient nutrition category through its operating 
subsidiaries,  since  September  2019,  and  is  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  8th  Avenue.  Mr.  Vitale  also  serves  on  the 
board  of  directors  of  Energizer  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  publicly-traded  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  primary  batteries,  portable 
lighting products and automotive appearance, performance, refrigerant and fragrance products. 

Jeff A. Zadoks, age 55, has served as an Executive Vice President since November 2017 and as our Chief Financial Officer 
since November 2014. Mr. Zadoks previously served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from November 
2014 until November 2017. Mr. Zadoks served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer from January 2014 
until  November  2014,  and  as  our  Corporate  Controller  from  October  2011  until  November  2014.  Prior  to  joining  Post,  Mr. 
Zadoks served as senior vice president and chief accounting officer at RehabCare Group, Inc., a leading provider of post-acute 
care  in  hospitals  and  skilled  nursing  facilities,  from  February  2010  to  September  2011,  and  as  vice  president  and  corporate 
controller of RehabCare Group from December 2003 until January 2010. 

Howard A. Friedman, age 50, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer, Post Consumer Brands since July 2018. 
Mr. Friedman previously served as the executive vice president of the refrigerated meat and dairy business at The Kraft Heinz 
Company, a global food and beverage company, where he spent the majority of his more than twenty-year career. 

Diedre J. Gray, age 42, has served as an Executive Vice President since November 2017 and as our General Counsel and 
Chief Administrative Officer since November 2014. She has served as our Corporate Secretary since January 2012. Ms. Gray 
previously served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer from November 2014 until 
November 2017. Ms. Gray served as our Senior Vice President-Legal starting in December 2011 and was promoted to Senior 
Vice President, General Counsel in September 2012. Prior to joining Post, Ms. Gray served as associate general counsel and 
assistant secretary at MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc. (now SunEdison, Inc.), a semiconductor and solar wafer manufacturing 
company, from 2010 to 2011. Previously, Ms. Gray was an attorney at Bryan Cave LLP (now Bryan Cave Leighton Paisner 
LLP) from 2003 to 2010.

Mark W. Westphal, age 55, has served as President, Foodservice (formerly known as Michael Foods) since January 2018. 
Mr.  Westphal  previously  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Michael  Foods  for  nearly  ten  years.  Prior  to  joining  Michael 
Foods in 1995, Mr. Westphal worked for Grant Thornton LLP, an audit, tax and advisory firm. 

12

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

In  addition  to  the  factors  discussed  elsewhere  in  this  report,  the  following  risks  and  uncertainties,  some  of  which  have 
occurred and any of which may occur in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Additional  risks  and  uncertainties  not  presently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem 
immaterial also may impair our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Risks Related to Our Business

Operating Risks

Global  health  developments  and  economic  uncertainty  resulting  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic  have  impacted,  and  are 
expected to continue to impact, our financial and operational performance.

The  public  health  crisis  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  the  measures  being  taken  by  governments,  businesses, 
including  us,  and  the  public  at  large  to  limit  the  spread  of  COVID-19  have  had,  and  we  expect  will  continue  to  have,  certain 
impacts on our financial and operational performance, including the following:

•

Deteriorating  economic  conditions  resulting  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  including  economic  slowdowns  or
recessions or significant disruptions in financial markets, could limit our ability to satisfy our debt obligations or impact
the cost or availability of additional capital. As of September 30, 2020, we had $7,049.7 million in aggregate principal
amount of debt and $1,187.9 million in cash and cash equivalents.

• We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, reduced demand for our foodservice and certain on-the-go
products  due  to  reduced  consumer  traffic  in  restaurants,  schools  and  other  locations  resulting  from  permanent  and
temporary  customer  closures,  shelter-in-place  regulations  or  recommendations  and  changes  in  consumer  behavior  in
response to the pandemic. Due to such reduced demand, during fiscal 2020, we temporarily idled certain of our facilities
and delivered contract suspension notices to certain of our suppliers, invoking force majeure clauses, which have since
been provisionally lifted, and we could become a party to litigation to enforce these force majeure clauses or otherwise
enforce our rights under the Uniform Commercial Code. If the COVID-19 pandemic persists or intensifies, its negative
impacts on demand for our foodservice or on-the-go products could be more prolonged and may become more severe,
and we may in the future need to take similar or more aggressive actions.

• We have experienced, and could continue to experience, temporary workforce or other disruptions in our supply chain
as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including increased employee absenteeism, which has negatively impacted and
could  continue  to  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  deliver  our  products.  We  have  implemented  employee  safety
measures at our manufacturing facilities, but these measures may not be sufficient to prevent the spread of COVID-19
among our employees or protect against other impacts resulting from COVID-19. We have had, and may have future
needs,  to  temporarily  close  individual  production  lines  or  entire  manufacturing  facilities  either  due  to  a  widespread
employee outbreak, sanitizings or related operational interruptions or for other reasons related to COVID-19.

•

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our and our third party manufacturers’ operations has included, and could in
the future include, increases in the cost or reductions in the availability of ingredients, packaging and other materials
used to manufacture our products and has resulted in, and could result in additional, interruptions in our supply chain.

• We  have  incurred,  and  may  continue  to  incur,  increased  operating  costs,  including  facility  reconfiguration  costs  to
enhance  social  distancing,  purchases  of  equipment  and  supplies  that  are  in  high  demand,  costs  to  engage  third  party
resources and costs for employee health screenings and facility sanitizings, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and
the evolving understanding of the science and best practices. In addition, we have incurred, and may continue to incur,
additional  expenses  to  comply  with  new  requirements  imposed  by  governmental  authorities  in  response  to  the
COVID-19 pandemic.

•

•

Changes and volatility in consumer purchasing and consumption patterns may increase demand for our products in one
quarter (such as occurred for certain of our retail products in the second quarter of fiscal 2020 and continued through
the  second  half  of  fiscal  2020),  which  in  certain  cases  has  exceeded  and  could  continue  to  exceed  our  production
capacity or otherwise strain our supply chain. Further, while we experienced increased demand for certain of our retail
products in the second quarter of fiscal 2020 that continued through the second half of fiscal 2020, this increase may
moderate  or  reverse  in  future  periods  if  consumers  alter  their  purchasing  habits.  Consumer  perceptions  of  our
Company’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and any perceived quality or health concerns (whether or not valid)
regarding our products, could affect our brand value.

Significant policy changes in markets in which we manufacture, sell or distribute our products (including quarantines,
import  or  export  restrictions,  price  controls,  governmental  or  regulatory  actions,  closures  or  other  restrictions)  could
adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

13

•

•

Actions we have taken or may take, or decisions we have made or may make, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic
may result in investigations, legal claims or litigation against us.

Continued  business  disruptions  and  uncertainties  related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  for  a  sustained  period  of  time
could  result  in  additional  delays  or  modifications  to  our  strategic  plans  and  other  initiatives  and  hinder  our  ability  to
achieve anticipated cost savings and productivity initiatives on planned timelines.

These  and  other  impacts  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  have  heightened,  or  in  some  cases  manifested,  other  risks  set  forth 
below, any of which could have a material effect on us. This situation is changing rapidly and additional impacts may arise that 
we are not aware of as of the date hereof. The extent and potential short and long term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, which could be material, will depend on future developments, 
including the duration, severity and spread of the pandemic, actions that have and may be taken by governmental authorities in 
response  to  the  pandemic,  changing  consumer  behaviors  and  the  impact  on  our  supply  chain,  operations,  workforce  and  the 
financial markets, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

We operate in categories with strong competition. 

The  consumer  food  and  beverage  and  convenient  nutrition  categories  are  highly  competitive.  Competition  in  these 
categories is based on, among other things, brand recognition and loyalty, taste, nutritional value, ingredients, product quality, 
price,  product  availability,  variety,  innovation,  distribution,  packaging,  convenience,  effective  promotional  activities  and  the 
ability  to  identify  and  satisfy  dynamic,  emerging  consumer  preferences.  Our  competitors  may  have  substantial  financial, 
marketing  and  other  resources.  Increased  competition  can  reduce  our  sales  due  to  loss  of  market  share  or  the  need  to  reduce 
prices  to  respond  to  competitive  and  customer  pressures.  Competitive  and  customer  pressures,  as  well  as  industry  supply  and 
market demand, also may limit our ability to increase prices, including in response to cost increases. In most product categories, 
we  compete  not  only  with  widely  advertised  branded  products,  but  also  with  private  label  and  store  brand  products.  A  strong 
competitive  response  from  one  or  more  of  our  competitors  to  our  marketplace  efforts,  or  a  shift  in  consumer  preferences  to 
competitors’ products, could result in us reducing prices, increasing marketing or other expenditures or losing market share. Our 
profits could decrease if a reduction in prices or increased costs are not counterbalanced with increased sales volume. In addition, 
our  competitors  are  increasingly  using  social  media  networks  and  digital  platforms  to  advertise  products.  If  we  are  unable  to 
compete  in  this  environment  and  use  social  media  and  digital  platforms  effectively,  it  could  adversely  affect  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

We must identify changing consumer and customer preferences and behaviors and develop and offer products to meet these 
preferences and behaviors.

Consumer and customer preferences and behaviors evolve over time due to a variety of factors. The success of our business 
depends on our ability to identify these changing preferences and behaviors and to continue to develop and offer products that 
appeal  to  consumers  and  customers  through  the  sales  channels  that  they  prefer.  Consumer  preference  and  behavior  changes 
include  dietary  trends,  attention  to  different  nutritional  aspects  of  foods  and  beverages,  consumer  at-home  and  on-the-go 
consumption patterns, preferences for certain sales channels, such as eCommerce, concerns regarding the health effects of certain 
foods  and  beverages,  attention  to  sourcing  practices  relating  to  ingredients,  animal  welfare  concerns,  environmental  concerns 
regarding  packaging  and  attention  to  other  social  and  governance  aspects  of  our  Company  and  operations.  Any  significant 
changes in consumer or customer preferences and behaviors and our inability to anticipate or react to such changes could result 
in reduced demand for our products, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows. 

During  the  second  quarter  and  continuing  throughout  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2020,  our  products  sold  through  the  food, 
drug and mass, club and eCommerce channels experienced an increase in sales as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, while our 
foodservice product sales were negatively impacted by lower demand resulting from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on 
various  channels.  In  addition,  during  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2020,  we  experienced  declines  in  sales  of  certain  on-the-go 
products as a result of increased at-home consumption. If these trends continue into the future and we are unable to adapt our 
business  in  response  to  these  consumer  behaviors,  or  if  these  trends  are  temporary  and  we  fail  to  quickly  respond  as  they 
moderate  or  reverse,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  could  be  adversely  impacted.  In 
addition,  consumers  are  increasingly  shopping  through  eCommerce  websites  and  mobile  commerce  applications,  particularly 
during the COVID-19 pandemic, and this trend is significantly altering the retail landscape in many of our markets. If we are 
unable to effectively compete in the expanding eCommerce market or develop the data analytics capabilities needed to generate 
actionable  commercial  insights,  our  business  performance  may  be  impacted,  which  may  negatively  impact  our  financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our  Foodservice  and  Refrigerated  Retail  businesses  are,  and  will  continue  to  be,  affected  by  changing  preferences  and 
requirements as to the housing of egg-laying hens, as well as certain other farm animals. Many restaurant chains, foodservice 
companies  and  grocery  chains  have  announced  goals  to  transition  to  a  cage-free  egg  supply,  as  well  as  goals  for  other  farm 
animal initiatives, by specified future dates. Meeting anticipated customer demand has resulted, and will continue to result, in 

14

additional operating and capital costs to procure cage-free eggs, to modify existing layer facilities and to construct new cage-free 
layer housing. In addition, several states have enacted, or are proposing, provisions providing for specific requirements for the 
housing of certain farm animals, which we expect will require us to incur additional operating and capital costs in the future. 
Also,  our  retail  businesses  are,  and  will  continue  to  be,  affected  by  changing  preferences  and  requirements  as  to  the 
environmental  impact  of  food  packaging.  Several  of  our  customers  have  announced  goals  to  transition  to  recyclable, 
compostable  or  reusable  packaging.  These  changing  preferences  and  requirements  could  require  us  to  use  specially  sourced 
ingredients and packaging types that may be more difficult to source or entail a higher cost or incremental capital investment 
which we may not be able to pass on to customers.

Our results may be adversely impacted if consumers do not maintain favorable perceptions of our brands.

Maintaining and continually enhancing the value of our brands is critical to the success of our business. Brand value is based 
in large part on consumer perceptions. Success in promoting and enhancing brand value depends in large part on our ability to 
provide high-quality products. Brand value could diminish significantly due to a number of factors, including adverse publicity 
about us, our business practices, products, packaging or ingredients (whether or not valid), our failure to maintain the quality of 
our products, the failure of our products to deliver consistently positive consumer experiences, concerns about food safety, real 
or perceived health concerns regarding our products, our products becoming unavailable to consumers or consumer perception 
that we have acted in an irresponsible manner. In addition, negative perceptions of the food and beverage industry as a whole, or 
segments  of  the  food  and  beverage  industry  in  which  we  operate,  may  heighten  attention  from  consumers,  third  parties,  the 
media,  governments,  shareholders  and  other  stakeholders  to  such  factors  and  could  adversely  affect  our  brand  image.  Such 
pressures also could lead to stricter regulations, industry self-regulation that is unevenly adopted among companies and increased 
focus  on  food  marketing  practices.  Consumer  demand  for  our  products  also  may  be  impacted  by  changes  in  the  level  of 
advertising or promotional support. The growing use of social and digital media by consumers, us and third parties increases the 
speed  and  extent  that  information  or  misinformation  and  opinions  can  be  shared.  Negative  posts  or  comments  about  us,  our 
business  practices,  brands,  products,  ingredients,  packaging,  suppliers  or  third  party  manufacturers  or  the  food  and  beverage 
industry generally (whether or not valid) in the media, especially on social or digital media, could seriously damage our brands 
and  reputation.  Further,  third  parties  may  sell  counterfeit  or  imitation  versions  of  our  products  that  are  inferior  or  pose  safety 
risks. If consumers confuse these counterfeit products for our products or have a bad experience with the counterfeit brand, they 
might  refrain  from  purchasing  our  brands  in  the  future,  which  could  harm  our  brand  image  and  sales.  If  we  do  not  maintain 
favorable perceptions of our brands, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely 
impacted.

Uncertain or unfavorable economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could limit consumer and 
customer demand for our products or otherwise adversely affect us. 

The  willingness  of  consumers  to  purchase  our  products  depends  in  part  on  general  or  local  economic  conditions  and 
consumers’ discretionary spending habits. In periods of adverse or uncertain economic conditions, including as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic, consumers may purchase less of our products or may forgo certain purchases altogether. In addition, our 
customers  may  seek  to  reduce  their  inventories  in  response  to  those  economic  conditions.  In  those  circumstances,  we  could 
experience a reduction in sales of our products. Also, as a result of economic conditions or competitive actions, including as a 
result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may be unable to raise our prices sufficiently to protect profit margins. Further, uncertain 
or  unfavorable  economic  conditions,  including  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  could  negatively  impact  the  financial 
stability of our customers or suppliers, which could lead to increased uncollectible receivables or non-performance. Any of these 
events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Disruption of our supply chain, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and changes in weather conditions could 
have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

In  coordination  with  our  suppliers,  business  partners  and  third  party  manufacturers,  our  ability  to  make,  move  and  sell 
products  is  critical  to  our  success.  Damage  or  disruption  to  our  collective  supply,  manufacturing  or  distribution  capabilities 
resulting  from  pandemics  (including  the  COVID-19  pandemic)  or  other  outbreaks  of  contagious  diseases,  governmental 
restrictions  or  mandates,  border  closures,  weather,  freight  carrier  availability,  any  potential  effects  of  climate  change,  natural 
disasters,  agricultural  diseases,  fires  or  evacuations  related  thereto,  explosions,  cyber-attacks,  terrorism,  strikes  or  other  labor 
unrest, repairs or enhancements at our facilities or other reasons could impair our ability to source inputs or manufacture, sell or 
timely deliver our products. Changes in weather conditions, agricultural diseases and natural disasters also may affect the cost 
and supply of commodities and manufacturing materials, including grains, eggs, sows, potatoes, cheese, proteins and sugar and 
other sweeteners, or result in lower recoveries of usable raw materials. Competitors can be affected differently by any of these 
events  depending  on  the  location  of  their  suppliers  and  operations.  Failure  to  take  adequate  steps  to  reduce  the  likelihood  or 
mitigate  the  potential  impact  of  any  of  these  events,  or  to  effectively  manage  such  events  if  they  occur,  particularly  when  a 
commodity or raw material is sourced from a single location, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows and require additional resources to restore our supply chain.

15

In addition, the manufacturing capabilities for certain of our products are concentrated with certain third party manufacturers 
and  at  certain  of  our  and  our  third  party  manufacturers’  facilities.  If  we  had  to  close  or  limit  production  of  all  or  part  of  the 
operations at one or more of such facilities for any reason, or if certain of our facilities or such third party manufacturers were 
unable to produce our desired quantities, we may be unable to increase production at our other facilities or with other third party 
manufacturers in a timely manner, which could adversely affect our customer relationships, business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows.

As previously discussed, during fiscal 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted, and we expect will continue to impact, 
our operations, including temporary workforce disruptions and other disruptions in our supply chain. The increased demand for 
certain of our retail products during the COVID-19 pandemic has in certain cases exceeded our production capacity and could 
continue to do so in the future or otherwise strain our supply chain. We continue to actively monitor the COVID-19 pandemic 
and  its  impact  on  our  supply  chain  and  operations;  however,  we  are  unable  to  accurately  predict  the  future  impact  that  the 
COVID-19 pandemic will have due to various uncertainties, including the ultimate geographic spread of the virus, the severity of 
the  virus,  the  duration  of  the  outbreak,  actions  that  may  be  taken  by  governmental  authorities  and  changes  in  consumer 
behaviors.

We  are  currently  dependent  upon  third  party  suppliers  and  manufacturers  for  the  manufacturing  of  many  of  our 
products. Our business could suffer as a result of a third party’s inability to supply materials for our products or produce our 
products for us on time or to our specifications.

Our business relies on independent third parties for the supply of materials for, and the manufacture of, many products, such 
as RTD protein shakes, protein bars and powders, nutritional supplements, breakfast drinks, certain cereal and granola products, 
shell eggs, dairy products, potatoes and certain refrigerated food products. Our business could be materially affected if we fail to 
develop or maintain our relationships with these third parties, if these third parties fail to comply with governmental regulations 
applicable  to  the  manufacturing  of  our  products  or  if  any  of  these  third  parties  ceases  doing  business  with  us  or  goes  out  of 
business. Additionally, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with these third parties, such as 
increases  in  costs,  reductions  in  the  availability  of  materials  or  production  capacity,  errors  in  complying  with  specifications, 
insufficient quality control and failures to meet production or shipment deadlines, including as a result of pandemics (such as the 
COVID-19 pandemic) or other outbreaks of contagious diseases. The inability of a third party supplier or manufacturer to ship 
orders in a timely manner or in desirable quantities or to meet our safety, quality and social compliance standards or regulatory 
requirements could have a material adverse impact on our business. 

Certain  of  our  relationships  with  these  third  party  manufacturers  and  suppliers  are  subject  to  minimum  volume 
commitments, whereby the third party manufacturer has committed to produce, and we have committed to purchase, a minimum 
quantity  of  product  and  the  third  party  supplier  has  committed  to  provide,  and  we  have  committed  to  purchase,  a  minimum 
quantity  of  materials,  respectively.  Despite  these  commitments,  we  may  nonetheless  experience  situations  where  such  third 
parties are unable to fulfill their obligations under our agreements or cannot produce or supply, as applicable, adequate amounts 
to  allow  us  to  meet  customer  demands.  For  example,  due  to  a  combination  of  better  than  expected  volume  growth  for  our 
Premier  Protein  RTD  shakes  in  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2018  and  delays  in  planned  incremental  production  capacity  by  our 
third party contract manufacturer network, customer demand for Premier Protein RTD shakes exceeded available capacity and 
resulted in inventory of our Premier Protein RTD shakes below acceptable levels at September 30, 2018. Alternately, we could 
incur  penalties  if  we  do  not  purchase  the  minimum  quantities  provided  under  these  commitments.  In  addition,  certain  of  our 
relationships with these third party manufacturers and suppliers are not subject to supply commitments, and we may not be able 
to  obtain  such  commitments  in  a  timely  manner  or  at  all.  The  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our  third  party 
manufacturers’ operations combined with a lack of contractual commitments has resulted in and continues to result in shortages 
in certain of our Crystal Farms products.

Increased  input  costs,  including  costs  for  freight,  raw  materials,  energy  and  other  supplies,  or  limited  availability  of  such 
inputs could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Our freight costs may increase due to factors such as increased fuel costs, limited carrier availability, increased compliance 
costs  associated  with  new  or  changing  government  regulations,  pandemics  (such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic)  and  other 
outbreaks  of  contagious  diseases  and  inflation.  The  primary  ingredients  used  by  our  business  include  wheat,  oats,  rice,  corn, 
other grain products, eggs, pork, pasta, potatoes, cheese, milk, butter, vegetable oils, dairy- and vegetable-based proteins, sugar 
and other sweeteners, fruit and nuts. The supply and price of these ingredients are subject to market conditions and are impacted 
by many factors beyond our control, including pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and other outbreaks of contagious 
diseases, animal feed costs, weather patterns affecting ingredient production, governmental programs, regulations and trade and 
tariff policies, insects, plant diseases and inflation. Our primary packaging materials include folding cartons, corrugated boxes, 
flexible and rigid plastic film and containers, beverage packaging, and aseptic foil and plastic lined cartonboard. In addition, our 
manufacturing  operations  use  large  quantities  of  natural  gas,  propane,  electricity,  carbon  dioxide,  sanitizing  supplies  and 
personal protective equipment. The cost of these inputs may fluctuate widely, and we may experience shortages in such items as 
a  result  of  commodity  availability,  increased  demand,  pandemics  (such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic)  and  other  outbreaks  of 

16

contagious diseases, weather conditions and natural disasters, as well as other factors outside of our control. Higher prices for 
natural gas, propane, electricity and fuel also may increase our ingredient, production and delivery costs. 

During  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  experienced  volatility  in  the  prices  of  raw  materials,  energy  and  other  supplies.  In 
addition,  we  have  been  experiencing  shortages  of  carbon  dioxide  used  by  our  Refrigerated  Retail  business  as  a  cooling  agent 
during  sausage  production,  which  has  resulted  in  us  paying  increased  costs  for  this  input  and  impacted  our  ability  to  produce 
products  and  could  continue  to  do  so  in  the  future.  As  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  also  have  incurred,  and  may 
continue to incur, additional costs, including costs for facility reconfigurations to enhance social distancing, personal protective 
equipment, employee health screenings and facility sanitizings and to secure sources of alternate supply for certain inputs.

Our  Foodservice  and  Refrigerated  Retail  segments’  operating  results  are  significantly  affected  by  egg,  sow,  potato  and 
cheese prices and the prices of corn and soybean meal, which are the primary grains fed to laying hens. Historically, the prices of 
these  raw  materials  have  fluctuated  widely,  especially  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  In  addition,  our  Refrigerated  Retail 
segment’s  cheese  and  butter  products  are  affected  by  milk  price  supports  established  by  the  USDA  or  government  inventory 
purchasing programs. Although steps can be taken to mitigate the effects of changes in raw material costs, fluctuations in prices 
are outside of our control, and changes in the price of such items may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Certain supply and demand disruptions, such as those resulting from 
diseases affecting livestock and those experienced with the 2013 PEDV swine outbreak and the 2015 avian influenza outbreak, 
could  create  an  inability  to  keep  selling  prices  in  line  with  input  costs  and  may  result  in  significant  fluctuations  in  operating 
profit margins.

The prices charged for our products may not reflect changes in our input costs at the time they occur or at all. Accordingly, 
changes in input costs may limit our ability to maintain existing margins and may have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. While we try to manage the impact of increases in certain of these costs 
by locking in prices on quantities required to meet our anticipated production requirements, if we fail, or are unable, to hedge 
and  prices  subsequently  increase,  or  if  we  institute  a  hedge  and  prices  subsequently  decrease,  our  costs  may  be  greater  than 
anticipated  or  greater  than  our  competitors’  costs,  and  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows 
could be adversely affected. 

We may not be able to operate successfully if we are unable to recruit, hire, retain and develop key personnel and a qualified 
and diverse workforce. In addition, we are dependent upon our employees being able to safely perform their jobs, including 
the potential for physical injuries or illness (such as COVID-19). 

We  depend  upon  the  skills,  working  relationships  and  continued  services  of  key  personnel,  including  our  senior 
management  team.  In  addition,  our  ability  to  achieve  our  operating  goals  depends  upon  our  ability  to  recruit,  hire,  retain  and 
develop qualified and diverse personnel to operate and expand our business. We compete with other companies both within and 
outside  of  our  industry  for  talented  personnel.  If  we  lose  key  personnel,  or  one  or  more  members  of  our  senior  management 
team, and we fail to develop adequate succession plans, or if we fail to hire, retain and develop qualified and diverse employees, 
our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be harmed.

Our business is dependent upon our employees being able to safely perform their jobs, including the potential for physical 
injuries or illness. If we experience periods where our employees are unable to perform their jobs for any reason, including as a 
result of illness (such as COVID-19), our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely 
affected. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced temporary workforce disruptions and periods where we 
temporarily closed manufacturing lines or partial facilities. These events, or if similar events occur in the future, could have a 
material adverse impact on us in the future.

If  our  products  become  adulterated  or  contaminated,  or  if  they  are  misbranded  or  mislabeled,  we  might  need  to  recall  or 
withdraw those items and may experience product liability claims if consumers are injured. 

Selling  food  products,  beverages  and  nutritional  supplements  involves  a  number  of  legal  and  other  risks,  including 
contamination, spoilage, degradation, tampering, mislabeling or other adulteration. Additionally, many of the ingredients used to 
make certain of our products, particularly eggs, pork, nuts, raw potatoes and grains, are vulnerable to contamination by naturally 
occurring  molds  and  pathogens,  such  as  salmonella.  These  pathogens  may  survive  in  our  products  as  a  result  of  improper 
handling by customers or consumers. We do not have control over handling procedures once our products have been shipped for 
distribution.  We  may  need  to  recall,  withdraw  or  isolate  some  or  all  of  our  products  if  they  become  damaged,  adulterated, 
mislabeled or misbranded, whether caused by us or someone in our supply chain. Such an incident could result in destruction of 
product  ingredients  and  inventory,  negative  publicity,  temporary  plant  closings,  supply  chain  interruption,  substantial  costs  of 
compliance  or  remediation,  fines  and  increased  scrutiny  by  federal,  state  and  foreign  regulatory  agencies.  New  scientific 
discoveries regarding microbes and food manufacturing may bring additional risks and latent liability. Should consumption of 
any  product  cause  injury,  we  may  be  liable  for  monetary  damages  as  a  result  of  a  judgment  against  us.  In  addition,  adverse 
publicity, including claims, whether or not valid, that our products or ingredients are unsafe or of poor quality, may discourage 
consumers or customers from buying our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. Any of these events, including a 

17

significant  product  liability  claim  against  us,  could  result  in  a  loss  of  consumer  or  customer  confidence  in  our  products  and 
damage  our  brands.  Although  we  have  various  insurance  programs  in  place,  any  of  these  events  or  a  loss  of  consumer  or 
customer confidence could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

The loss of, a significant reduction of purchases by or the bankruptcy of a major customer may adversely affect our business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A limited number of customer accounts represents a large percentage of our consolidated net sales. Our largest customer, 
Walmart,  accounted  for  20.9%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  in  fiscal  2020.  Walmart  also  is  the  largest  customer  of  our  Post 
Consumer Brands segment, accounting for 31.4% of Post Consumer Brands’s net sales in fiscal 2020. The largest customers of 
our Weetabix segment, Tesco, Walmart and Sainsbury’s, accounted for 40.1% of Weetabix’s net sales in fiscal 2020. The largest 
customers  of  our  Foodservice  segment,  Sysco  and  US  Foods,  accounted  for  35.8%  of  the  segment’s  net  sales  in  fiscal  2020. 
Additionally,  the  largest  customers  of  our  Refrigerated  Retail  segment,  Walmart  and  Kroger,  accounted  for  31.7%  of  the 
segment’s net sales in fiscal 2020, and the largest customers of our BellRing Brands segment, Costco and Walmart, accounted 
for 67.3% of the segment’s net sales in fiscal 2020. For purposes of this risk factor, “Walmart” refers to Walmart Inc. and its 
affiliates, which include Sam’s Club and Asda. 

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to maintain our level of sales and product distribution through 
high-volume food distributors, retailers, club stores, supercenters and mass merchandisers. The competition to supply products to 
these high-volume customers is intense. Currently, we do not have long-term supply agreements with a substantial number of our 
retail customers, including our largest customers. These high-volume customers frequently reevaluate the products they carry. A 
decision  by  our  major  customers  to  decrease  the  amount  of  product  purchased  from  us,  including  in  response  to  shifts  in 
consumer purchasing or traffic trends attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic or otherwise, sell another brand on an exclusive or 
priority  basis  or  change  the  manner  of  doing  business  with  us  could  reduce  our  revenues  and  materially  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our customers may offer branded and private label 
products that compete directly with our products for retail shelf space and consumer purchases. Accordingly, there is a risk that 
our customers may give higher priority to their own products or to the products of our competitors. In the event of a loss of any 
of our large customers, a significant reduction of purchases by any of our large customers or the bankruptcy or serious financial 
difficulty of any of our large customers, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely 
affected. 

Our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments operate in the historically mature RTE cereal category, and the failure 
or weakening of this category could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows. 

Our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments produce and distribute branded, licensed and private label RTE cereals 
and hot cereals, other cereal-based food products and muesli, selling products to grocery stores, discounters, big box retailers, 
foodservice distributors, wholesalers and convenience stores primarily across the U.S., Puerto Rico, Canada, Mexico, the U.K. 
and  Ireland.  While  the  RTE  cereal  category  has  experienced  strong  demand  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  RTE  cereal 
category had previously been experiencing weakness in recent years. Although we expect some of the benefit in the RTE cereal 
category experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic to be long-lasting, continuing weakness in the RTE cereal category, or the 
weakening of our major products competing in this category, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Consolidation in the retail and foodservice distribution channels, and competitive, economic and other pressures facing our 
customers, may hurt our profit margins. 

Over  the  past  several  years,  the  retail  and  foodservice  channels  have  undergone  significant  consolidations  and  mass 
merchandisers  and  non-traditional  retailers  are  gaining  market  share.  As  this  trend  continues  and  such  customers  grow  larger, 
they may seek to use their position to improve their profitability through improved efficiency, lower pricing, increased reliance 
on their own brand name products, increased emphasis on generic and other value brands and increased promotional programs. If 
we are unable to respond to these requirements, our profitability or volume growth could be negatively impacted. Additionally, if 
any  of  our  existing  retailer  or  distributor  customers  are  consolidated  with  another  entity  and  the  surviving  entity  of  any  such 
consolidation  is  not  a  customer  or  decides  to  discontinue  purchasing  our  products,  we  may  lose  significant  amounts  of  our 
preexisting business with the acquired retailer or distributor. Further, the economic and competitive landscape for our customers 
is constantly changing, such as the growth of online food retailers and new market participants, and our customers’ responses to 
those  changes  could  impact  our  business.  The  consolidation  in  the  retail  and  foodservice  channels  also  increases  the  risk  that 
adverse  changes  to  our  customers’  business  operations  or  financial  performance,  including  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, would have a corresponding material adverse effect on us.

18

Our sales and profit growth are dependent upon our ability to expand existing market penetration, enter into new markets 
and enhance our product portfolio with innovative and profitable products.

Successful growth depends upon our ability to add new retail and foodservice customers, enter into new markets, expand the 
number  of  products  sold  through  existing  customers  and  enhance  our  product  portfolio  with  new  innovative  and  profitable 
products.  This  growth  would  include  expanding  the  number  of  our  products  our  customers  offer  for  sale  and  our  product 
placement.  The  expansion  of  the  business  of  our  existing  segments  depends  upon  our  ability  to  obtain  new,  or  expand  our 
business with existing, large-account customers, such as grocery store chains, mass merchandisers and foodservice distributors. 
Our  failure  to  successfully  add  new  customers,  enter  into  new  markets,  expand  our  business  with  existing,  large-account 
customers or enhance our product portfolio could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows. For some of our businesses, the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our innovation and growth efforts 
as a result of reduced demand for certain products or as our customers have modified their shelf reset timings, reduced in store-
displays and promotional activities and shifted their ordering patterns to focus on our core products for shipments, which could 
adversely impact our sales and profit growth.

Our or 8th Avenue’s private label products may not be able to compete successfully with nationally branded products.

We participate in the private brand food category, producing and distributing private label products, including through our 
investment  in  8th  Avenue.  In  many  cases,  competitors  with  nationally  branded  products  have  a  competitive  advantage  over 
private  label  products  due  to  name  recognition.  In  addition,  when  branded  competitors  focus  on  price  and  promotion,  the 
environment for private label producers and distributors becomes more challenging because the price differential between private 
label  products  and  branded  products  may  become  less  significant.  Competitive  pressures  or  promotions  of  branded  products 
could cause us, 8th Avenue or our or 8th Avenue’s customers to lose sales, which may require us or 8th Avenue to lower prices 
or increase the use of discounting or promotional programs, each of which would adversely affect our or 8th Avenue’s margins, 
business, financial condition, results of operations, profitability and cash flows.

Our international operations subject us to additional risks.

We  are  subject  to  a  number  of  risks  related  to  doing  business  internationally,  any  of  which  could  significantly  harm  our 

business. These risks include: 

• restrictions on the transfer of funds to and from foreign countries, including potentially negative tax consequences;

• unfavorable changes in tariffs, quotas, trade barriers or other export or import restrictions;

• unfavorable foreign exchange controls and currency exchange rates;

• challenges associated with cross-border product distribution;

• an  outbreak  of  a  contagious  disease,  such  as  COVID-19,  which  may  cause  us  or  our  distributors,  third  party
manufacturers,  vendors  or  customers  to  temporarily  suspend  our  or  their  respective  operations  in  the  affected  city  or
country;

• increased  exposure  to  general  market  and  economic  conditions,  political  and  economic  uncertainty  and  volatility  and
other  events,  including  social  unrest,  government  shutdowns,  terrorist  activity,  acts  of  war  and  travel  restrictions,
outside of the U.S.;

• compliance  with  U.S.  laws  and  regulations  affecting  operations  outside  of  the  U.S.,  including  anti-corruption

regulations (such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act) and changes to such laws and regulations;

• compliance  with  treaties,  antitrust  and  competition  laws,  data  privacy  laws  (including  the  E.U.’s  General  Data
Protection  Regulation),  anti-corruption  laws  (including  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act),  food  safety  laws  and  other  regulatory
requirements and a variety of other local, national and multi-national regulations and laws in multiple jurisdictions and
changes to such laws and regulations;

• changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax

assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws or their interpretations or tax audit implications;

• the potential difficulty of enforcing intellectual property and contractual rights;

• increased risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles;

• unfavorable changes in labor conditions and difficulties in staffing our operations;

• the  difficulty  and  costs  of  designing  and  implementing  an  effective  control  environment  across  diverse  regions  and

employee bases;

• the difficulty and costs of maintaining effective data security; and

19

• unfavorable or changing foreign tax treaties and policies.

Our  financial  performance  on  a  U.S.  dollar  denominated  basis  is  subject  to  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates.  Our 

principal exposure is to the British pound sterling, the Canadian dollar and the Euro.

The  uncertainty  surrounding  the  implementation  and  effect  of  Brexit  may  cause  increased  regulatory  complexity  and 
economic volatility and could result in tariffs, which could adversely affect our operations and business. 

The exit of the U.K. from the E.U. (“Brexit”) has created uncertainty surrounding our business. The effects of Brexit depend 
on any agreement the U.K. makes to retain access to E.U. markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. The 
measures  could  potentially  disrupt  the  markets  we  serve  and  may  cause  us  to  lose  customers,  suppliers  and  employees.  In 
addition, Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines 
which E.U. laws to replace or replicate. Further, our business could be adversely impacted by tariffs on imports to the U.K. as 
well as exports from the U.K.

These developments may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial 
markets  and  may  significantly  reduce  global  market  liquidity  and  restrict  the  ability  of  key  market  participants  to  operate  in 
certain financial markets. Any of these factors could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, tariffs could 
impact the ability of our Weetabix business to continue to sell product in some of the markets where it currently does business.

Agricultural diseases or pests could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Many  of  our  business  activities  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  agricultural  risks,  including  diseases  and  pests,  which  can 
adversely  affect  the  quality  and  quantity  of  the  raw  materials  we  use  and  the  products  we  produce  and  distribute  (or  have 
produced or distributed by third parties), as well as increase the costs of production. Any actual or potential contamination of our 
products  could  result  in  product  recalls,  market  withdrawals,  product  detentions,  safety  alerts,  cessation  of  manufacturing  or 
distribution or, if we fail to comply with applicable FDA, USDA or other U.S. or international regulatory authority requirements, 
enforcement actions. We also could be subject to product liability claims or adverse publicity if any of our products are alleged 
to have caused illness or injury.

Avian  influenza  occasionally  affects  the  domestic  poultry  industry,  leading  to  hen  deaths.  In  2015,  an  avian  influenza 
outbreak  occurred  in  the  Midwest  of  the  U.S.,  affecting  a  substantial  portion  of  our  owned  and  third  party  contracted 
flocks. Although we utilize biosecurity measures at our layer locations to protect against disease exposures, if our facilities are 
exposed to diseases and pests, such exposure could affect a substantial portion of our production facilities in any year and could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  prospects,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows.  Diseases 
affecting livestock (including PEDV) occasionally impact sow supply, which also could adversely affect our business, prospects, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Labor strikes or work stoppages by our employees could harm our business. 

Some of our full-time production, maintenance and warehouse employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. 
A dispute with a union or employees represented by a union could result in production interruptions caused by work stoppages. 
If  a  strike  or  work  stoppage  were  to  occur,  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  could  be 
adversely  affected.  We  are  currently  renegotiating  our  collective  bargaining  agreement  at  our  Post  Consumer  Brands 
manufacturing plant in Battle Creek, Michigan, which, as of November 1, 2020, covered approximately 500 employees. There is 
no  guarantee  that  we  will  reach  an  agreement  in  a  timely  manner,  and  if  an  agreement  is  not  reached,  there  could  be  an 
interruption  in  production  at  that  facility.  In  addition,  we  could  be  subject  to  unionization  efforts  at  our  non-union  facilities. 
Increased  unionization  of  our  workforce  could  lead  to  disruptions  in  our  business,  increases  in  our  operating  costs  and 
constraints on our operating flexibility.

In  the  event  of  a  work  stoppage,  we  have  contingency  plans  in  place  to  hire  additional  labor  or  manufacture  products  in 
other locations to mitigate disruption to our business. However, there are limitations inherent in any plan to mitigate disruption to 
our  business  in  the  event  of  a  work  stoppage,  and  particularly  in  the  case  of  a  prolonged  work  stoppage,  there  can  be  no 
assurance  that  it  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash 
flows. 

Climate change, or legal or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect our business and operations.

There is growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on 
global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. If any of these 
climate changes has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, we may be subject to decreased availability or less favorable 
pricing  for  certain  raw  materials  that  are  necessary  for  our  products,  including  wheat,  oats  and  other  grain  products,  proteins, 
eggs, potatoes and sows. In addition, increases in the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters may result 
in  damage  and  disruptions  to  our  manufacturing  operations  and  distribution  channels  or  our  third  party  manufacturers’ 

20

operations, particularly where a product is primarily sourced from a single location. Also, the impacts of these climate changes 
may  cause  unpredictable  water  availability  or  exacerbate  water  scarcity.  Water  is  critical  to  our  business,  and  the  lack  of 
available water of acceptable quality may lead to, among other things, adverse effects on our operations. The increasing concern 
over  climate  change  and  related  environmental  sustainability  matters  also  may  result  in  more  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign 
legal requirements, including requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of greenhouse gases or conserve and replenish water. 
If such laws are enacted, we may experience significant increases in our costs of operation and delivery. Further, our business 
could be adversely affected if we are unable to effectively address increased concerns from the media, shareholders and other 
stakeholders  on  climate  change  and  related  environmental  sustainability  and  governance  matters.  As  a  result,  climate  change 
could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Actual operating results may differ significantly from our or BellRing’s guidance.

From  time  to  time,  we  release  guidance  regarding  our  future  performance,  the  future  performance  of  some  or  all  of  our 
unconsolidated and consolidated subsidiaries or the expected future performance of companies or businesses that we have agreed 
to acquire. This guidance, which consists of forward-looking statements, is prepared by our management and is qualified by, and 
subject to, the assumptions and the other information contained or referred to in such release and certain factors described in our 
current  and  periodic  reports  filed  with  the  SEC.  Our  guidance  is  not  prepared  with  a  view  toward  compliance  with  published 
guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and neither our independent registered public accounting 
firm  nor  any  other  independent  expert  or  outside  party  has  audited,  reviewed,  examined,  compiled  or  applied  agreed  upon 
procedures with respect to the guidance and, accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance 
with respect thereto. The independent registered public accounting firm report included herein relates to our previously issued 
financial statements. It does not extend to any guidance and should not be read to do so.

Guidance  is  based  upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that,  although  presented  with  numerical  specificity,  are 
inherently subject to business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control 
and  are  based  upon  specific  assumptions  with  respect  to  future  business  decisions,  some  of  which  will  change.  We  generally 
state possible outcomes as high and low ranges which are intended to provide a sensitivity analysis as variables are changed but 
are  not  intended  to  represent  that  actual  results  could  not  fall  outside  of  the  suggested  ranges.  The  principal  reason  that  we 
release this data is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not 
accept any responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such persons. 

Guidance  is  necessarily  speculative  in  nature,  and  it  can  be  expected  that  some  or  all  of  the  assumptions  of  the  guidance 
furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate 
of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results will vary from the guidance. Investors also 
should recognize that the reliability of any forecasted financial data diminishes the farther in the future that the data is forecasted. 
In light of the foregoing, investors are urged to put the guidance in context and not to place undue reliance on it.

Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the risks or uncertainties set forth in 
this report could result in actual operating results being different than the guidance, and such differences may be adverse and 
material. 

Similarly,  BellRing,  as  a  separate  publicly-traded  company  whose  financial  results  are  consolidated  into  Post’s  financial 
statements, releases guidance regarding its future performance, which consists of forward-looking statements. These statements 
are prepared by BellRing’s management, and we do not accept any responsibility for any such statements.

Risks Related to Our Strategy

Our business strategy depends upon us identifying and completing additional acquisitions and other strategic transactions. 
We  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  consummate  favorable  strategic  transactions  in  the  future.  Our  corporate  development 
activities also may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Although we continuously evaluate strategic transactions, we may be unable to identify suitable strategic transactions in the 
future or may not be able to enter into such transactions at favorable prices or on terms that are favorable to us. Alternatively, we 
may  in  the  future  enter  into  additional  strategic  transactions,  and  any  such  transaction  could  happen  at  any  time,  could  be 
material to our business and could take any number of forms, including, for example, an acquisition, investment or merger, for 
cash or in exchange for our equity securities, a divestiture or a joint venture. 

Evaluating potential transactions, including divestitures and joint ventures, requires additional expenditures (including legal, 
accounting and due diligence expenses, higher administrative costs to support any acquired entities and information technology, 
personnel and other integration expenses) and may divert the attention of our management from ordinary operating matters. 

Our  corporate  development  activities  also  may  present  financial  and  operational  risks  and  may  have  adverse  effects  on 
existing business relationships with suppliers and customers. In addition, future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive 
issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to certain intangible 

21

assets and increased operating expenses, all of which could, individually or collectively, adversely affect our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows.

As a result of the IPO of a minority interest in our BellRing Brands business, which consists of our historical active nutrition 
business,  we  are  subject  to  various  risks  and  uncertainties,  any  of  which  could  negatively  impact  our  business,  financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows.

As a result of the IPO and the formation transactions, BellRing Brands, LLC is the holding company for our historical active 
nutrition business. Effective October 21, 2019, BellRing became a holding company owning 28.8% of the BellRing Brands, LLC 
units, and Post owns one share of BellRing’s Class B common stock and 71.2% of the BellRing Brands, LLC units. For so long 
as Post or its affiliates (other than BellRing and its subsidiaries) directly own more than 50% of the BellRing Brands, LLC units, 
the share of Class B common stock represents 67% of the combined voting power of the common stock of BellRing.

  We may not be able to achieve the anticipated strategic and financial benefits expected as a result of the IPO. In addition, as 
a  result  of  the  IPO  and  the  formation  transactions,  we  only  benefit  from  a  portion  of  any  profits  and  growth  of  the  BellRing 
Brands  business,  and  our  historical  financial  information  prior  to  the  IPO  may  not  be  comparable  to  or  indicative  of  future 
results. Further, the BellRing Brands business is subject to additional costs as a result of being a standalone public company.

We may experience difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, or acquisitions may not perform as expected.

We have acquired multiple businesses, and we may continue to acquire other businesses. The successful integration of these 
acquisitions depends upon our ability to manage the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses. Integrating operations 
is complex and requires significant efforts and expenses on the part of both us and the acquired businesses. Potential difficulties 
we may encounter as part of the integration process include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

employees  may  voluntarily  or  involuntarily  separate  employment  from  us  or  the  acquired  businesses  because  of  the
acquisitions;

our management may have its attention diverted while trying to integrate the acquired businesses;

we may encounter obstacles when incorporating the acquired businesses into our operations and management, including
integrating  or  separating  personnel,  financial  systems,  operating  procedures,  regulatory  compliance  programs,
technology, networks and other assets in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers, suppliers,
employees and other constituencies;

differences in business backgrounds, corporate cultures and management philosophies;

integration may be more costly, time-consuming or complex or less effective than anticipated;

inability to maintain uniform standards, controls and procedures; and

we may discover previously undetected operational or other issues, such as fraud.

Any  of  these  factors  could  adversely  affect  our  and  the  acquired  businesses’  ability  to  maintain  relationships  with  customers, 
suppliers, employees and other constituencies.

In addition, the success of these acquired businesses will depend, in part, upon our ability to realize the anticipated growth 
opportunities  and  cost  synergies  through  the  successful  integration  of  the  businesses  we  acquire  with  our  existing  businesses. 
Even  if  we  are  successful  in  integrating  acquired  businesses,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  these  integrations  will  result  in  the 
realization  of  the  full  benefit  of  any  anticipated  growth  opportunities  or  cost  synergies  or  that  these  benefits  will  be  realized 
within the expected time frames. In addition, acquired businesses may have unanticipated liabilities or contingencies.

Financial Risks

U.S. and global capital and credit market issues, including those that have arisen or may arise as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic, could negatively affect our liquidity, increase our costs of borrowing and disrupt the operations of our suppliers 
and customers. 

U.S. and global credit markets have, from time to time, experienced significant dislocations and liquidity disruptions which 
have caused the spreads on prospective debt financings to widen considerably. These circumstances have materially impacted 
liquidity  in  the  debt  markets,  making  financing  terms  for  borrowers  less  attractive  and  in  certain  cases  resulted  in  the 
unavailability  of  certain  types  of  debt  financing.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  increased,  and  may  continue  to  increase, 
volatility and pricing in the capital markets. This and other events affecting the credit markets also have had an adverse effect on 
other  financial  markets  in  the  U.S.,  which  may  make  it  more  difficult  or  costly  for  us  to  raise  capital  through  the  issuance  of 
common  stock  or  other  equity  securities  or  refinance  our  existing  debt,  sell  our  assets  or  borrow  money,  if  necessary.  Our 
business also could be negatively impacted if our suppliers or customers experience disruptions resulting from tighter capital and 
credit markets or a slowdown in the general economy, whether resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic or otherwise. Any of 

22

these  risks  could  impair  our  ability  to  fund  our  operations  or  limit  our  ability  to  expand  our  business  or  increase  our  interest 
expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Impairment  in  the  carrying  value  of  intangible  assets  could  negatively  impact  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we will be required to record additional impairment 
charges, which may be significant. 

Our balance sheet includes a significant amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, trademarks, trade names and other 
acquired intangibles. Intangibles and goodwill expected to contribute indefinitely to our cash flows are not amortized, but our 
management reviews them for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their 
carrying  value  may  be  impaired.  Impairments  to  intangible  assets  may  be  caused  by  factors  outside  of  our  control,  such  as 
increasing  competitive  pricing  pressures,  lower  than  expected  revenue  and  profit  growth  rates,  changes  in  industry  EBITDA 
(which  stands  for  earnings  before  interest,  income  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization)  and  revenue  multiples,  changes  in 
discount  rates  based  on  changes  in  cost  of  capital  (interest  rates,  etc.)  or  the  bankruptcy  of  a  significant  customer.  We  also 
continue to evaluate the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the fair value of our intangible assets. These factors, 
along with other internal and external factors, could have a significant negative impact on our fair value determination, which 
could then result in a material impairment charge in our results of operations. In fiscal 2020, we had no impairments of goodwill 
or other intangible assets. In fiscal 2019, we had an impairment of both goodwill and other definite-lived intangible assets. In 
fiscal  2018,  we  had  an  impairment  of  other  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  and  no  impairment  of  goodwill.  See  further 
discussion of these impairments in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
in Item 7 of this report and Notes 2 and 7 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this report.

Unsuccessful  implementation  of  business  strategies  to  reduce  costs,  or  unintended  consequences  of  the  implementation  of 
such strategies, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Many of our costs, such as freight, raw materials and energy, are outside of our control. Therefore, we must seek to reduce 
costs in other areas, such as through operating efficiency. If we are not able to complete projects designed to reduce costs and 
increase  operating  efficiency  on  time  or  within  budget,  or  if  the  implementation  of  these  projects  results  in  unintended 
consequences,  such  as  business  disruptions,  distraction  of  management  and  employees  or  reduced  productivity,  our  business, 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely impacted. The COVID-19 pandemic has, in certain 
instances, resulted in delays of certain cost-saving and productivity initiatives. Continued disruptions and uncertainties related to 
the COVID-19 pandemic for a sustained period of time could result in additional delays or modifications to our strategic plans 
and  other  initiatives  or  impact  our  ability  to  complete  projects  to  reduce  costs  or  improve  efficiency  on  planned  timelines.  In 
addition, if the cost-saving initiatives we have implemented, or any future cost-saving initiatives, do not generate the expected 
cost savings and synergies, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected. 

As  a  result  of  the  transactions  to  separately  capitalize  8th  Avenue,  we  have  less  control  over  our  historical  private  brands 
business, and certain of our historical financial information may not be comparable with our future financial performance. 
In  addition,  if  our  investment  in  8th  Avenue  is  not  profitable,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
adversely impacted.

Effective October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue, which became the holding company for our historical private brands business, was 
separately  capitalized  by  us  and  third  parties  (the  transactions  to  separately  capitalize  8th  Avenue  are  referred  to  as  the  “8th 
Avenue Transactions”). As a result of the 8th Avenue Transactions, we hold 6.05 million shares of 8th Avenue Class B common 
stock, and third parties and members of 8th Avenue’s management team together hold 3.95 million shares of 8th Avenue Class A 
common stock and 2.5 million shares of 8th Avenue Series A preferred stock. Although we hold a substantial majority of the 
voting power of 8th Avenue’s common stock and have the power to appoint a majority of the members of 8th Avenue’s board of 
directors, third parties hold certain corporate governance and other rights with respect to 8th Avenue, and we cannot control the 
actions of such third parties. Such third parties may have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with each 
other and our business interests or goals. Differences in views among the owners of 8th Avenue may result in delayed decisions 
or  disputes.  In  addition,  such  third  parties  could  sell  their  interests  in  8th  Avenue,  or  8th  Avenue  or  its  subsidiaries  could  be 
disposed  of,  in  whole  or  in  part,  to  other  third  parties  with  different  views  or  economic  or  business  interests  or  goals.  These 
factors could potentially adversely impact the business and operations of 8th Avenue and, in turn, our business and operations.

In connection with the 8th Avenue Transactions, as of October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue and its subsidiaries were deconsolidated 
from our financial statements. As a result, our balance sheets and statements of operations following the deconsolidation are not 
and will not be comparable to the balance sheets and statements of operations reflected in our historical financial statements for 
periods prior to deconsolidation.

As of October 1, 2018, our 60.5% retained interest in 8th Avenue is accounted for using the equity method, and the carrying 
value  of  the  investment  in  8th  Avenue  is  included  on  our  balance  sheet  and  returns  from  our  investment  in  8th  Avenue  are 
included  in  our  results  of  operations.  If  our  investment  in  8th  Avenue  is  not  profitable,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations could be adversely impacted. 

23

Volatility in the market value of derivatives we use to manage exposures to fluctuations of our manufacturing costs will cause 
volatility in our margins and net earnings. 

We utilize derivatives to manage price risk for some of our principal ingredient and energy costs. Changes in the values of 
these  derivatives  are  recorded  in  earnings,  resulting  in  volatility  in  our  margins  and  net  earnings.  These  gains  and  losses  are 
reported in cost of goods sold in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and in unallocated corporate items outside of our 
segment operating results until we utilize the underlying input in our manufacturing process, at which time the gains and losses 
are reclassified to segment operating profit. We may experience volatile earnings as a result of these accounting treatments.

Changing  currency  exchange  rates  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash 
flows. 

We have operations and assets in the U.S. as well as foreign jurisdictions, and a portion of our contracts and revenues are 
denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars.  We  therefore  must 
translate  our  foreign  assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses  into  U.S.  dollars  at  applicable  exchange  rates.  Consequently, 
fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may negatively affect the value of these items in our 
consolidated  financial  statements.  From  time  to  time,  we  enter  into  agreements  that  are  intended  to  reduce  the  effects  of  our 
exposure  to  currency  fluctuations,  but  these  agreements  may  not  be  effective  in  significantly  reducing  our  exposure.  To  the 
extent we fail to manage our foreign currency exposure adequately, we may suffer losses in value of our net foreign currency 
investment, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be negatively affected.

We may experience losses or be subject to increased funding and expenses to our qualified pension and other postretirement 
plans, which could negatively impact profits. 

We  maintain  and  contribute  to  qualified  defined  benefit  plans  in  the  U.S.,  Canada  and  the  U.K.  primarily  for  our  Post 
Consumer Brands and Weetabix businesses. With respect to those plans we maintain, we are obligated to ensure that these plans 
are funded or paid in accordance with applicable regulations. In the event the assets in which we invest do not perform according 
to expectations, or the valuation of the projected benefit obligation increases due to changes in interest rates or other factors, we 
may  be  required  to  make  significant  cash  contributions  to  these  plans  and  recognize  increased  expense  on  our  financial 
statements.

Increases in labor-related costs, including the costs of medical and other employee health and welfare benefits, may reduce 
our profitability.

Inflationary pressures and any shortages in the labor market could increase labor costs, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our profitability. Labor costs also include the costs of providing medical and other health and welfare benefits to our 
employees as well as certain former employees. With approximately 10,200 employees as of November 1, 2020 (which excludes 
the employees of our unconsolidated subsidiaries), our profitability may be substantially affected by the costs of such benefits. 
Although we try to control these costs, they can vary because of changes in health care laws and claims experience, which have 
the potential to increase the cost of providing medical and other employee health and welfare benefits. In addition, we continue 
to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on these costs. Any substantial increase in these costs could negatively affect 
our profitability.

Legal, Regulatory and Technology Risks

Violations  of  laws  or  regulations,  as  well  as  new  laws  or  regulations  or  changes  to  existing  laws  or  regulations  or  to 
interpretations thereof, could adversely affect our business. 

Our business is subject to a variety of laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local government authorities in 
the  U.S.,  as  well  as  government  authorities  outside  of  the  U.S.,  including  requirements  related  to  food  safety,  quality, 
manufacturing,  processing,  storage,  marketing,  advertising,  labeling  and  distribution,  animal  welfare,  worker  health  and 
workplace  safety.  Our  activities,  both  inside  and  outside  of  the  U.S.,  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation.  In  the  U.S.,  we  are 
regulated  by,  and  our  activities  are  affected  by,  among  other  federal,  state  and  local  authorities  and  regulations,  the  FDA,  the 
USDA,  the  Federal  Trade  Commission,  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  and  California’s  Safe  Drinking 
Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (Proposition 65). In Europe, we are regulated by, among other authorities, the U.K.’s 
Food  Standards  Agency,  Health  and  Safety  Executive,  Environment  Agency,  Environmental  Health,  the  Information 
Commissioners Office and the Trading Standards Office and their equivalents in E.U. member states. We also are regulated by 
similar authorities elsewhere in the world where our products are distributed or licensed. Governmental regulations also affect 
taxes and levies, tariffs, import and export restrictions, healthcare costs, energy usage, data privacy and immigration and labor 
issues, any or all of which may have a direct or indirect effect on our business or the businesses of our customers or suppliers. In 
addition, we could be the target of claims relating to alleged false or deceptive advertising under federal, state and foreign laws 
and regulations and may be subject to initiatives to limit or prohibit the marketing and advertising of our products to children. 

24

The impact of current laws and regulations, changes in these laws or regulations or interpretations thereof or the introduction 
of  new  laws  or  regulations  could  increase  the  costs  of  doing  business  for  us  or  our  customers,  suppliers  or  third  party 
manufacturers,  causing  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  to  be  adversely  affected.  As 
specific examples, Canada has enacted new food safety laws, and some states have passed laws that mandate specific housing 
requirements for layer hens and mandate specific space requirements for farm animal enclosures, including layer hens and pigs, 
which we expect will result in us incurring additional operating and capital costs in the future.

It also is possible that federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take regulatory or enforcement action, which 
could  result  in  significant  fines  or  penalties,  revocations  of  required  licenses  or  injunctions,  as  well  as  potential  criminal 
sanctions.  If  we  are  found  to  be  significantly  out  of  compliance  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  or  permits,  an  enforcement 
authority  could  issue  a  warning  letter  and/or  institute  enforcement  actions  that  could  result  in  additional  costs,  product 
detentions,  substantial  delays  in  production  or  even  a  temporary  shutdown  in  manufacturing  and  product  sales  while  the  non-
conformances are rectified. Also, we may have to recall product or otherwise remove product from the market, and temporarily 
cease its manufacture and distribution, which would increase our costs and reduce our revenues. Any claims, such as product 
liability  or  labeling  claims,  resulting  from  the  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  would  be  expensive  to 
defend and could result in substantial damage awards against us or harm our reputation. Any of these events would negatively 
impact our revenues and costs of operations. The limited availability of government inspectors due to a government shutdown, 
government  restrictions,  pandemics  (such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic)  or  other  outbreaks  of  contagious  diseases  or  closed 
borders also could cause disruption to our manufacturing facilities.

We also may be impacted by changes to administrative policies, such as business restrictions, tariffs and trade agreements, 
in markets in which we manufacture, sell or distribute our products. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel 
restrictions, product and equipment seizures, import and export restrictions, price controls, governmental and regulatory actions, 
mandatory  business  closures  and  other  restrictions  that  could  adversely  impact  our  operations.  The  U.S.,  Canada  and  Mexico 
have  renegotiated  and  replaced  the  North  American  Free  Trade  Agreement  (“NAFTA”)  with  the  U.S.,  Mexico,  Canada 
Agreement (“USMCA”). While we currently do not anticipate that the USMCA will have a material impact on our results, we 
continue to closely monitor the impact of USMCA on our consolidated and unconsolidated businesses.

Certain  of  our  Foodservice,  Refrigerated  Retail  and  BellRing  Brands  products  are  subject  to  a  higher  level  of  regulatory 
scrutiny, resulting in increased costs of operations and the potential for delays in product sales.

Certain  of  our  Foodservice  and  Refrigerated  Retail  businesses’  meat  and  egg  products  are  subject  to  continuous  on-site 
inspections by the USDA. Some of our BellRing Brands products are regulated by the FDA as dietary supplements, which are 
subject  to  FDA  regulations  and  levels  of  regulatory  scrutiny  that  are  different  from  those  applicable  to  conventional  food. 
Internationally, certain of our BellRing Brands products are regulated as food and dietary supplements and, in some cases, may 
be regulated as drug products. Such heightened regulatory scrutiny results in increased costs of operations and the potential for 
delays  in  product  sales.  In  addition,  there  is  some  risk  that  product  classifications  could  be  changed  by  the  regulators,  which 
could result in significant fines, penalties, discontinued distribution and relabeling costs. 

Pending and future litigation may impair our reputation or cause us to incur significant costs. 

We are, or may become, party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business, which may include 
lawsuits  or  claims  relating  to  contracts,  including  as  a  result  of  the  contract  suspension  notices  delivered  to  certain  of  our 
suppliers  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  intellectual  property,  product  recalls,  product  liability,  false  or  deceptive 
advertising,  employment  matters,  environmental  matters  or  other  aspects  of  our  business.  There  has  been  a  recent  increase  in 
lawsuits  filed  against  food  and  beverage  companies  alleging  deceptive  advertising  and  labeling.  In  addition,  actions  we  have 
taken or may take, or decisions we have made or may make, as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic, may result in legal 
claims  or  litigation  against  us.  Negative  publicity  resulting  from  allegations  made  in  lawsuits  or  claims  asserted  against  us, 
whether  or  not  valid,  may  adversely  affect  our  reputation  or  brands.  In  addition,  we  may  incur  substantial  costs  and  fees  in 
defending such actions or asserting our rights, be required to pay damage awards or settlements or become subject to injunctions 
or other equitable remedies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows. The outcome of litigation is often difficult to predict, and the outcome of pending or future litigation may have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Although we have various insurance programs in place, the potential liabilities associated with these litigation matters, or 
those that could arise in the future, could be excluded from coverage or, if covered, could exceed the coverage provided by such 
programs.  In  addition,  insurance  carriers  may  seek  to  rescind  or  deny  coverage  with  respect  to  pending  or  future  claims  or 
lawsuits. If we do not have sufficient coverage under our policies, or if coverage is denied, we may be required to make material 
payments  to  settle  litigation  or  satisfy  any  judgment.  Any  of  these  consequences  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

25

We  are  subject  to  certain  continuing  obligations,  including  indemnification  obligations  and  lease  guarantor  obligations, 
related  to  the  sale  of  the  Bob  Evans  restaurants  business  that  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and cash flows.

In April 2017, prior to our acquisition of Bob Evans, Bob Evans completed the sale and separation of its restaurants business 
(the  “Bob  Evans  Restaurants  Transaction”)  to  Bob  Evans  Restaurants,  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  formed  by 
affiliates  of  Golden  Gate  Capital  Opportunity  Fund,  L.P.  (the  “Bob  Evans  Restaurants  Buyer”),  pursuant  to  a  sale  agreement 
between Bob Evans and the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer (the “Restaurants Sale Agreement”). As a result of our acquisition of 
Bob Evans, we have the obligation to indemnify the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer for certain breaches of the Restaurants Sale 
Agreement and certain other liabilities set forth in the Restaurants Sale Agreement. 

In addition, in connection with the Bob Evans Restaurants Transaction, the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer assumed the lease 
obligations  of  the  Bob  Evans  restaurants  business.  However,  as  part  of  a  sale  leaseback  transaction  of  143  of  Bob  Evans’s 
restaurant  properties  that  Bob  Evans  completed  in  2016,  Bob  Evans  and  one  of  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  entered  into 
payment  and  performance  guarantees  relating  to  the  leases  on  such  restaurant  properties,  which  remained  in  place  after  the 
completion of the Bob Evans Restaurants Transaction. Although the Bob Evans Restaurants Buyer assumed responsibility for 
the payment and performance obligations under the leases on the sale leaseback properties, under the terms of the guarantees, we 
remain liable for payments due under these leases, subject in certain cases to certain early termination allowances, if the Bob 
Evans Restaurants Buyer fails to satisfy its lease obligations. Any such unexpected expenses related to our obligations under the 
payment and performance guarantees or under the Restaurants Sale Agreement could adversely affect our financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows.

Termination of our material intellectual property licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We market certain of our products in the U.S., Canada, the U.K. and several other locations pursuant to intellectual property 
license agreements. These licenses give us the right to use certain names, characters and logos in connection with our products 
and to sell the products in certain regions. If we were to breach any material term of these license agreements and not timely cure 
the breach, the licensor could terminate the agreement. If the licensor were to terminate our rights to use the names, characters 
and logos for this reason or any other reason, or if a licensor decided not to renew a license agreement upon the expiration of the 
license term, the loss of such rights could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our  intellectual  property  rights  are  valuable  and  any  inability  to  protect  them  could  reduce  the  value  of  our  products  and 
brands. 

We  consider  our  intellectual  property  rights,  particularly  our  trademarks,  but  also  our  patents,  trade  secrets,  know-how, 
copyrights and licenses, to be a significant and valuable asset of our business. We attempt to protect our intellectual property 
rights  through  a  combination  of  patent,  trademark,  copyright  and  trade  secret  laws,  as  well  as  exclusive  and  nonexclusive 
licensing  agreements,  third  party  nondisclosure,  confidentiality  and  assignment  agreements,  confidentiality  provisions  in  third 
party agreements and the policing of third party misuses of our intellectual property. Our failure or inability to obtain or maintain 
adequate protection of our intellectual property rights, or any change in law or other changes that serve to lessen or remove the 
current legal protections of intellectual property, may diminish our competitiveness and could materially harm our business. In 
addition,  as  certain  of  our  trademarks,  trade  names  and  trade  secrets  are  subject  to  licenses  and  are  shared  and  used  by  third 
parties, negative events outside of our control could have an adverse impact on us and our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows.

We  face  the  risk  of  claims  that  we  have  infringed  third  parties’  intellectual  property  rights.  Any  claims  of  intellectual 
property infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend; cause us to cease making, 
licensing or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; require us to redesign or rebrand our products or 
packaging, if feasible; divert management’s attention and resources; or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in 
order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be 
available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Additionally, a successful claim of infringement against us could require us to pay 
significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements or stop the sale of certain products, any or all of which could 
have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects.

Technology failures, cybersecurity incidents or corruption of our data privacy protections could disrupt our operations and 
negatively impact our business. 

We rely on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store operating and financial information, 
to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities, including production, and to comply with regulatory, legal 
and  tax  requirements.  For  example,  our  production  and  distribution  facilities  and  inventory  management  utilize  information 
technology to increase efficiencies and control costs. We also depend upon our information technology infrastructure for digital 
marketing activities and for electronic communications among our locations, personnel, customers, third party manufacturers and 
suppliers.  The  importance  of  such  networks  and  systems  has  increased  due  to  many  of  our  employees  working  remotely  as  a 

26

result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Our  and  our  third  party  vendors’  information  technology  systems  may  be  vulnerable  to  a 
variety of invasions, interruptions or malfunctions due to events beyond our or their control, including, but not limited to, natural 
disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, power outages, computer viruses, ransomware and malware, hardware or 
software  failures,  cybersecurity  incidents,  hackers  and  other  causes.  Such  invasions,  interruptions  or  malfunctions  could 
negatively impact our business. 

If  we  do  not  allocate  and  effectively  manage  the  resources  necessary  to  build  and  sustain  the  proper  technology 
infrastructure and to maintain and protect the related automated and manual control processes, or if one of our third party service 
providers  fails  to  provide  the  services  we  require,  we  could  be  subject  to,  among  other  things,  billing  and  collection  errors, 
business disruptions or damage resulting from such events, particularly material security breaches and cybersecurity incidents. 
Cyberattacks  and  other  cyber  incidents  are  occurring  more  frequently,  are  constantly  evolving  in  nature,  are  becoming  more 
sophisticated and are being made by individuals and groups (including criminal hackers, hacktivists, state-sponsored institutions, 
terrorist  organizations  and  individuals  or  groups  participating  in  organized  crime)  with  a  wide  range  of  expertise  and  motives 
(including monetization of corporate, payment or other internal or personal data, theft of trade secrets and intellectual property 
for competitive advantage and leverage for political, social, economic and environmental reasons). 

If any of our significant information technology systems suffers severe damage, disruption or shutdown, and our business 
continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our product sales, business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected, and we could experience delays in reporting our financial 
results.  In  addition,  there  is  a  risk  of  business  interruption,  litigation  and  reputational  damage  from  leaks  of  confidential  or 
personal information. While we have insurance programs in place related to these matters, the potential liabilities associated with 
such events, or those that could arise in the future, could be excluded from coverage or, if covered, could exceed the coverage 
provided by such programs. Although we have not detected a material security breach or cybersecurity incident to date, we have 
been the target of events of this nature and expect them to continue. 

  We also are subject to an evolving body of federal, state and foreign laws, regulations, guidelines and principles regarding 
personal  information,  data  privacy,  data  protection  and  data  security.  Several  foreign  governments  have  laws  and  regulations 
dealing with the collection and use of personal information obtained from their data subjects, including the E.U.’s General Data 
Protection Regulation, and we could incur substantial penalties or litigation related to violations of such laws and regulations. 
The invalidation of the privacy shield transfer mechanism between the U.S. and the E.U. under E.U. law exposes us to additional 
risks related to personal information obtained from E.U. data subjects.

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to potential financial 
liabilities. 

We are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health 
and the environment, including those limiting the discharge and release of pollutants into the environment and those regulating 
the transport, storage, disposal and remediation of, and exposure to, solid and hazardous wastes. In addition, our Foodservice and 
Refrigerated  Retail  businesses  are  subject  to  particular  federal  and  state  requirements  governing  animal  housing  and  feeding 
operations  and  the  management  of  animal  waste,  which  we  expect  will  result  in  us  incurring  additional  operating  and  capital 
costs in the future. Certain environmental laws and regulations can impose joint and several liability without regard to fault on 
responsible  parties,  including  past  and  present  owners  and  operators  of  sites,  related  to  cleaning  up  sites  at  which  hazardous 
materials were disposed of or released. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations could result in severe fines 
and penalties by governments or courts of law. In addition, future laws may more stringently regulate the emission of greenhouse 
gases, particularly carbon dioxide and methane. We cannot predict the impact that such regulations may have, or that climate 
change may otherwise have, on our business. 

Future events, such as new or more stringent environmental laws and regulations, new environmental claims, the discovery 
of  currently  unknown  environmental  conditions  requiring  response  action  or  more  vigorous  interpretations  or  enforcement  of 
existing environmental laws and regulations, might require us to incur additional costs that could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We  have  substantial  debt  and  high  leverage,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  financing  options  and  liquidity 
position and could adversely affect our business.

We  have  a  significant  amount  of  debt.  We  had  $7,049.7  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  total  debt  as  of 
September 30, 2020. Additionally, our secured revolving credit facility had borrowing capacity of $731.2 million at September 
30, 2020 (all of which would be secured when drawn). BellRing Brands, LLC, a subsidiary of BellRing, had $703.7 million in 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  debt,  which  is  included  in  our  total  debt  amount  referenced  earlier  in  this  paragraph,  and 
borrowing  capacity  of  $170.0  million  under  its  secured  revolving  credit  facility  as  of  September  30,  2020.  Post  and  its 

27

subsidiaries (other than BellRing Brands, LLC and certain of its subsidiaries) are not obligors or guarantors under the BellRing 
Brands, LLC debt facilities.

Our overall leverage and the terms of our financing arrangements could: 

•

limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  the  future  for  working  capital,  for  capital  expenditures,  for
acquisitions,  to  fund  growth  or  for  general  corporate  purposes,  even  when  necessary  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity,
particularly if any ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating organizations were revised downward;

• make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under the terms of our financing arrangements;

•

•

•

•

trigger limitations on our ability to deduct interest paid on such indebtedness;

limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;

limit our flexibility to plan for and to adjust to changing business and market conditions in the industries in which we
operate and increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest and principal payments on
our  debt,  thereby  limiting  the  availability  of  our  cash  flow  to  fund  future  investments,  capital  expenditures,  working
capital, business activities and other general corporate requirements;

•

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions; and

• subject us to higher levels of indebtedness than our competitors, which may cause a competitive disadvantage and may

reduce our flexibility in responding to increased competition.

Our ability to meet expenses and debt service obligations will depend upon our future performance, which will be affected 
by financial, business, economic and other factors, including the impact of pandemics (including the COVID-19 pandemic) and 
other outbreaks of contagious diseases, potential changes in consumer and customer preferences and behaviors, the success of 
product  and  marketing  innovation  and  pressure  from  competitors.  If  we  do  not  generate  enough  cash  to  pay  our  debt  service 
obligations, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or issue additional 
equity.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate 
the risks related to our debt and leverage.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the financing arrangements governing 
our indebtedness contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of 
qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. 
These  restrictions  also  will  not  prevent  us  from  incurring  obligations  that  do  not  constitute  indebtedness,  as  defined  in  the 
documents governing our indebtedness.

The  agreements  governing  our  debt,  including  the  indentures  governing  our  senior  notes,  contain,  or  may  in  future 
financings  contain,  various  covenants  that  limit  our  ability  to  take  certain  actions  and  also  require  us  to  meet  financial 
maintenance tests, and failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on us. 

Our  financing  arrangements  contain  restrictions,  covenants  and  events  of  default  that,  among  other  things,  require  us  to 
satisfy certain financial tests and maintain certain financial ratios and restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and to 
refinance our existing indebtedness. Financing arrangements which we enter into in the future could contain similar restrictions 
and  could  additionally  require  us  to  comply  with  similar,  new  or  additional  financial  tests  or  to  maintain  similar,  new  or 
additional financial ratios. The terms of our financing arrangements, financing arrangements which we enter into in the future 
and any future indebtedness may impose various restrictions and covenants on us that could limit our ability to pay dividends, 
respond to market conditions, provide for capital investment needs or take advantage of business opportunities by limiting the 
amount of additional borrowings we may incur. These restrictions include compliance with, or maintenance of, certain financial 
tests and ratios and may limit or prohibit our ability to, among other things:

• borrow money or guarantee debt;

• create liens;

• pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock or other securities;

• make investments and acquisitions;

• enter into or permit to exist contractual limits on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us;

• enter into new lines of business;

28

• enter into transactions with affiliates; and

• sell assets or merge with other companies.

Various  risks,  uncertainties  and  events  beyond  our  control,  including  the  impact  of  pandemics  (including  the  COVID-19 
pandemic) and other outbreaks of contagious diseases, could affect our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants. 
Failure to comply with any of the restrictions and covenants in our existing or future financing arrangements could result in a 
default under those arrangements and under other arrangements containing cross-default provisions. 

Our credit agreement contains customary financial covenants, including a covenant requiring us to maintain a secured net 
leverage ratio (as defined in our credit agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of the last day of any fiscal quarter if, 
as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving credit loans, swing line loans and letter 
of  credit  obligations  (subject  to  certain  exceptions  specified  in  our  credit  agreement)  exceeds  30%  of  our  revolving  credit 
commitments. Our credit agreement permits us to incur other secured or unsecured debt, in all cases subject to conditions and 
limitations on the amount as specified in our credit agreement. BellRing Brands, LLC’s credit agreement (the “BellRing LLC 
credit  agreement”)  contains  a  financial  covenant  requiring  BellRing  Brands,  LLC  to  maintain  a  total  net  leverage  ratio  (as 
defined in the BellRing LLC credit agreement) not to exceed 6.00 to 1.00, measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, 
beginning with the fiscal quarter that ended March 31, 2020.

A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these arrangements and to foreclose upon any 
collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our 
obligations,  including  our  obligations  under  our  indentures  and  credit  agreement.  In  addition,  the  limitations  imposed  by 
financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our ability to 
obtain other financing. 

Certain of our subsidiaries are not subject to the restrictive covenants in our debt, and their financial resources and assets 
may not be available to us to pay our obligations on our indebtedness.

We have designated 8th Avenue and its subsidiaries and BellRing and its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries under our 
credit agreement and senior note indentures. Any subsidiary that is designated as unrestricted is not a guarantor under our credit 
agreement or under our senior note indentures, and the assets of our unrestricted subsidiaries do not secure our obligations under 
our credit agreement. 8th Avenue and BellRing Brands, LLC have entered into secured credit facilities that are separate from our 
credit  agreement  and  senior  note  indentures  and  that  restrict,  among  other  matters,  their  ability  to  make  distributions  to  us  or 
engage  in  transactions  with  us.  Accordingly,  the  financial  resources  and  other  assets  of  8th  Avenue  and  its  subsidiaries  and 
BellRing Brands, LLC and its subsidiaries may not be available to us to pay our obligations on our indebtedness or, if available, 
may be significantly limited. 

To service our indebtedness and other cash needs, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash 
depends upon many factors beyond our control, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations. 

Our  ability  to  pay  interest  on  our  outstanding  senior  notes,  to  satisfy  our  other  debt  obligations  and  to  fund  any  planned 
capital expenditures, dividends and other cash needs will depend in part upon the future financial and operating performance of 
our subsidiaries and upon our ability to renew or refinance borrowings. Prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, 
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the impact of pandemics 
(such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and other outbreaks of contagious diseases, will affect our ability to make these payments. 

If  we  are  unable  to  make  payments  or  refinance  our  debt  or  obtain  new  financing  under  these  circumstances,  we  may 

consider other options, including: 

• sales of assets;

• sales of equity;

•

reduction or delay of capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances; or

• negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable debt.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available to us in a 
sufficient amount, to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the senior notes and our other debt obligations, or to fund our 
other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to 
refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all. 

Increases in interest rates may negatively affect earnings.

As of September 30, 2020, we did not have debt outstanding with exposure to interest rate risk. However, in the future, we 
may have debt outstanding with exposure to interest rate risk. In addition, the aggregate principal amount of BellRing Brands, 
LLC’s debt instruments with exposure to interest rate risk was $703.7 million as of September 30, 2020. Higher interest rates 

29

will increase the cost of servicing our and BellRing Brands, LLC’s financial instruments with exposure to interest rate risk and 
could  materially  reduce  our  profitability  and  cash  flows.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  each  one  hundred  basis  points  change  in 
London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  would  result  in  an  approximate  $4.0  million  change  in  the  annual  cash  interest 
expense,  before  any  principal  payment,  on  BellRing  Brands,  LLC’s  financial  instruments  with  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk, 
including the impact of the $350.0 million in interest rate swap agreements held by BellRing Brands, LLC and excluding the 
impact of any interest rate floors (as defined in the BellRing Brands, LLC credit agreement). At September 30, 2020, we held 
interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $2,371.0 million, excluding the interest rate swaps held by BellRing Brands, LLC, 
to lock into a fixed LIBOR rate for debt expected to be issued but not yet priced.

The  U.K.  Financial  Conduct  Authority  announced  that  it  intends  to  phase  out  LIBOR  by  the  end  of  2021.  Certain  of 
BellRing Brands, LLC’s variable rate debt and our secured revolving credit facility use LIBOR as a benchmark for establishing 
interest rates. In addition, certain hedging transactions reference LIBOR as a benchmark rate in order to determine the applicable 
interest  rate  or  payment  amount.  In  the  event  LIBOR  is  discontinued,  replaced  or  significantly  changed,  or  ceases  to  be 
recognized as an acceptable benchmark, there may be uncertainty or differences in the calculation of the applicable interest rate 
or payment amount depending upon the terms of the governing instrument. This could result in different financial performance 
for existing transactions, require different hedging strategies and require renegotiation for existing instruments. In addition, the 
transition  from  LIBOR  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  overall  interest  rate  environment.  While  we  do  not  expect  the 
transition from LIBOR and the risks related thereto to have a material adverse effect on us, it remains uncertain at this time.

Our  borrowing  costs  and  access  to  capital  and  credit  markets  could  be  adversely  affected  by  a  downgrade  or  potential 
downgrade of our credit ratings.

Rating agencies routinely evaluate us, and their ratings of our long-term and short-term debt are based upon a number of 
factors,  including  our  cash  generating  capability,  levels  of  indebtedness,  policies  with  respect  to  shareholder  distributions  and 
financial strength generally, as well as factors beyond our control, such as the then-current state of the economy and our industry 
generally. Any downgrade of our credit ratings by a credit rating agency, whether as a result of our actions or factors which are 
beyond  our  control,  can  increase  our  future  borrowing  costs,  impair  our  ability  to  access  capital  and  credit  markets  on  terms 
commercially  acceptable  to  us  or  at  all  and  result  in  a  reduction  in  our  liquidity.  Our  borrowing  costs  and  access  to  capital 
markets  also  can  be  adversely  affected  if  a  credit  rating  agency  announces  that  our  ratings  are  under  review  for  a  potential 
downgrade.  An  increase  in  our  borrowing  costs,  limitations  on  our  ability  to  access  the  global  capital  and  credit  markets  or  a 
reduction in our liquidity can adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Your percentage ownership in Post may be diluted in the future.

As with any publicly-traded company, our shareholders’ percentage ownership in Post may be diluted in the future because 
of  equity  issuances  for  acquisitions,  capital  market  transactions  or  otherwise,  including  equity  awards  that  we  expect  will  be 
granted  to  our  directors,  officers  and  employees  and  the  vesting  of  those  equity  awards.  For  a  brief  discussion  of  our  equity 
incentive plan, see Note 20 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this report.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and provisions of Missouri law may prevent or delay an acquisition of 
the Company, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation (as amended, the “articles of incorporation”), our amended and restated 
bylaws  (the  “bylaws”)  and  Missouri  law  contain  provisions  intended  to  deter  coercive  takeover  practices  and  inadequate 
takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive and incentivizing prospective acquirers to negotiate with 
our Board of Directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include, among others:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our Board of Directors is divided into three classes with staggered terms;

our Board of Directors fixes the number of members on the Board;

elimination of the rights of our shareholders to act by written consent (except when such consent is unanimous) and to
call shareholder meetings;

rules regarding how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at shareholder meetings;

the right of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval;

supermajority vote requirements for certain amendments to our articles of incorporation and bylaws;

anti-takeover  provisions  of  Missouri  law  which  may  prevent  us  from  engaging  in  a  business  combination  with  an
interested  shareholder,  or  which  may  deter  third  parties  from  acquiring  amounts  of  our  common  stock  above  certain
thresholds; and

limitations on the right of shareholders to remove directors.

30

General Risk Factors

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including in response to the risks and 
uncertainties  discussed  in  this  report,  announcements  we  make  about  our  business,  variations  in  our  quarterly  results  of 
operations and those of our competitors, market data that is available to subscribers, reports by industry analysts, whether or not 
we  meet  the  financial  estimates  of  analysts  who  follow  us,  industry  or  market  trends,  investor  perceptions,  actions  by  credit 
rating agencies, future sales of our common stock or negative developments relating to our customers, competitors or suppliers, 
as well as general economic and industry conditions, including those that result from the COVID-19 pandemic. 

As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the price at 
which  they  purchase  our  common  stock.  In  addition,  the  stock  market  in  general  has  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume 
fluctuations  that  often  have  been  unrelated  or  disproportionate  to  the  operating  performance  of  individual  companies.  These 
broad  market  and  industry  factors  may  materially  reduce  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock,  regardless  of  our  operating 
performance. In addition, in the past, some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have been subject 
to class action or derivative lawsuits. The filing of a lawsuit against us, regardless of the outcome, could have a negative effect 
on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  as  it  could  result  in  substantial  legal  costs  and  a  diversion  of 
management’s attention and resources.

Changes  in  tax  laws  may  adversely  affect  us,  and  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  or  a  court  may  disagree  with  our  tax 
positions, which may result in adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

There can be no assurance that future tax law changes will not increase the rate of the corporate income tax significantly; 
impose  new  limitations  on  deductions,  credits  or  other  tax  benefits;  or  make  other  changes  that  may  adversely  affect  the 
performance of an investment in our stock. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service or a court will 
agree  with  the  positions  taken  by  us,  in  which  case  tax  penalties  and  interest  may  be  imposed  that  could  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we are unable to continue to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or our internal 
control over financial reporting is not effective, the reliability of our financial statements may be questioned, and our stock 
price may suffer.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) requires any company subject to the reporting requirements of the 
U.S. securities laws to perform a comprehensive evaluation of its and its consolidated subsidiaries’ internal control over financial 
reporting. To comply with this statute, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures, our management is 
required  to  assess  and  issue  a  report  concerning  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  our  independent  registered 
public accounting firm is required to issue an opinion on its audit of our internal control over financial reporting. 

BellRing, as a publicly-traded company, also is separately subject to SOX. As an “emerging growth company” under the 
Jumpstart  Our  Business  Startups  Act  of  2012,  BellRing’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  is  not  required  to 
formally attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under SOX. However, if BellRing ceases to be 
an  “emerging  growth  company,”  it  will  be  subject  to  this  requirement  under  SOX.  Further,  if  BellRing  does  not  satisfy  the 
requirements  imposed  by  SOX,  or  if  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  not  effective,  it  will  impact  our  ability  to 
satisfy our SOX requirements and could impair the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting 
are  complex  and  require  significant  documentation,  testing  and  possible  remediation  to  meet  the  detailed  standards  under  the 
rules. During the course of its testing, our management may identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies which may 
not  be  remedied  in  time  to  meet  the  annual  deadline  imposed  by  SOX.  If  our  management  cannot  favorably  assess  the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  identifies 
material weaknesses in our internal controls, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and our stock price may 
consequently suffer. In addition, in the event that we do not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we might 
fail to timely prevent or detect potential financial misstatements. As of September 30, 2020, management determined that our 
internal control over financial reporting was effective. 

Actions of shareholders could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources and have an 
adverse effect on our business.

From time to time, we may be subject to proposals and other requests from shareholders urging us to take certain corporate 
actions, including proposals seeking to influence our corporate policies or effecting a change in our management. In the event of 
such  shareholder  proposals,  particularly  with  respect  to  matters  which  our  management  and  Board  of  Directors,  in  exercising 
their  fiduciary  duties,  disagree  with  or  have  determined  not  to  pursue,  our  business  could  be  adversely  affected  because 
responding to actions and requests of shareholders can be costly and time-consuming, disrupting our operations and diverting the 

31

attention of management and our employees. Additionally, perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may result in the 
loss of potential business opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel, business partners 
and customers.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES

We own our principal executive offices and lease corporate administrative offices in St. Louis, Missouri. The general offices 
and  locations  of  our  principal  operations  for  each  of  our  businesses  are  set  forth  in  the  summary  below.  We  also  lease  sales 
offices mainly in the U.S. and maintain a number of stand-alone distribution facilities. In addition, there is on-site warehouse 
space  available  at  many  of  our  manufacturing  facilities,  and  in  addition  to  the  owned  and  leased  warehouse  space  discussed 
below, we contract for the usage of additional warehouse space on an as needed basis, as appropriate. 

We  own  many  of  our  manufacturing  facilities.  Certain  of  our  owned  real  properties  are  subject  to  mortgages  or  other 
applicable security interests pursuant to our financing arrangements. Management believes our facilities generally are in good 
operating condition and, taken as a whole and in conjunction with our arrangements with third party manufacturers, are suitable, 
adequate  and  of  sufficient  capacity  for  our  current  operations.  Utilization  of  manufacturing  capacity  varies  by  manufacturing 
facility based upon the type of products assigned and the level of demand for those products.

Post Consumer Brands

The  main  administrative  office  for  Post  Consumer  Brands,  which  we  own,  is  located  in  Lakeville,  Minnesota.  Post 

Consumer Brands also leases administrative office space in Bentonville, Arkansas; Cincinnati, Ohio and Toronto, Ontario.

Post  Consumer  Brands  has  eight  owned  manufacturing  facilities  located  in  Asheboro,  North  Carolina;  Battle  Creek, 
Michigan; Jonesboro, Arkansas; Niagara Falls, Ontario; Northfield, Minnesota (which consists of two facilities and also includes 
warehouse  space);  St.  Ansgar,  Iowa  and  Tremonton,  Utah.  Post  Consumer  Brands  also  leases  land  for  another  owned 
manufacturing facility located in Cobourg, Ontario. Post Consumer Brands maintains approximately 4.5 million square feet of 
warehouse  and  distribution  space  throughout  the  U.S.  and  Canada,  approximately  0.8  million  of  which  is  owned  by  us  and 
approximately 3.7 million of which is leased by us. 

Weetabix

Weetabix has three owned manufacturing facilities in the U.K. in Burton Latimer, Corby and Ashton-under-Lyne, each of 
which includes warehousing space. In addition, Weetabix’s joint ventures in Kenya and South Africa each owns a manufacturing 
facility in those respective countries. Weetabix also leases office space in the United Arab Emirates, Spain and China, and leases 
warehouse space in China.

Foodservice

The  Foodservice  segment  has  leased  administrative  offices  in  Minnetonka,  Minnesota.  Operations  for  our  Foodservice 
segment include ten owned egg products production facilities in Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska and Oregon, and four leased 
egg products production facilities in New Jersey, Pennsylvania and South Dakota. The egg products business owns eight layer 
facilities in the U.S. Operations for our Foodservice segment include two owned potato processing facilities in Mars Hill, Maine 
and  Chaska,  Minnesota,  two  owned  meat  products  processing  and  production  facilities  in  Norfolk,  Nebraska  and  Ravenna, 
Nebraska, three owned facilities in Hillsdale, Michigan, Sulphur Springs, Texas and Xenia, Ohio discussed in Refrigerated Retail 
below that also are used for foodservice meat products processing and production, a leased potato processing facility in North 
Las Vegas, Nevada and one leased facility in Lima, Ohio discussed in Refrigerated Retail below that also is used for foodservice 
potato and side dish production. 

Refrigerated Retail

The Refrigerated Retail segment has leased administrative offices in New Albany, Ohio and also uses some of the leased 
administrative office space in Minnetonka, Minnesota previously referenced in Foodservice above. In addition to certain of the 
egg products production facilities previously referenced for our Foodservice business, our Refrigerated Retail operations include 
owned sausage production plants in Hillsdale, Michigan and Xenia, Ohio. In addition to the facilities in Chaska, Minnesota and 
Mars  Hill,  Maine  previously  referenced  for  our  Foodservice  business,  our  Refrigerated  Retail  operations  include  an  owned 
manufacturing plant in Sulphur Springs, Texas, which produces products such as sandwiches, side dishes and precooked sausage 
products, and a leased potato and side dish processing facility in Lima, Ohio. Refrigerated Retail uses an owned transportation 
facility  in  Springfield,  Ohio  and  a  leased  transportation  facility  in  Sunnyvale,  Texas.  The  Refrigerated  Retail  segment 
additionally owns a cheese processing and packaging facility and warehouse in Lake Mills, Wisconsin for its cheese and other 
dairy-case products business.

32

BellRing Brands

The  BellRing  Brands  segment  leases  research  and  development  facilities  and  administrative  offices  in  Emeryville, 
California  and  Dallas,  Texas  and  an  administrative  office  in  Rogers,  Arkansas.  The  BellRing  Brands  business  also  uses 
administrative  office  space  in  St.  Louis,  Missouri  pursuant  to  a  master  services  agreement  by  and  among  Post,  BellRing  and 
BellRing  Brands,  LLC  entered  into  in  connection  with  the  IPO  and  the  formation  transactions.  The  BellRing  Brands  segment 
leases  administrative  offices  in  Munich,  Germany  and  Worb,  Switzerland.  In  addition,  the  BellRing  Brands  segment  leases 
warehouse  space  in  Tagelswangen,  Switzerland  and,  through  third  party  logistics  firms,  a  distribution  center  with  warehouse 
space in Kleve, Germany and warehouse space in Farmers Branch, Texas. The BellRing Brands business manufactures protein 
and energy bars and gels and conducts research and development through an owned facility in Voerde, Germany.

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

For  information  regarding  our  legal  proceedings,  refer  to  “Legal  Proceedings”  in  Note  18  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference. For the disclosure of environmental 
proceedings with a governmental entity as a party pursuant to Item 103(c)(3)(iii) of Regulation S-K, the Company has elected to 
disclose  matters  where  the  Company  reasonably  believes  such  proceeding  would  result  in  monetary  sanctions,  exclusive  of 
interest and costs, of $1.0 million or more.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

33

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for Common Stock and Dividends 

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  symbol  “POST”.  There  were  approximately 
4,730 shareholders of record on November 16, 2020. We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the years 
ended September 30, 2020 or 2019. We have no plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, 
and the indentures governing our debt securities and our credit facilities restrict our ability to pay dividends. The information 
required  under  this  Item  5  concerning  equity  compensation  plan  information  is  set  out  under  Item  12  of  this  report  and  is 
incorporated herein by this reference.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table sets forth information with respect to shares of our common stock that we purchased during the fiscal 

quarter ended September 30, 2020:

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased

Average Price Paid per 
Share (a)

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased as Part of  
Publicly Announced 
Plans or Programs (b)

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares that 
may yet be Purchased 
Under the Plans or 
Programs (a) (b)

169,084 

589,780 

688,253 

1,447,117 

$88.40

$87.70

$85.41

$86.69

169,084 

$113,752,754

589,780 

$348,275,686

688,253 

1,447,117 

$289,492,057

$289,492,057

Period

July 1, 2020 - July 31, 
2020

August 1, 2020 - August 
31, 2020

September 1, 2020 - 
September 30, 2020

Total

(a) Does not include broker’s commissions.

(b) On  December  5,  2019,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  an  authorization  for  the  Company  to  repurchase  up  to
$400,000,000 of shares of our common stock effective December 5, 2019 (the “Prior Authorization”), and the Company
began repurchasing shares under the Prior Authorization on December 6, 2019. The Prior Authorization had an expiration
date of December 5, 2021. On August 4, 2020, our Board of Directors terminated the Prior Authorization effective August
7, 2020 and approved a new authorization for the Company to repurchase up to $400,000,000 of shares of our common
stock  effective  August  8,  2020  (the  “New  Authorization”).  The  New  Authorization  expires  on  August  8,  2022.
Repurchases  may  be  made  from  time  to  time  in  the  open  market,  in  private  purchases,  through  forward,  derivative,
accelerated  repurchase  or  automatic  purchase  transactions,  or  otherwise.  As  of  August  7,  2020,  the  approximate  dollar
value of shares that could yet be repurchased under the Prior Authorization was $113,752,754.

Performance Graph 

The  following  performance  graph  compares  the  changes,  for  the  period  indicated,  in  the  cumulative  total  value  of  $100 
hypothetically invested in each of (i) Post common stock; (ii) the Russell 1000 index; (iii) the S&P 1500 Packaged Foods & 
Meats Index; and (iv) a peer group composed of 11 United States-based public companies in the food and consumer packaged 
goods industries (the “Fiscal 2019 Peer Group”). 

The Fiscal 2019 Peer Group companies are: B&G Foods, Inc.; Brown-Forman Corporation; Coca-Cola Consolidated, Inc.; 
Darling  Ingredients  Inc.;  Flowers  Foods,  Inc.;  The  Hain  Celestial  Group,  Inc.;  J&J  Snack  Foods  Corp.;  Primo  Water 
Corporation (formerly Cott Corporation); Sanderson Farms, Inc.; SunOpta Inc. and TreeHouse Foods, Inc. Going forward, the 
Fiscal 2019 Peer Group will be replaced by the S&P 1500 Packaged Foods & Meats Index to provide a broader representation 
of our industry peers and will be removed from this performance graph.

This graph covers the period from September 30, 2015 through September 30, 2020.

34

* $100 invested on 9/30/15 in stock or index.

Performance Graph Data 

9/30/2015
9/30/2016
9/29/2017
9/28/2018
9/30/2019
9/30/2020

Post ($)

Russell 1000 
Index ($)

S&P 1500 
Packaged 
Foods & Meats 
Index ($)

100.00 
130.58 
149.36 
165.89 
179.09 
145.52 

100.00 
114.92 
136.22 
160.40 
166.61 
193.27 

100.00 
119.76 
112.97 
110.78 
126.32 
131.41 

Fiscal 2019 
Peer Group ($)
100.00 
97.16 
109.95 
103.03 
117.74 
134.34 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  or  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  of  our  filings  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as 
amended, or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing. 

35

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN *Among Post Holdings, Inc., the Russell 1000 Index, the S&P 1500 Packaged Foods & Meats Indexand the Fiscal 2019 Peer GroupPost Holdings, Inc.Russell 1000 IndexS&P 1500 Packaged Foods & Meats IndexFiscal 2019 Peer GroupSep 30, 2015Sep 30, 2016Sep 29, 2017Sep 28, 2018Sep 30, 2019Sep 30, 202075.00100.00125.00150.00175.00200.00 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

(in millions, except per share data)

2020 (a)

Year Ended September 30,
2018 (a)

2017 (a)

2019 (a)

2016 (a)

Statements of Operations Data
Net sales (b)
Cost of goods sold (c)
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses (b)(c)
Amortization of intangible assets
Gain on sale of business (d)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (e)
Other operating (income) expenses, net (f)
Operating profit 
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net (g)
Expense (income) on swaps, net (h)
Other (income) expense, net (c)
Earnings (loss) before income taxes and equity method loss
Income tax expense (benefit) (i)
Equity method loss, net of tax (j)
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interest 
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest (j)
Net earnings (loss)
Less: Preferred stock dividends
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders

Earnings (Loss) Per Share 
Basic
Diluted

Statements of Cash Flows Data
Depreciation and amortization
Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities (k)
Investing activities (k)
Financing activities

Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents

Working capital (excluding cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and 
current portion of long-term debt) (l)
Total assets (l)
Debt, including short-term portion and amounts held for sale
Other liabilities (l)
Total shareholders’ equity

$ 5,698.7  $ 5,681.1  $ 6,257.2  $ 5,225.8  $ 5,026.8 
3,476.3 
4,403.2 
1,550.5 
1,854.0 
839.7 
976.4 
152.6 
177.4 
— 
— 
— 
124.9 
9.4 
1.8 
548.8 
573.5 
306.5 
387.3 
86.4 
31.1 
182.9 
(95.6) 
3.1 
(14.0) 
(30.1) 
264.7 
(26.8) 
(204.0) 
— 
0.3 
(3.3) 
468.4 
— 
1.1 
(3.3) 
467.3 
25.1 
10.0 
(28.4) 

3,911.3 
1,787.4 
934.3 
160.3 
— 
— 
(7.7) 
700.5 
388.6 
72.9 
187.1 
(11.5) 
63.4 
3.5 
30.9 
29.0 
28.2 
0.8 
— 
0.8  $  121.7  $  457.3  $ 

3,655.0 
1,570.8 
867.7 
159.1 
— 
26.5 
0.8 
516.7 
314.8 
222.9 
(91.8) 
(3.6) 
74.4 
26.1 
— 
48.3 
— 
48.3 
13.5 
34.8  $ 

3,889.0 
1,792.1 
911.6 
161.3 
(126.6) 
63.3 
1.5 
781.0 
322.4 
6.1 
306.6 
(13.2) 
159.1 
(3.9) 
37.0 
126.0 
1.3 
124.7 
3.0 

$ 

$ 
$ 

0.01  $ 
0.01  $ 

1.72  $ 
1.66  $ 

6.87  $ 
6.16  $ 

0.51  $ 
0.50  $ 

(0.41) 
(0.41) 

$  370.3  $  379.6  $  398.4  $  323.1  $  302.8 

$  625.6  $  688.0  $  718.6  $  386.7  $  502.4 
(206.5) 
  (1,675.6) 
(4.5) 
423.4 

  (2,095.0) 
2,053.1 

26.7 
(652.4) 

(218.5) 
(272.0) 

$ 1,187.9  $ 1,050.7  $  989.7  $ 1,525.9  $ 1,143.6 

184.9 
 12,146.7 
7,023.9 
599.8 
2,829.0 

282.4 
 11,951.6 
7,079.5 
456.9 
2,937.3 

435.8 
 13,057.5 
7,868.8 
499.3 
3,060.5 

403.5 
 11,876.8 
7,171.2 
327.8 
2,789.7 

303.2 
9,360.6 
4,563.5
440.3
3,008.6 

____________

(a) The data in these columns include results from acquisitions from the respective date of acquisition through September 30, 2020, as well
as  results  from  divestitures  through  the  date  of  sale  or  deconsolidation.  For  more  information  on  our  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018
transactions,  see  Notes  4  and  6  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.”  In  fiscal  2017,  the  Company  acquired  Latimer
Newco  2  Limited  (“Latimer”),  and  all  of  Latimer’s  direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries  at  the  time  of  acquisition,  including  Weetabix
Limited, as well as National Pasteurized Eggs, Inc. In fiscal 2016, the Company acquired Willamette Egg Farms, LLC and sold certain
assets of its Michael Foods Canadian egg business.

(b) On October 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers
(Topic  606),”  using  the  modified  retrospective  method  of  adoption.  Therefore,  “Net  sales”  and  “Selling,  general  and  administrative
expenses” for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 are presented under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606,
“Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,”  and  “Net  sales”  and  “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  for  the  years  ended

36

September  30,  2018,  2017  and  2016  are  presented  under  ASC  Topic  605,  “Revenue  Recognition.”  For  additional  information  about 
revenue recognition, see Note 2 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(c) On  October  1,  2018,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2017-07,  “Compensation  -  Retirement  Benefits  (Topic  715):  Improving  the
Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost,” using the retrospective method of adoption.
For  the  years  ended  September  30,  2018,  2017  and  2016,  the  adoption  of  ASU  2017-07  resulted  in  increases  (decreases)  in  “Cost  of
goods sold” of $12.8, $3.3 and $(3.1), respectively, and increases in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” of $1.2, $0.3 and
zero, respectively, and corresponding increases in other income of $14.0 and $3.6 for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017,
respectively, and in other expense of $3.1 for the year ended September 30, 2016, which are reported in “Other (income) expense, net” in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(d) For information about “Gain on sale of business” for fiscal 2019, see Note 6 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(e) For information about “Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets” for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, see “Critical Accounting
Estimates” within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this report
and Notes 2 and 7 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” In the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company recorded a
charge of $26.5 for the impairment of goodwill related to the BellRing Brands segment (historically referred to as the Active Nutrition
segment).

(f)

In fiscal 2020, “Other operating (income) expenses, net” was impacted by the recognition of a gain on bargain purchase in connection
with the acquisition of Henningsen Foods, Inc. For more information on the acquisition and the related gain on bargain purchase, see
Note 4 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(g) For information about “Loss on extinguishment of debt, net” for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, see Note 17 within “Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.” In the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company expensed $222.9, which included premiums and the write-
offs of debt issuance costs, partially offset by the write-off of unamortized debt premiums. In the year ended September 30, 2016, the
Company expensed $86.4, which included a premium paid and write-offs of debt issuance costs and unamortized debt discount, partially
offset by the write-off of unamortized debt premium.

(h) For information about “Expense (income) on swaps, net” for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, see Note 14 within “Notes to Consolidated
Financial  Statements.”  In  the  year  ended  September  30,  2017,  the  Company  recorded  income  of  $91.8  related  to  non-cash  mark-to-
market adjustments on its interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts, as well as cash settlements
on its interest rate swaps. In the year ended September 30, 2016, the Company recorded expense of $182.9 related to non-cash mark-to-
market adjustments and cash settlements on its interest rate swaps.

(i)

In fiscal 2020, the Company’s accounting for income taxes was impacted by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act,
which  was  enacted  on  March  27,  2020.  In  fiscal  2018,  the  effective  tax  rate  was  impacted  by  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act,  which  was
enacted  on  December  22,  2017.  For  information  about  “Income  tax  expense  (benefit),”  see  Note  9  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.”

(j) For information about equity interests, see Note 8 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(k) On  October  1,  2018,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-18,  “Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Restricted  Cash”  using  the
retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2016-18 resulted in a decrease in net cash provided by operating activities of
$0.7 for the year ended September 30, 2018 and a (decrease) increase in net cash used by investing activities of $(1.3), $4.2 and $10.4
for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

(l) On  October  1,  2019,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2016-02,  “Leases  (Topic  842),”  and  ASU  2018-11,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Targeted
Improvements.” At adoption, the Company recognized right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of $158.1 and $168.2, respectively, on the
balance  sheet  at  October  1,  2019.  For  additional  information  about  the  adoption  of  these  ASUs,  see  “Management’s  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 and Notes 2, 3 and 16 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.”

37

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS 

The  following  discussion  summarizes  the  significant  factors  affecting  the  consolidated  operating  results,  financial 
condition, liquidity and capital resources of Post Holdings, Inc. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial 
statements under Item 8 of this report and the “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements” on page 1 of this report. 

OVERVIEW

We  are  a  consumer  packaged  goods  holding  company,  operating  in  five  reportable  segments:  Post  Consumer  Brands, 
Weetabix, Foodservice, Refrigerated Retail and BellRing Brands. Our products are sold through a variety of channels, including 
grocery, club and drug stores, mass merchandisers, foodservice, food ingredient and eCommerce.

At September 30, 2020, our reportable segments were as follows:

Post Consumer Brands: North American ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal;

•
• Weetabix: primarily United Kingdom RTE cereal and muesli;
•
•
•

Foodservice: primarily egg and potato products;
Refrigerated Retail: primarily side dish, egg, cheese and sausage products; and
BellRing Brands: ready-to-drink (“RTD”) protein shakes, other RTD beverages, powders and nutrition bars.

Transactions

Initial Public Offering of BellRing Brands, Inc,

On October 21, 2019, BellRing Brands, Inc. (“BellRing”), our subsidiary, closed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of 
39.4  million  shares  of  its  Class  A  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value  per  share  (the  “Class  A  Common  Stock”).  The  IPO  was 
completed at an offering price of $14.00 per share and BellRing received net proceeds from the IPO of $524.4 million, after 
deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions.  As  a  result  of  the  IPO  and  certain  other  transactions  completed  in 
connection with the IPO (the “formation transactions”), BellRing is a publicly-traded company whose Class A Common Stock 
is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  ticker  symbol  “BRBR”.  BellRing  is  a  holding  company  of  BellRing 
Brands, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BellRing LLC”), owning 28.8% of its non-voting membership units (the 
“BellRing LLC units”). We own 71.2% of the BellRing LLC units and one share of BellRing’s Class B common stock, $0.01 
par value per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, collectively with the Class A Common Stock, the “BellRing Common 
Stock”). The Class B Common Stock has voting rights but no rights to dividends or other economic rights. For so long as we 
and our affiliates (other than BellRing and its subsidiaries) directly own more than 50% of the BellRing LLC units, the Class B 
Common Stock represents 67% of the combined voting power of the BellRing Common Stock. BellRing LLC is the holding 
company for our historical active nutrition business, reported herein as the BellRing Brands segment and reported historically 
as the Active Nutrition segment.

Effective  October  21,  2019,  the  financial  results  of  BellRing  and  its  subsidiaries  were  consolidated  within  our  financial 
results and 28.8% of the consolidated net income and net assets of BellRing and its subsidiaries, representing the percentage of 
economic  interest  in  BellRing  LLC  held  by  BellRing  (and  therefore  indirectly  held  by  the  public  stockholders  of  BellRing 
through their ownership of the Class A Common Stock), was allocated to noncontrolling interest. The term “BellRing” as used 
herein generally refers to BellRing Brands, Inc.; however, in discussions related to debt facilities and interest rate swaps, the 
term  “BellRing”  refers  to  BellRing  Brands,  LLC.  For  additional  information,  see  Notes  1,  8  and  17  within  “Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Capitalization of 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc.

On October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. (“8th Avenue”) was separately capitalized by us and third parties 
through  a  series  of  transactions  (the  “8th  Avenue  Transactions”),  and  8th  Avenue  became  the  holding  company  for  our 
historical  private  brands  business,  reported  historically  as  our  Private  Brands  segment.  We  retained  shares  of  common  stock 
equal  to  60.5%  of  the  common  equity  in  8th  Avenue.  8th  Avenue  is  no  longer  consolidated  in  our  financial  statements  and 
the 60.5% common equity retained interest in 8th Avenue is accounted for using the equity method. For additional information, 
see Notes 6 and 8 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Acquisitions

We completed the following acquisitions during the reporting period:

•

Henningsen Foods, Inc. (“Henningsen”) acquired July 1, 2020 and reported in our Foodservice segment; and

38

•

Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”), acquired January 12, 2018 and reported in our Foodservice and Refrigerated
Retail segments.

COVID-19 

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused and continues to cause global economic disruption and uncertainty, including in our 
business. We are closely monitoring the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and developments related thereto and are taking 
necessary actions to ensure our ability to safeguard the health of our employees, including their economic health, maintain the 
continuity  of  our  supply  chain  to  serve  customers  and  consumers  and  preserve  financial  liquidity  to  navigate  the  uncertainty 
caused by the pandemic. Examples of actions we have taken in response to the pandemic include:

•

•

•

•

•

reinforcing manufacturing facilities with additional protective supplies, staffing and support;

enhancing facility safety measures and working closely with public health officials to follow additional health and
safety guidelines;

drawing $500.0 million of our $750.0 million revolving credit facility and $65.0 million of BellRing’s revolving
credit facility to further enhance liquidity in March 2020. Borrowings under both credit facilities were repaid prior
to  the  end  of  fiscal  2020.  For  additional  information,  see  Note  17  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements”;

temporarily suspending our share repurchase program, which we resumed in May 2020. For additional information,
see Note 21 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,
Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Item 5 of this report;

actively managing our foodservice egg supply, including taking measures to reduce internal production, delivering
contract suspension notices invoking force majeure clauses with respect to certain of our suppliers in the second
quarter of fiscal 2020 (subsequently, these contract suspensions were provisionally lifted) and repurposing product
into our retail channel; and

• within our foodservice business, where our results continue to be negatively impacted by lower away-from-home
demand in various channels, approaching cost reduction in a restrained manner which has preserved our ability to
respond  quickly  as  demand  resumes.  We  will  manage  costs  more  aggressively  if  the  reduced  demand  for  our
foodservice products extends over a longer period.

Since  the  effects  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  including  the  actions  of  public  health  and  other  governmental  officials  in 
response to the pandemic, began to impact the categories in which we operate, our products sold through the food, drug and 
mass, club and eCommerce channels generally experienced an increase in sales as a result of consumer pantry loading in the 
second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  and  increased  at-home  consumption  that  continued  throughout  the  second  half  of  fiscal  2020. 
However,  as  a  result  of  increased  at-home  consumption,  we  experienced  declines  in  sales  of  certain  on-the-go  products.  We 
expect some of the benefit of what amounts to a massive trial exercise (as consumers try products that they may not have been 
purchasing  previously)  to  convert  into  an  intermediate  term  improvement  in  category  trends  across  the  majority  of  our  retail 
businesses. However, there is no guarantee that such increase in sales and/or intermediate term improvement in category trends 
will  continue  or  be  realized.  Additionally,  we  have  incurred  increased  expenses  specifically  attributable  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, including increased employee wages and paid absences, COVID-19 screening expenses, additional sanitizing costs 
and facility reconfiguration expenses. Our foodservice business has been negatively impacted by lower demand resulting from 
the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  various  channels,  including  full  service  restaurants,  quick  service  restaurants, 
education and travel and lodging. From April lows, our foodservice volumes improved during the second half of fiscal 2020 
and  largely  followed  changes  in  the  degree  of  restrictions  on  mobility  and  gatherings.  For  additional  discussion,  refer  to 
“Liquidity and Capital Resources” within this section, as well as “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements” on 
page 1 of this report and “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report.

Lease Accounting

On  October  1,  2019,  we  adopted  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  2016-02,  “Leases  (Topic  842),”  and  ASU 
2018-11,  “Leases  (Topic  842):  Targeted  Improvements.”  At  adoption,  we  recognized  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  and  lease 
liabilities  of  $158.1  million  and  $168.2  million,  respectively,  on  the  balance  sheet  at  October  1,  2019.  For  additional 
information regarding these ASUs, refer to Notes 3 and 16 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."

39

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

On October 1, 2018, we adopted ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” which superseded 
all  previously  existing  revenue  recognition  guidance  under  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America  (“GAAP”).  As  a  result  of  the  adoption,  we  reclassified  certain  payments  to  customers  from  “Selling,  general,  and 
administrative expenses” to “Net Sales” and recognized revenue that was previously deferred in “Net Sales” in the Consolidated 
Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2019. For additional information regarding ASU 2014-09, refer to 
Note 2 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” The following table presents the impact on net sales resulting from 
the adoption of ASU 2014-09 by segment.

dollars in millions

Post Consumer Brands

Weetabix

Foodservice

Refrigerated Retail

BellRing Brands

dollars in millions
Net Sales

2020
$ 5,698.7 

Year Ended
September 30, 
2019

$ 

(7.6) 

— 

(5.2) 

(3.3) 

(8.8) 

$ 

(24.9) 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

2019

favorable/(unfavorable)
$ Change % Change

2019

2018

$ 5,681.1  $ 

17.6 

 — % $ 5,681.1 

$ 6,257.2  $  (576.1) 

favorable/(unfavorable)
$ Change % Change
 (9) %

Operating Profit
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment 
of debt, net
Expense (income) on 
swaps, net

Other income, net
Income tax expense 
(benefit)
Equity method loss, net 
of tax

Less: Net earnings 
attributable to 
noncontrolling interests
Net Earnings

$  700.5 
388.6 

$  781.0  $ 
322.4 

(80.5) 
(66.2) 

 (10) % $  781.0 
322.4 
 (21) %

$  573.5  $  207.5
64.9 

387.3 

72.9 

6.1 

(66.8) 

 (1,095) %

6.1 

31.1 

25.0 

 36 %
 17 %

 80 %

187.1 

(11.5) 

306.6 

(13.2) 

119.5 

(1.7) 

 39 %

 (13) %

306.6 

(13.2) 

(95.6) 

(14.0) 

(402.2) 

 (421) %

(0.8) 

 (6) %

3.5 

(3.9) 

(7.4) 

 (190) %

(3.9) 

(204.0) 

(200.1) 

 (98) %

30.9 

37.0 

6.1 

 16 %

37.0 

0.3 

(36.7) 

 (12,233) %

28.2 
0.8 

1.3 

(26.9) 
$  124.7  $  (123.9) 

 (2,069) %

1.3 
 (99) % $  124.7 

1.1 

(0.2) 
$  467.3  $  (342.6)

$ 

 (18) %
 (73) %

Net Sales

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Net sales increased $17.6 million, or less than 1%, during the year ended September 30, 2020. This increase was due to 
growth in our BellRing Brands, Post Consumer Brands, Refrigerated Retail and Weetabix segments, as well as the inclusion of 
incremental contributions from our current year acquisition of Henningsen. These positive impacts were partially offset by a 
decline in our Foodservice segment. 

All segments were impacted by significant changes in consumer behavior in response to the COVID-19 pandemic in the 

year ended September 30, 2020. For further discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Net sales decreased $576.1 million, or 9%, during the year ended September 30, 2019. This decrease was primarily due to 
the absence of net sales in fiscal 2019 attributable to our historical Private Brands segment ($848.9 million in the year ended 

40

September 30, 2018), which is no longer consolidated in our financial results and is accounted for using the equity method as a 
result of the 8th Avenue Transactions, partially offset by the inclusion of incremental net sales from our fiscal 2018 acquisition 
of  Bob  Evans  on  January  12,  2018.  Additionally,  net  sales  grew  in  our  Foodservice,  Post  Consumer  Brands  and  BellRing 
Brands segments for the year ended September 30, 2019. Net sales in our Weetabix segment decreased during the year ended 
September 30, 2019. For further discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.

Operating Profit 

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Operating profit decreased $80.5 million, or 10%, for the year ended September 30, 2020. In the year ended September 30, 
2019, operating profit was impacted by losses related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of $63.3 million 
and by a gain on sale of business of $126.6 million related to the 8th Avenue Transactions. Excluding these impacts in the prior 
year,  operating  profit  decreased  $17.2  million,  or  2%,  primarily  due  to  lower  segment  profit  within  our  Foodservice  and 
BellRing Brands segments, partially offset by increased segment profit within our Post Consumer Brands, Refrigerated Retail 
and Weetabix segments, as well as decreased general corporate expenses and other. For further discussion, refer to “Segment 
Results” within this section.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Operating profit increased $207.5 million, or 36%, for the year ended September 30, 2019. In the years ended September 
30, 2019 and 2018, operating profit was impacted by losses related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of 
$63.3  million  and  $124.9  million,  respectively,  and  provisions  for  legal  settlement  of  $2.4  million  and  $17.3  million, 
respectively. Additionally, in the year ended September 30, 2019, operating profit was impacted by a gain on sale of business of 
$126.6  million  related  to  the  8th  Avenue  Transactions.  Excluding  these  impacts  in  both  years,  operating  profit  increased 
slightly,  primarily  due  to  the  inclusion  of  incremental  segment  profit  contribution  from  our  fiscal  2018  acquisition  of  Bob 
Evans,  as  well  as  organic  growth  within  our  BellRing  Brands,  Foodservice,  Weetabix  and  Post  Consumer  Brands  segments. 
These positive impacts were offset by the absence of segment profit in fiscal 2019 attributable to our historical Private Brands 
segment ($60.8 million in the year ended September 30, 2018), which is no longer consolidated in our financial results and is 
accounted for using the equity method as a result of the 8th Avenue Transactions, and increased general corporate expenses and 
other in the year ended September 30, 2019. For further discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense increased $66.2 million, or 21%, for the year ended September 30, 2020, compared to the prior year. The 
increase was driven by increased losses (compared to gains in the prior year period) of $41.0 million on our interest rate swap 
contracts.  Additionally,  interest  expense  increased  from  the  impact  of  senior  notes  issued  in  fiscal  2020  and  fiscal  2019  and 
debt entered into in connection with the IPO on October 21, 2019, partially offset by reduced interest expense of $56.6 million 
as a result of the repayment of our term loan in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. Our weighted-average interest rate on our total 
outstanding  debt  was  5.3%  and  5.2%  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  This  increase  in  our 
weighted-average  interest  rate  was  driven  by  a  change  in  the  mix  of  debt  outstanding.  During  the  year  ended  September  30, 
2019, we recorded $5.9 million of interest expense related to amounts owed to former holders of shares of Bob Evans common 
stock who demanded appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans common stock under Delaware law. No such interest expense was 
recorded during the year ended September 30, 2020.

Interest expense decreased $64.9 million, or 17%, for the year ended September 30, 2019, compared to the prior year. The 
decrease  was  partially  due  to  increased  gains  of  $28.7  million  on  our  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  largely  related  to  the 
termination of a portion of our interest rate swap contracts that were designated as hedging instruments. Additionally, interest 
expense was positively impacted by a decrease in the principal balance of debt outstanding due to repayments and repurchases 
of certain debt in fiscal 2019 and 2018 and lower interest expense of $7.5 million related to amounts owed to former holders of 
shares of Bob Evans common stock who demanded appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans common stock under Delaware law. 
These positive impacts were partially offset by an increase in our weighted-average interest rate resulting from a change in debt 
mix. Our weighted-average interest rate on our total outstanding debt was 5.2% and 5.0% for the years ended September 30,
2019 and 2018, respectively.

For additional information on our interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments, refer to Note 14 within “Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.”  For  additional  information  on  our  debt,  refer  to  Note  17  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements”  and  “Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures  About  Market  Risk”  in  Item  7A  of  this  report.  For 
additional information on former holders of Bob Evans common stock who demanded appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans 
common stock, refer to Notes 4 and 18 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

41

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt, net

During the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we recognized net losses of $72.9 million, $6.1 million and 

$31.1 million, respectively, related to the extinguishment of debt. 

For the year ended September 30, 2020, the losses related to repayments of the outstanding principal balances of our 2020 
bridge  loan,  our  term  loan,  our  5.50%  senior  notes  maturing  in  March  2025  and  our  8.00%  senior  notes,  as  well  as  the 
amendment and restatement of our credit agreement. The loss included premiums paid of $49.8 million and write-offs of debt 
issuance costs of $23.1 million.

For the year ended September 30, 2019, the net loss related to the repayment of a portion of our term loan, the assumption 
of  our  2018  bridge  loan  by  8th  Avenue  in  connection  with  the  8th  Avenue  Transactions  (the  “2018  Bridge  Loan”)  and  the 
repurchase  and  retirement  of  portions  of  the  principal  balances  of  our  5.75%  senior  notes,  5.625%  senior  notes  and  5.00% 
senior notes. The net loss included write-offs of debt issuance costs of $10.8 million, partially offset by gains realized on debt 
repurchased at a discount of $4.0 million and the write-off of an unamortized debt premium of $0.7 million.

For the year ended September 30, 2018, the net loss related to the repayment of the outstanding principal balance of our 
6.00%  senior  notes,  the  repurchase  and  retirement  of  portions  of  the  principal  balances  of  our  5.625%  senior  notes,  5.75% 
senior notes, 5.00% senior notes and 8.00% senior notes and the amendment of our term loan. The net loss included premiums 
and debt extinguishment costs paid of $33.7 million and the write-off of debt issuance costs of $9.7 million, partially offset by 
the  write-off  of  an  unamortized  debt  premium  of  $4.6  million  and  gains  realized  on  debt  repurchased  at  a  discount  of  $7.7 
million.

For additional information on our debt, refer to Note 17 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Expense (Income) on Swaps, net

During the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we recognized net losses (gains) of $187.1 million, $306.6 
million  and  $(95.6)  million,  respectively,  on  our  interest  rate  swaps  that  were  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments.  Of  the 
total  net  losses  recognized  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  $117.4  million  related  to  non-cash  mark-to-market 
adjustments and $69.7 million related to cash settlements paid. Of the total net losses recognized in the year ended September 
30, 2019, $293.1 million related to non-cash mark-to-market adjustments and $13.5 million related to cash settlements paid. Of 
the  total  net  gains  recognized  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018,  $(96.7)  million  related  to  non-cash  mark-to-market 
adjustments, which was offset by $1.1 million related to cash settlements paid. For additional information on our interest rate 
swaps,  refer  to  Note  14  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  and  “Quantitative  and  Qualitative  Disclosures 
About Market Risk” in Item 7A of this report.

42

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2020 was 5.5% compared to (2.5)% for fiscal 2019 and (77.1)% for fiscal 2018. A 

reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) with amounts computed at the statutory federal rate follows:

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Computed tax (a)
Enacted tax law and changes, including the Tax Act (a)
Non-deductible goodwill impairment loss
Non-deductible compensation
Transaction costs
Domestic production activities deduction
State income tax (benefit) expense, net of effect on federal tax
Non-taxable interest income
Valuation allowances
Change in deferred tax rates
Uncertain tax positions
Net losses and basis difference attributable to equity method investment
Income tax credits
Rate differential on foreign income
Excess tax benefits for share-based payments
Gain on bargain purchase
Enhanced deduction for food donation
Return-to-provision
Other, net (none in excess of 5% of statutory tax)
Income tax expense (benefit)

$ 

$ 

13.3  $ 
(1.5) 
— 
4.5 
(1.1) 
— 
(4.3) 
— 
5.0 
11.1 
1.2 
(6.5) 
(2.6) 
(10.8) 
(1.4) 
(2.5) 
(1.5) 
(1.5) 
2.1 
3.5  $ 

33.4  $ 
(4.8) 
6.9 
2.7 
2.2 
— 
(0.7) 
— 
6.6 
(4.6) 
(7.9) 
4.4 
(3.0) 
(7.7) 
(33.4) 
— 
(0.6) 
0.6 
2.0 
(3.9)  $ 

64.9 
(270.9) 
— 
1.2 
1.5 
(5.9) 
5.6 
(2.4) 
4.1 
0.3 
0.3 
— 
(2.3) 
(5.3) 
(1.8) 
— 
(0.8) 
(1.0) 
8.5 
(204.0) 

(a) Fiscal 2020 and 2019 federal corporate income tax was computed at the United States (the “U.S.”) federal statutory rate of 21%. Fiscal
2018 federal corporate income tax was computed using a blended U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 24.5%, as discussed below.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was enacted and signed into law.
Certain  provisions  of  the  CARES  Act  impact  our  accounting  for  income  taxes,  such  as  modifications  to  the  limitation  of 
business interest expense deductibility for tax years beginning in 2019 and 2020, and have been accounted for within the year 
ended September 30, 2020. The CARES Act did not have a material impact on our financial statements and disclosures as its 
impact primarily related to immaterial short-term and long-term classifications on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and current 
and deferred income tax expense (benefit) classifications in Note 9 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

In fiscal 2018, the effective tax rate was impacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), which was enacted on 
December 22, 2017. The Tax Act resulted in significant impacts to our accounting for income taxes with the most significant of 
these impacts relating to the reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, a one-time transition tax on unrepatriated 
foreign earnings and full expensing of certain qualified depreciable assets placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before 
January 1, 2023. The Tax Act enacted a new U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 21% that went into effect for our 2019 
tax year and was prorated with the pre-December 22, 2017 U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 35% for our 2018 tax year. 
This  proration  resulted  in  a  blended  U.S.  federal  corporate  income  tax  rate  of  24.5%  for  fiscal  2018.  During  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2018, we (i) remeasured our existing deferred tax assets and liabilities considering both the 2018 blended rate 
and the 21% rate for future periods and recorded a provisional tax benefit of $281.2 million and (ii) calculated the one-time 
transition  tax  and  recorded  provisional  tax  expense  of  $10.3  million.  Full  expensing  of  certain  depreciable  assets  resulted  in 
temporary  differences,  which  were  analyzed  throughout  fiscal  2018  as  assets  were  placed  in  service.  During  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2019, in connection with preparing our fiscal 2018 corporate income tax returns, we recorded tax benefits related 
to the (i) re-measurement of our existing deferred tax assets and liabilities and (ii) adjustment to the one-time transition tax of 
$0.2 and $4.6, respectively. No income tax adjustments were made related to the Tax Act during the year ended September 30, 
2020. The Tax Act subjects U.S. corporations to a tax on global low-taxed income, which we elected to recognize in the period 
in which it is incurred. 

43

SEGMENT RESULTS

We evaluate each segment’s performance based on its segment profit, which is its earnings before income taxes and equity 
method  earnings/loss  before  impairment  of  property,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  facility  closure  related  costs, 
restructuring expenses, gain/loss on assets and liabilities held for sale, gain/loss on sales of businesses and facilities, gain on 
bargain purchase, interest expense and other unallocated corporate income and expenses. 

Post Consumer Brands

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

dollars in millions
Net Sales
Segment Profit

2020
$ 1,949.1 
$  393.5 

2019
$ 1,875.9 
$  337.1 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$ 
$ 

73.2 
56.4 

% 
Change

2019

 4 % $ 1,875.9 
 17 % $  337.1 

2018
$ 1,831.7 
$  329.2 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$ 
$ 

44.2 
7.9 

 % 
Change

 2 %
 2 %

Segment Profit Margin

 20 %

 18 %

 18 %

 18 %

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Net sales for the Post Consumer Brands segment increased $73.2 million, or 4%, for the year ended September 30, 2020, 
primarily  driven  by  3%  higher  volume.  This  increase  in  volume  was  largely  due  to  an  increase  in  consumer  purchases  in 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic. At the product level, volume gains were primarily driven by gains in private label cereal, 
Pebbles, Malt-O-Meal bag cereal, Honey Bunches of Oats and adult and kid classic brands, partially offset by volume declines 
in  natural  and  organic  cereal,  licensed  products  and  government  bid  business.  Average  net  selling  prices  increased  when 
compared to the prior year period resulting from targeted price increases and a lower promotional trade rate.

Segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2020 increased $56.4 million, or 17%, compared to the prior year. This 
increase was primarily due to higher net sales, as previously discussed, lower manufacturing costs of $26.6 million (driven by 
manufacturing  cost  efficiencies  and  favorable  fixed  cost  leverage  on  increased  volumes,  partially  offset  by  increased 
COVID-19 related expenses), reduced freight costs of $13.1 million and decreased integration expenses of $6.6 million. These 
positive  impacts  were  partially  offset  by  increased  employee-related  expenses,  higher  product  donations  of  $4.4  million, 
increased advertising and consumer spending of $3.5 million and higher warehousing costs of $2.6 million.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Net sales for the Post Consumer Brands segment increased $44.2 million, or 2%, for the year ended September 30, 2019, 
primarily driven by higher average net selling prices resulting from targeted price increases and 1% higher volumes, partially 
offset  by  an  unfavorable  product  mix.  Volume  increases  were  primarily  due  to  increases  in  private  label  cereal,  kid  classic 
brands,  Pebbles  and  licensed  products.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  declines  in  Malt-O-Meal  bag  cereal,  Great 
Grains, Honey Bunches of Oats and adult classic brands.

Segment  profit  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019  increased  $7.9  million,  or  2%,  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This 
increase was primarily due to higher average net selling prices and increased volumes, as previously discussed, as well as lower 
advertising and consumer spending of $8.5 million and decreased integration costs of $1.2 million. These positive impacts were 
partially offset by higher raw material costs of $13.8 million, increased freight costs of $11.8 million (excluding volume-driven 
impacts),  unfavorable  manufacturing  costs  of  $5.3  million,  higher  warehousing  expense  of  $4.2  million  and  increased 
employee-related expenses.

Weetabix

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

dollars in millions
Net Sales
Segment Profit

2020
$  440.4 
$  112.3 

2019
$  418.2 
94.8 
$ 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$ 
$ 

22.2 
17.5 

 % 
Change

2019

 5 % $  418.2 
94.8 
 18 % $ 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$ 
$ 

(5.2) 
7.6 

 % 
Change

 (1) %
 9 %

2018
$  423.4 
87.2 
$ 

Segment Profit Margin

 25 %

 23 %

 23 %

 21 %

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Net  sales  for  the  Weetabix  segment  increased  $22.2  million,  or  5%,  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  due  to 
improved average net selling prices and 2% higher volume. Average net selling prices increased primarily due to targeted price 
increases, reduced trade spending and a favorable product mix. Volume increases were largely due to an increase in consumer 
purchases in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, primarily driven by gains in at-home consumption of biscuit cereal products, 

44

partially offset by declines in consumption of Weetabix On The Go drinks and bars, as well as reduced extruded product volume 
due to the start-up of a new manufacturing line at our Corby, United Kingdom manufacturing facility in fiscal 2020.

  Segment  profit  increased  $17.5  million,  or  18%,  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  This  increase  was  driven  by 
higher net sales, as previously discussed, and favorable manufacturing and raw materials costs of $7.4 million, partially offset 
by higher advertising and consumer spending of $5.9 million and increased employee-related expenses.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Net sales for the Weetabix segment decreased $5.2 million, or 1%, for the year ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to 
unfavorable foreign exchange rates. Excluding this impact, net sales increased approximately 4%, driven by improved average 
net  selling  prices,  partially  offset  by  lower  volume.  Volume  was  down  5%,  driven  by  declines  in  non-biscuit  branded  RTE 
cereal products, Weetabix On The Go drink products, exports and bars, partially offset by increases in private label products. 
Average net selling prices increased primarily due to targeted price increases and reduced promotional activity.

Segment  profit  increased  $7.6  million,  or  9%,  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019.  This  increase  was  driven  by 
improved  average  net  selling  prices,  as  previously  discussed,  partially  offset  by  lower  volumes,  as  previously  discussed, 
increased advertising and consumer spending of $7.0 million, higher employee-related expenses, unfavorable foreign exchange 
rates and unfavorable raw material and manufacturing costs of $4.6 million. Segment profit was negatively impacted in fiscal 
2018 by integration expenses of $2.3 million.

Foodservice

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

dollars in millions
Net Sales
Segment Profit

2020
$ 1,361.8 
25.6 
$ 

2019
$ 1,627.4 
$  198.4 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$  (265.6) 
$  (172.8) 

 % 
Change

2019
 (16) % $ 1,627.4
 (87) % $  198.4

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$ 
$ 

79.2 
40.8 

 % 
Change

 5 %
 26 %

2018
$ 1,548.2 
$  157.6 

Segment Profit Margin

 2 %

 12 %

 12 %

 10 %

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Net sales for the Foodservice segment decreased $265.6 million, or 16%, for the year ended September 30, 2020. Net sales 
for the year ended September 30, 2020 were positively impacted by the inclusion of incremental net sales attributable to our 
current year acquisition of Henningsen. Excluding net sales attributable to Henningsen, net sales decreased $277.9 million, or 
17%,  driven  by  17%  lower  volume.  The  volume  decline  was  due  to  lower  foodservice  product  demand  as  a  result  of  the 
COVID-19  pandemic.  Egg  product  sales  were  down  $245.5  million,  or  23%,  with  volume  down  22%,  driven  by  21%  lower 
volume in the foodservice channel and lower average net selling prices in the food ingredient channel, partially offset by 4% 
higher  volume  in  the  food  ingredient  channel.  Food  ingredient  average  net  selling  prices  decreased  primarily  due  to  lower 
market-based raw and liquid egg prices and short-term price reductions used to move excess inventory created by lower product 
demand as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Sales of side dishes were down $24.0 million, or 14%, with volume down 18%. 
Sausage sales were down $4.0 million, or 21%, with volume down 19%. Other product sales were down $4.4 million, or 20%, 
with volume down 20%.

Segment  profit  decreased  $172.8  million,  or  87%,  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  primarily  due  to  lower 
foodservice volumes, as previously discussed, increased net product costs and other negative impacts related to the COVID-19 
pandemic.  The  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  resulted  in  lower  volume  and  short-term  price  reductions,  as  previously 
discussed, unfavorable fixed cost absorption as we reduced our egg supply and production in our plants to match lower demand 
and  increased  inventory  write-offs  of  $12.3  million,  mainly  due  to  increased  expense  for  donated  and  obsolete  inventory  on 
short-dated  products,  due  to  the  decline  in  foodservice  product  demand,  as  well  as  increased  expenses  attributable  to  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, including increased employee wages and paid absences, COVID-19 screening expenses and additional 
sanitizing costs. Additionally, net product costs were negatively impacted by (i) start-up costs of $14.2 million related to our 
new precooked egg facility in Norwalk, Iowa, (ii) manufacturing inefficiencies at certain facilities, (iii) higher freight costs of 
$5.7  million  despite  lower  volumes,  due  to  load  factor  and  other  inefficiencies  in  our  transportation  network,  (iv)  increased 
losses  related  to  commodity  and  energy  hedges  of  $8.2  million,  (v)  a  $2.5  million  insurance  deductible  and  $0.4  million  of 
repair and clean-up expenses due to a fire at our Bloomfield, Nebraska laying facility in the second quarter of fiscal 2020 and 
(vi) $4.7  million  of  insurance  proceeds  received  in  fiscal  2019  in  connection  with  a  fire  that  occurred  at  our  Klingerstown,
Pennsylvania facility in the third quarter of fiscal 2018.

45

 Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Net sales for the Foodservice segment increased $79.2 million, or 5%, for the year ended September 30, 2019, partially due 
to  the  inclusion  of  incremental  net  sales  attributable  to  our  fiscal  2018  acquisition  of  Bob  Evans.  Excluding  net  sales 
attributable  to  Bob  Evans  in  both  years,  net  sales  increased  $59.7  million,  or  4%,  primarily  due  to  increased  volume  and 
improved average net selling prices resulting from a favorable product mix. Egg product sales were up $50.9 million, or 4%, 
with volume up 4%. Volume increases were attributable to gains in the foodservice and food ingredient channels. Sales of side 
dishes  were  up  $9.4  million,  or  8%,  with  volume  up  7%.  Other  product  sales  were  down  $0.4  million,  or  6%,  with  volume 
down 12%.

Segment profit increased $40.8 million, or 26%, for the year ended September 30, 2019. Segment profit included profit of 
$3.2  million  and  $0.9  million  in  the  years  ended  September  30,  2019  and  2018,  respectively,  attributable  to  our  fiscal  2018 
acquisition of Bob Evans. Excluding these amounts, segment profit increased $38.5 million, or 25%, primarily due to volume 
growth and improved margins on a favorable product and customer mix with a continued shift to higher value-added products. 
These favorable impacts were partially offset by increased warehousing costs of $7.9 million, unfavorable manufacturing costs 
of  $5.0  million,  higher  freight  costs  of  $3.3  million  (excluding  volume-driven  impacts)  and  increased  employee-related 
expenses. Additionally, segment profit was impacted by provisions for legal settlement of $1.6 million and $8.3 million in the 
years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Refrigerated Retail

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

dollars in millions
Net Sales
Segment Profit

2020
$  961.2 
$  125.6 

2019
$  907.3 
95.1 
$ 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$ 
$ 

53.9 
30.5 

 % 
Change

2019

 6 % $  907.3 
95.1 
 32 % $ 

2018
$  790.9 
90.0 
$ 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change
$  116.4 
5.1 
$ 

 % 
Change

 15 %
 6 %

Segment Profit Margin

 13 %

 10 %

 10 %

 11 %

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Net sales for the Refrigerated Retail segment increased $53.9 million, or 6%, for the year ended September 30, 2020. Sales 
of  side  dishes  increased  $41.1  million,  or  12%,  driven  by  increased  average  net  selling  prices  and  3%  higher  volume.  The 
increase  in  average  net  selling  prices  was  primarily  due  to  targeted  price  increases,  a  favorable  product  mix  and  lower  trade 
spending. Volume increases were driven by higher branded dinner sides volume, partially offset by lower deli sides and private 
label dinner sides volume. Sausage sales increased $22.4 million, or 17%, driven by 12% higher volume and higher average net 
selling prices as a result of reduced trade spending. Cheese and other dairy case product sales were up $20.7 million, or 9%, 
with volume up 1%, primarily due to higher average net selling prices as a result of targeted price increases and lower trade 
spending.  Branded  dinner  sides,  sausage  and  cheese  and  other  dairy  case  products  volumes  were  positively  impacted  by  an 
increase in consumer purchases in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Egg product sales were down $30.3 million, or 18%, 
with volume down 16%, due to declines in deli products resulting from deli closures as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and 
the decision to exit certain low-margin business, as well as losses in branded liquid egg product volume. Sales of other products 
were flat with volume down 11%.

Segment profit increased $30.5 million, or 32%, for the year ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to higher net sales, 
as  previously  discussed,  and  lower  raw  material  costs  of  $6.7  million  (primarily  due  to  lower  sow  costs,  partially  offset  by 
higher cheese input costs), partially offset by increased employee-related expenses, higher manufacturing costs of $9.5 million 
and higher freight costs of $3.4 million.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Net sales for the Refrigerated Retail segment increased $116.4 million, or 15%, for the year ended September 30, 2019, 
with volume increasing 19%. Volume and net sales were impacted in fiscal 2019 and 2018 by the inclusion of results from our 
fiscal  2018  acquisition  of  Bob  Evans.  When  compared  to  fiscal  2018  (partially  pre-acquisition),  overall  volumes  for  the 
segment increased 2%. This increase was due to higher volumes of 8% in side dishes and 1% in egg products, partially offset by 
lower  volumes  of  5%  in  cheese  and  other  dairy  case  products  and  4%  in  sausage.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the  acquisition, 
volume  for  our  legacy  refrigerated  retail  businesses  decreased  1%.  Compared  to  fiscal  2018  (partially  pre-acquisition),  Bob 
Evans total retail volume increased 6%, driven by an 11% increase in side dish volumes.

Segment profit increased $5.1 million, or 6%, for the year ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to the inclusion of an 
additional three months of results from our fiscal 2018 acquisition of Bob Evans and lower integration costs of $7.0 million, 
partially  offset  by  decreased  volumes  in  our  legacy  refrigerated  retail  businesses,  as  previously  discussed,  unfavorable 
manufacturing  cost  performance  and  higher  freight  costs.  During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018,  segment  profit  was 

46

negatively impacted by the recognition of an acquisition accounting-related inventory valuation adjustment of $4.1 million and 
acquisition-related costs of $2.4 million.

BellRing Brands

dollars in millions

Net Sales

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

2020

2019

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change

 % 
Change

2019

2018

$  988.3 

$  854.4 

$  133.9 

 16 % $  854.4 

$  827.5 

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change

 % 
Change

$ 

$ 

26.9 

50.7 

 3 %

 41 %

Segment Profit

$  164.0 

$  175.1 

$ 

(11.1) 

 (6) % $  175.1

$  124.4 

Segment Profit Margin

 17 %

 20 %

 20 %

 15 %

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Net sales for the BellRing Brands segment increased $133.9 million, or 16%, for the year ended September 30, 2020. Sales 
of Premier Protein products were up $148.2 million, or 22%, with volume up 23%. Volume increases were driven by higher 
RTD protein shake product volumes which primarily related to distribution gains, lapping short-term capacity constraints in the 
prior year and new product introductions, partially offset by lower other RTD beverage volumes. Sales of Dymatize products 
were down $4.0 million, or 4%, with volume down 1%. Volumes decreased primarily due to lower international and specialty 
channel volumes, largely resulting from consumer reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by higher eCommerce 
volumes.  Sales  of  PowerBar  products  were  down  $9.1  million,  or  20%,  with  volume  down  29%,  driven  by  strategic  sales 
reductions of low performing products within our North American portfolio and lower international channel volumes resulting 
from consumer reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic. Sales of all other products were down $1.2 million.

Segment profit decreased $11.1 million, or 6%, for the year ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily driven 
by higher net product costs of $17.4 million (driven by unfavorable raw materials costs, partially offset by lower freight and 
manufacturing costs), increased advertising and consumer spending of $13.1 million, incremental public company costs of $8.4 
million, higher employee-related expenses (including stock-based compensation expense of $6.5 million), higher warehousing 
costs of $3.7 million and increased IPO-related transaction costs of $1.5 million. These negative impacts were partially offset 
by higher net sales, as previously discussed.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Net sales for the BellRing Brands segment increased $26.9 million, or 3%, for the year ended September 30, 2019. Sales of 
Premier  Protein  products  were  up  $43.8  million,  of  7%,  with  volume  up  5%,  driven  by  higher  average  net  selling  prices 
resulting  from  targeted  price  increases  and  higher  RTD  protein  shake  product  volumes,  partially  offset  by  lower  sales  of 
nutrition bars. Sales of Dymatize products were up $4.3 million, or 4%, with volume up 3%, primarily due to distribution gains 
in  the  mass  channel  and  organic  growth  in  the  eCommerce  channel,  partially  offset  by  declines  in  the  domestic  specialty 
channel. Sales of PowerBar products were down $15.6 million, or 26%, with volume down 29%, driven by distribution losses 
and strategic sales reductions of low performing products within the North American portfolio. Sales of all other products were 
down $5.6 million.

Segment profit increased $50.7 million, or 41%, for the year ended September 30, 2019. Segment profit in the year ended 
September  30,  2018  was  impacted  by  a  litigation  settlement  accrual  of  $9.0  million.  Excluding  this  impact,  segment  profit 
increased  $41.7  million,  or  31%.  This  increase  was  primarily  driven  by  higher  net  sales,  as  previously  discussed,  lower  net 
product  costs  of  $19.6  million,  as  favorable  raw  materials  and  freight  costs  were  partially  offset  by  increased  manufacturing 
costs, and reduced advertising and consumer spending of $5.4 million. These positive impacts were partially offset by increased 
brokerage and warehousing costs of $2.2 million and higher employee-related expenses.

47

Other Items

General Corporate Expenses and Other

dollars in millions
General corporate 
expenses and other

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

2020

2019

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change

 % 
Change

2019

2018

favorable/(unfavorable)

 $ 
Change

 % 
Change

$ 

109.0  $ 

169.6  $ 

60.6 

 36 % $ 

169.6  $ 

136.8  $ 

(32.8) 

 (24) %

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

General  corporate  expenses  and  other  decreased  $60.6  million,  or  36%,  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020, 
primarily  driven  by  decreased  third  party  transaction  costs  of  $20.7  million,  lower  restructuring  and  facility  closure  costs  of 
$18.2 million (including lower accelerated depreciation of $12.3 million), increased gains (compared to losses in the prior year) 
related  to  mark-to-market  adjustments  on  deferred  compensation  of  $4.7  million  and  decreased  losses  on  commodity  and 
foreign currency hedges of $2.6 million. Additionally, general corporate expenses and other for the year ended September 30, 
2020  were  positively  impacted  by  a  gain  on  bargain  purchase  of  $11.7  million  related  to  the  current  year  acquisition  of 
Henningsen.  These  positive  impacts  were  partially  offset  by  higher  stock-based  compensation  of  $3.5  million  and  increased 
losses on assets held for sale (compared to gains in the prior year) of $3.3 million. General corporate expenses and other for the 
year ended September 30, 2019 were negatively impacted by costs of $1.3 million related to obtaining consents from holders of 
a majority of the aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 5.00% senior notes.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

General  corporate  expenses  and  other  increased  $32.8  million,  or  24%,  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019, 
primarily driven by increased losses (compared to gains in the prior year) related to mark-to-market adjustments on commodity 
and  foreign  currency  hedges  of  $13.0  million,  increased  restructuring  and  facility  closure  costs  of  $12.7  million  (including 
increased accelerated depreciation of $8.3 million), higher stock compensation of $6.0 million, higher third party transaction 
costs of $1.4 million and increased employee-related expenses. Additionally, fiscal 2019 general corporate expenses and other 
were  negatively  impacted  by  costs  of  $1.3  million  related  to  obtaining  consents  from  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  aggregate 
principal  amount  of  our  outstanding  5.00%  senior  notes.  These  negative  impacts  were  partially  offset  by  master  services 
agreement  and  advisory  income  resulting  from  the  8th  Avenue  Transactions  of  $3.4  million  recorded  during  the  year  ended 
September  30,  2019.  Fiscal  2018  general  corporate  expenses  and  other  were  impacted  by  costs  related  to  the  integration 
planning for the acquisition of Bob Evans of $6.1 million.

For additional information on the consents from holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 

5.00% senior notes, see Note 17 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Restructuring and Facility Closure

The  table  below  shows  the  amount  of  restructuring  and  facility  closure  costs,  including  accelerated  depreciation, 
attributable  to  each  segment.  These  amounts  are  excluded  from  the  measure  of  segment  profit  but  are  included  in  general 
corporate expenses and other. For additional information on restructuring costs, refer to Note 5 within “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.”

dollars in millions

Post Consumer Brands

Weetabix

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

2020

2019

favorable/
(unfavorable)
$ Change

2019

2018

favorable/
(unfavorable)
$ Change

$ 

$ 

2.0  $ 

13.4  $ 

11.4 

$ 

13.4  $ 

6.4  $ 

0.3 

7.1 

6.8 

7.1 

1.4 

(7.0) 

(5.7) 

2.3  $ 

20.5  $ 

18.2 

$ 

20.5  $ 

7.8  $ 

(12.7) 

48

Gain on Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale

The table below shows the amount of net losses (gains) on assets and liabilities held for sale attributable to each segment. 
These amounts are excluded from the measure of segment profit but are included in general corporate expenses and other. In the 
year ended September 30, 2020, adjustments to the fair values of the Clinton, Massachusetts manufacturing facility and certain 
assets at our Asheboro, North Carolina manufacturing facility, which are both reported in the Post Consumer Brands segment, 
were recognized as a result of third party data. In the year ended September 30, 2020, the book value of certain assets at our 
Corby,  United  Kingdom  manufacturing  facility,  which  is  reported  in  our  Weetabix  segment,  were  lower  than  fair  value; 
therefore,  no  fair  value  adjustment  was  recorded  at  the  time  the  assets  were  classified  as  held  for  sale.  In  the  year  ended 
September  30,  2019,  final  adjustments  to  the  fair  value  a  portion  of  the  Clinton,  Massachusetts  manufacturing  facility  were 
recognized  upon  the  partial  sale  of  the  facility.  In  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018,  the  book  values  of  the  assets  and 
liabilities for 8th Avenue, historically reported as our Private Brands segment, and the Clinton, Massachusetts manufacturing 
facility, reported in our Post Consumer Brands segment, were both lower than the estimated fair value; therefore, no fair value 
adjustment was recorded at the time the assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale. For additional information on our 
assets and liabilities held for sale, refer to Note 6 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

dollars in millions

Post Consumer Brands

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

2020

2019

favorable/
(unfavorable)
$ Change

2019

2018

favorable/
(unfavorable)
$ Change

$ 

2.7  $ 

(0.6)  $ 

(3.3)  $ 

(0.6)  $ 

—  $ 

0.6 

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

dollars in millions
Impairment of goodwill and other 
intangible assets

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018

2020

2019

favorable/
(unfavorable)
 $  Change

2019

2018

favorable/
(unfavorable)
 $  Change

$ 

—  $ 

63.3  $ 

63.3 

$ 

63.3  $ 

124.9  $ 

61.6 

During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  we  did  not  record  any  non-cash  impairment  charges  related  to  goodwill  or 

other intangible assets. 

During the year ended September 30, 2019, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $63.3 million, of which $48.7 
million related to the cheese reporting unit and $14.6 million related to the All Whites trademark, both of which are reported in 
our Refrigerated Retail segment.

During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018,  we  recorded  a  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $124.9  million  related  to  the 

Weetabix trademark, which is included in our Weetabix segment.

For additional information on other intangible assets and goodwill, see Note 2 and Note 7, respectively, within “Notes to 

Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

Gain on Sale of Business 

During the year ended September 30, 2019, we recorded gains of $126.6 million related to the 8th Avenue Transactions, 
which included foreign exchange losses previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income of $42.1 million. For 
additional information on gain on sale of business, see Note 6 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

In connection with completing the BellRing formation transactions and the 8th Avenue Transactions, funding acquisitions 
and managing our capital structure, we completed the following activities (for additional information, see Notes 1, 4, 6, 17, and 
21 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”):

Fiscal 2020

•

•

•

$1,650.0 million principal value issued of 4.625% senior notes, $22.0 million premium received;

$1,000.0 million principal value repaid and $41.3 million premium payment made on the extinguishment of our 5.50%
senior notes maturing in March 2025;

$122.2 million principal value repaid and $8.5 million premium payment made on the extinguishment of our 8.00%
senior notes;

49

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

$1,309.5 million outstanding principal value repaid on our term loan;

entered  into  a  second  amended  and  restated  credit  agreement  (the  “Second  AR  Credit  Agreement”)  providing  for  a
revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”);

$500.0 million borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility;

$500.0 million outstanding principal value repaid on the Revolving Credit Facility;

$524.4  million  net  proceeds  received  by  BellRing  from  the  IPO,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions;

$1,225.0 million borrowed under our 2020 bridge facility agreement (the “2020 Bridge Loan”);

$1,225.0 million principal value 2020 Bridge Loan assumed by BellRing in connection with the IPO, releasing us and
our subsidiaries (other than BellRing and its subsidiaries) from any material obligations thereunder while we retained
the proceeds from the 2020 Bridge Loan;

$1,225.0 million outstanding principal value repaid by BellRing on the 2020 Bridge Loan;

BellRing entered into a credit agreement (the “BellRing Credit Agreement”) providing for debt facilities consisting of
a $700.0 million term B loan facility (the “BellRing Term B Facility”) and a $200.0 million revolving credit facility
(the “BellRing Revolving Credit Facility”);

$700.0 million borrowed by BellRing under the BellRing Term B Facility;

$195.0 million borrowed by BellRing under the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility;

$165.0 million outstanding principal value repaid by BellRing on the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility;

$587.8 million paid (including broker’s commissions and amounts settled subsequent to fiscal 2020) for the repurchase
of 6.1 million shares of our common stock;

$46.4 million paid for share repurchase contracts that settle in November 2020 (subsequent to the end of the period)
and will result in the receipt of either 0.6 million shares of our common stock or cash of $47.5 million; and

our Revolving Credit Facility had outstanding letters of credit of $18.8 million, which reduced the available borrowing
capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility to $731.2 million, at September 30, 2020.

Fiscal 2019

$625.0  million  principal  value  2018  Bridge  Loan  assumed  by  8th  Avenue  in  connection  with  the  8th  Avenue
Transactions,  releasing  us  and  our  subsidiaries  (other  than  8th  Avenue  and  its  subsidiaries)  from  any  material
obligations thereunder while we retained the proceeds from the 2018 Bridge Loan;

$250.0 million received from a third party as part of the 8th Avenue Transactions;

$863.0 million principal value paid on our existing term loan using the $875.0 million of proceeds received from the
8th Avenue Transactions, net of debt issuance costs paid related to the 2018 Bridge Loan and other transaction costs;

$60.0 million outstanding principal value repurchased and retired of our 5.625% senior notes, 5.75% senior notes and
5.00% senior notes;

$330.8 million paid (including broker’s commissions and amounts settled subsequent to fiscal 2019) for the repurchase
of 3.3 million shares of our common stock;

$750.0 million principal value issued of 5.50% senior notes maturing in December 2029; and

$257.4 million of payments, excluding interest, made in December 2018 and October 2019 (subsequent to the end of
fiscal  2019)  to  former  holders  of  shares  of  Bob  Evans  common  stock  who  had  demanded  appraisal  of  their  shares
under Delaware law and had not yet been paid for their shares.

Fiscal 2018

$1,000.0 million principal value issued of 5.625% senior notes;

$218.7 million paid (including broker’s commissions) for the repurchase of 2.8 million shares of our common stock;

$630.0  million  principal  payment  and  $30.8  million  premium  payment  made  on  the  extinguishment  of  our  6.00%
senior notes;

50

•

•

•

•

•

$252.5 million principal payment made at a discount of $7.7 million to repurchase and retire portions of our principal
balances of our 5.625% senior notes, 5.75% senior notes and 5.00% senior notes;

$15.3  million  principal  payment  and  $2.0  million  premium  payment  made  to  repurchase  and  retire  portions  of  our
8.00% senior notes;

amended our prior credit agreement and certain joinders thereto to reduce by 25 basis points the interest rate margin
for the term loan under our prior credit agreement, such that a term loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan accrues interest
at the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.00% per annum and a term loan that is a Base Rate Loan accrues interest at the Base Rate
plus 1.00% per annum (as such capitalized terms are defined in our prior credit agreement);

amended  our  prior  credit  agreement  to,  among  other  things,  permit  us  to  designate  each  of  8th  Avenue  and  its
subsidiaries  as  an  unrestricted  subsidiary,  permit  the  disposition  of  (and  release  of  liens  on)  assets  of  and  equity
interests in our unrestricted subsidiaries and release such unrestricted subsidiaries as guarantors; and

$625.0 million borrowed under the 2018 Bridge Loan.

The following table shows cash flow data for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, which is discussed below.

(dollars in millions)
Cash provided by (used in):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Year ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

$ 

625.6  $ 
(218.5) 
(272.0) 
3.8 

688.0  $ 
26.7 
(652.4) 
(2.3) 

718.6 
(1,675.6) 
423.4 
(2.0) 

$ 

138.9  $ 

60.0  $ 

(535.6) 

Historically,  we  have  generated  and  expect  to  continue  to  generate  positive  cash  flows  from  operations.  We  believe  our 
cash on hand, cash flows from operations and current and possible future credit facilities will be sufficient to satisfy our future 
working  capital  requirements,  interest  payments,  research  and  development  activities,  capital  expenditures,  pension 
contributions  and  other  financing  requirements  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Our  ability  to  generate  positive  cash  flows  from 
operations is dependent on general economic conditions, competitive pressures and other business risk factors. As a result of 
uncertainties  in  the  near-term  outlook  for  our  business  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  have  taken  steps  across  the 
organization  to  limit  discretionary  expenses  and  re-prioritize  our  capital  projects  and  we  continue  to  focus  on  cash  flow 
generation. We temporarily suspended our share repurchase program and borrowed under our revolving credit facilities in order 
to increase our cash position and financial flexibility in the second quarter of fiscal 2020. As a result of our strong operating 
cash flows and our healthy liquidity position, in the third quarter of fiscal 2020, we were able to resume our share repurchase 
program  in  May  2020  and  repaid  such  borrowings  under  our  revolving  credit  facilities  prior  to  the  end  of  fiscal  2020.  We 
believe that we have sufficient liquidity and cash on hand to satisfy our cash needs. Additionally, we expect to generate positive 
cash flows from the operations of our diverse businesses; however, we continue to evaluate and take action, as necessary, to 
preserve  adequate  liquidity,  navigate  the  uncertainty  caused  by  the  pandemic  and  ensure  that  our  business  can  continue  to 
operate during these uncertain times. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations, or are otherwise unable 
to  comply  with  the  terms  of  our  credit  facilities,  we  may  be  required  to  seek  additional  financing  alternatives,  which  may 
require  waivers  under  our  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement  and  our  indentures  governing  our  senior  notes,  in  order  to  generate 
additional cash. There can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain additional financing or any such waivers on terms 
acceptable  to  us  or  at  all.  For  additional  information  on  our  debt,  refer  to  Note  17  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.”

Short-term financing needs primarily consist of working capital requirements and principal and interest payments on our 
long-term debt. Long-term financing needs will depend largely on potential growth opportunities, including acquisition activity 
and other strategic transactions and repayment or refinancing of our long-term debt obligations. We may, from time to time, 
seek  to  retire  or  purchase  our  outstanding  debt  through  cash  purchases  in  open  market  transactions,  privately  negotiated 
transactions or otherwise. Additionally, we may seek to repurchase shares of our common stock. Such repurchases, if any, will 
depend  on  prevailing  market  conditions,  our  liquidity  requirements,  contractual  restrictions  and  other  factors.  The  amounts 
involved may be material. 

Obligations  under  the  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement  are  unconditionally  guaranteed  by  our  existing  and  subsequently 
acquired or organized direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than immaterial domestic subsidiaries, certain excluded 
subsidiaries  and  subsidiaries  we  designate  as  unrestricted  subsidiaries,  which  include  8th  Avenue  and  its  subsidiaries  and 

51

BellRing Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries) and are secured by security interests in substantially all of our assets and the assets of 
its subsidiary guarantors, but excluding, in each case, real property.

All of our senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by each 
of  our  existing  and  future  domestic  subsidiaries,  other  than  immaterial  subsidiaries,  receivables  finance  subsidiaries  and 
subsidiaries we designate as unrestricted subsidiaries, which include 8th Avenue and its subsidiaries and BellRing Brands, Inc. 
and its subsidiaries. These guarantees are subject to release in certain circumstances.

BellRing  Brands,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  and  8th  Avenue  and  its  subsidiaries  are  not  obligors  or  guarantors  under  the 

Company’s debt facilities or senior notes. 

Obligations under the BellRing Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the existing and subsequently acquired or organized 
domestic subsidiaries of BellRing (other than immaterial subsidiaries, certain excluded subsidiaries and subsidiaries of BellRing 
it designates as unrestricted subsidiaries) and are secured by security interests in substantially all of the assets of BellRing and 
its subsidiary guarantors (other than real property), subject to limited exceptions. We and our subsidiaries (other than BellRing 
and certain of its subsidiaries) are not obligors or guarantors under the BellRing Credit Agreement.

Operating Activities

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2020 decreased by $62.4 million compared to the 
year  ended  September  30,  2019,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  cash  settlements  and  premiums  paid  (compared  to  cash 
settlements received in the prior year) of $110.7 million related to our interest rate swaps, lower segment profit driven by our 
Foodservice  and  BellRing  Brands  segments,  increased  payments  of  employee  incentives,  higher  advertising  and  promotional 
spending  and  higher  interest  payments  of  $4.4  million.  These  negative  impacts  were  partially  offset  by  favorable  changes  in 
working  capital  of  $15.1  million,  primarily  related  to  higher  cash  outflows  for  inventory  in  the  prior  year  due  to  inventory 
builds in our BellRing Brands, Foodservice and Weetabix segments, partially offset by unfavorable fluctuations in the timing of 
purchases and payments of trade payables, as well as lower income tax payments (net of refunds) of $10.6 million. 

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2019 decreased by $30.6 million compared to the 
year ended September 30, 2018, driven by increased investment to build inventory levels in our BellRing Brands, Foodservice 
and  Weetabix  segments  and  the  absence  of  cash  flows  in  fiscal  2019  from  our  historical  Private  Brands  segment,  as  well 
as higher income tax payments of $42.0 million and $10.4 million of legal settlements paid during the year ended September 
30,  2019.  These  negative  impacts  were  partially  offset  by  increased  cash  proceeds  received  of  $28.7  million  related  to 
settlements of our interest rate swaps that were designated as hedging instruments, as well as incremental cash flows from our 
prior  year  acquisition  of  Bob  Evans.  Additionally,  we  made  lower  interest  payments  of  $29.5  million,  primarily  due  to  a 
decrease in the principal balance of outstanding debt resulting from debt being repaid and repurchased and retired during fiscal 
2019  and  2018.  Operating  cash  flows  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018  were  negatively  impacted  by  an  accelerated 
pension funding contribution of $29.6 million made to our qualified defined benefit plans in the U.S.

Investing Activities

Fiscal 2020 compared to 2019 

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended September 30, 2020 was $218.5 million compared to cash provided by 
investing activities for the year ended September 30, 2019 of $26.7 million. The cash outflow during the year ended September 
30, 2020 was driven by capital expenditures, purchases of equity securities of $29.2 million and cash payments of $19.9 million 
related to our acquisition of Henningsen. These negative impacts were partially offset by an increase in proceeds received of 
$21.0  million  largely  resulting  from  the  termination  of  $448.7  million  notional  value  of  our  cross-currency  swaps  that  were 
designated  as  hedging  instruments  and  insurance  proceeds  received  of  $10.0  million  related  to  a  fire  at  our  Bloomfield, 
Nebraska layer facility. The cash inflow during the year ended September 30, 2019 was driven by proceeds received of $266.8 
million related to the 8th Avenue Transactions and an increase in proceeds received of $26.9 million related to settlements of 
our cross-currency swaps that were designated as hedging instruments.

Capital  expenditures  were  $234.6  million  and  $273.9  million  in  the  years  ended  September  30,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively.  The  largest  individual  capital  expenditure  project  in  fiscal  2020  related  to  the  purchase  of  a  previously  leased 
manufacturing plant in Sulphur Springs, Texas.

Fiscal 2019 compared to 2018 

Cash provided by investing activities for the year ended September 30, 2019 was $26.7 million compared to cash used in 
investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018  of  $1,675.6  million.  The  cash  inflow  during  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2019 was driven by proceeds received of $266.8 million related to the 8th Avenue Transactions and an increase 

52

in  proceeds  received  of  $26.9  million  related  to  settlements  of  our  cross-currency  swaps  that  were  designated  as  hedging 
instruments.  The  cash  outflow  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018  was  primarily  due  to  cash  payments  of  $1,454.4 
million related to our fiscal 2018 acquisition of Bob Evans. 

Capital  expenditures  were  $273.9  million  and  $225.0  million  in  the  years  ended  September  30,  2019  and  2018, 

respectively. The increase was primarily due to the construction of a new precooked egg facility in Norwalk, Iowa.

Financing Activities

Fiscal 2020 

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $272.0  million  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  BellRing  Brands,  Inc. 
received  $524.4  million  net  proceeds  from  the  IPO,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions.  We  received 
proceeds of $1,650.0 million from the issuance of our 4.625% senior notes, borrowed $1,225.0 million under the 2020 Bridge 
Loan and borrowed $500.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility. BellRing borrowed $700.0 million under the BellRing 
Term  B  Facility,  at  a  discount  of  $14.0  million,  and  borrowed  $195.0  million  under  the  BellRing  Revolving  Credit  Facility. 
These  issuances  and  borrowings,  combined  with  proceeds  received  of  $2.2  million  from  a  municipal  bond,  resulted  in  total 
proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $4,258.2 million. Additionally, we received a premium of $22.0 million related 
to the issuance of additional 4.625% senior notes in August 2020. In connection with the senior note issuances, borrowings and 
our entry into the Second AR Credit Agreement, we paid $45.3 million in debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees. We 
repaid  the  outstanding  principal  balances  on  our  term  loan,  our  5.50%  senior  notes  maturing  in  March  2025  and  our  8.00% 
senior notes, repaid $500.0 million of outstanding principal borrowings on our Revolving Credit Facility and made a principal 
payment  on  the  municipal  bond.  BellRing  repaid  the  outstanding  principal  balance  on  the  2020  Bridge  Loan,  repaid  $165.0 
million  of  outstanding  principal  borrowings  on  the  BellRing  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  made  principal  payments  on  the 
BellRing  Term  B  Facility,  which  resulted  in  total  repayments  of  long-term  debt  of  $4,349.1  million.  We  paid  premiums  of 
$49.8  million  related  to  the  early  extinguishment  of  our  5.50%  senior  notes  maturing  in  March  2025  and  our  8.00%  senior 
notes.  In  connection  with  the  IPO,  we  were  refunded  $15.3  million  of  debt  issuance  costs  paid  in  connection  with  the  2020 
Bridge  Loan.  We  paid  $589.1  million,  including  broker’s  commissions,  for  the  repurchase  of  shares  of  our  common  stock, 
which included repurchases of our common stock that were accrued at September 30, 2019 and did not settle until fiscal 2020, 
as well as a premium of $46.4 million for share repurchase contracts that settle in November 2020.

Fiscal 2019

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $652.4  million  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019.  During  the  year  ended 
September  30,  2019,  we  received  proceeds  of  $750.0  million  from  the  issuance  of  our  5.50%  senior  notes  maturing  in 
December  2029.  In  connection  with  this  senior  notes  issuance  and  the  receipt  of  consents  from  holders  of  a  majority  of  the 
aggregate  principal  amount  of  our  outstanding  5.00%  senior  notes  (see  Note  17  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements”), we paid $16.3 million in debt issuance and modification costs. We repaid $863.0 million outstanding principal 
value of our term loan, and we repurchased and retired $60.0 million principal value of our 5.625% senior notes, 5.75% senior 
notes and 5.00% senior notes, at a $4.0 million discount. These repayments and repurchases, combined with payments related 
to  our  capital  lease,  resulted  in  total  net  repayments  of  long-term  debt  of  $919.1  million.  Additionally,  payments  of  $253.6 
million, excluding interest, were made to former holders of shares of Bob Evans common stock who had demanded appraisal 
and,  who  at  the  time,  had  not  yet  been  paid  for  their  shares  of  Bob  Evans  common  stock.  We  also  paid  $322.1  million, 
including broker’s commissions, for the repurchase of shares of our common stock and we received proceeds from the exercises 
of stock awards of $112.6 million.

Fiscal 2018 

Cash provided by financing activities was $423.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. During the year ended 
September  30,  2018,  we  received  proceeds  of  $1,625.0  million  from  the  issuances  of  our  5.625%  senior  notes  and  the  2018 
Bridge Loan. In connection with the senior notes and 2018 Bridge Loan issuances, the amendment of our prior credit agreement 
in August 2018 and payments on prior year senior notes issuances, we paid $24.9 million in debt issuance costs and deferred 
financing  fees.  We  repurchased  and  retired  $645.3  million  outstanding  principal  value  of  our  6.00%  senior  notes  and  8.00% 
senior  notes  and  repurchased  and  retired  $252.5  million  principal  value  of  our  5.625%  senior  notes,  5.75%  senior  notes  and 
5.00%  senior  notes,  at  a  discount  of  $7.7  million.  These  repayments  and  repurchases,  combined  with  quarterly  principal 
payments  on  our  term  loan,  resulted  in  net  payments  of  $912.1  million.  We  paid  premiums  and  other  expenses  of  $33.7 
million related to the early extinguishment of our 6.00% senior notes and our 8.00% senior notes and costs associated with the 
amendment of our prior credit agreement. We also repurchased shares of our common stock at a total cost of $218.7 million, 
including broker’s commissions, during the year ended September 30, 2018. 

53

Debt Covenants

Second AR Credit Agreement

Under the terms of our Second AR Credit Agreement, we are required to comply with a financial covenant consisting of a 
secured net leverage ratio (as defined in the Second AR Credit Agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of the last 
day of any fiscal quarter, if, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving credit 
loans,  swing  line  loans  and  letter  of  credit  obligations  (subject  to  certain  exceptions  specified  in  the  Second  AR  Credit 
Agreement)  exceeds  30%  of  our  revolving  credit  commitments.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  we  were  not  required  to  comply 
with such financial covenant as the aggregate amount of the aforementioned obligations did not exceed 30% of our revolving 
credit commitments. We do not believe non-compliance is reasonably likely in the foreseeable future.

Our  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  incremental  revolving  and  term  loan  facilities,  and  also  permits  other 
secured or unsecured debt, if, among other conditions, certain financial ratios are met, as defined and specified in the Second 
AR Credit Agreement. 

BellRing Credit Agreement

Under  the  terms  of  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement,  BellRing  is  required  to  comply  with  a  financial  covenant  requiring 
BellRing  to  maintain  a  total  net  leverage  ratio  (as  defined  in  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement)  not  to  exceed  6.00  to  1.00, 
measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The total net leverage ratio of BellRing did not exceed this threshold as of 
September 30, 2020. We do not believe non-compliance is reasonably likely in the foreseeable future. 

The BellRing Credit Agreement provides for incremental revolving and term facilities, and also permits other secured or 
unsecured  debt,  if,  among  other  conditions,  certain  financial  ratios  are  met,  as  defined  and  specified  in  the  BellRing  Credit 
Agreement.

Contractual Obligations

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  enter  into  contracts  and  commitments  which  obligate  us  to  make  payments  in  the 
future. The table below sets forth our significant future obligations by time period as of September 30, 2020. For consideration 
of the table below, “Less Than 1 Year” refers to obligations due between October 1, 2020 and September 30, 2021, “1-3 Years” 
refers  to  obligations  due  between  October  1,  2021  and  September  30,  2023,  “3-5  Years”  refers  to  obligations  due  between 
October 1, 2023 and September 30, 2025 and “More Than 5 Years” refers to any obligations due after September 30, 2025.

(dollars in millions)
Debt(a)
Interest obligations(b)(c)
Purchase obligations(d)
Deferred compensation obligations(e)
Net benefit obligations(f)
Total

Less Than 
1 Year 

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More Than 
5 Years 

64.9  $ 

72.2  $ 

 Total (g) 
$  7,049.7  $ 
2,708.7 
4,110.4 
29.7 
376.8 

572.2  $  6,340.4 
896.6 
699.6 
983.2 
789.7 
17.4 
7.5 
223.6 
65.1 
$  14,275.3  $  1,600.9  $  2,079.1  $  2,134.1  $  8,461.2 

739.2 
1,203.3 
4.3 
60.1 

373.3 
1,134.2 
0.5 
28.0 

(a)

(b)

Debt  obligations  include  amounts  owed  by  both  us  and  BellRing.  However,  obligations  under  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement  are
guaranteed  by  the  existing  and  subsequently  acquired  or  organized  domestic  subsidiaries  of  BellRing  (other  than  immaterial
subsidiaries, certain excluded subsidiaries and subsidiaries of BellRing it designates as unrestricted subsidiaries) and are secured by
security interests in substantially all of the assets of BellRing and its subsidiary guarantors (other than real property), subject to limited
exceptions.  We  and  our  subsidiaries  (other  than  BellRing  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries)  are  not  obligors  or  guarantors  under  the
BellRing  debt  facilities.  Additionally,  we  have  designated  BellRing  Brands,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  as  unrestricted  subsidiaries,  so
they are not obligors or guarantors under our debt facilities.

Interest  obligations  include  payments  related  to  both  our  and  BellRing’s  debt  and  as  noted  in  (a),  neither  party  nor  its  respective
subsidiaries are guarantors or obligors of the other’s debt. To the extent that the interest rate is variable and amounts borrowed under
the Second AR Credit Agreement and BellRing Credit Agreement may fluctuate, payments included in this table represent estimated
interest  payments  on  the  current  outstanding  balance  based  on  interest  rates  at  September  30,  2020.  Amounts  borrowed,  including
interest,  under  the  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement  and  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement  must  be  repaid  by  March  2025  and  October
2024, respectively.

(c)

As  of  September  30,  2020,  we  had  interest  rate  swaps  that  require  monthly  or  lump  sum  settlements  with  a  notional  value  of
$2,287.7 million consisting of:

•

•

$71.7 million, which will result in monthly cash payments through May 2021;

$1,666.0 million, which will result in nine lump sum settlements with the first occurring in July 2021 and the last in July
2026;

54

•

•

$200.0  million  that  obligate  us  to  pay  a  fixed  rate  and  receive  one-month  LIBOR  and  require  monthly  cash  settlements
through May 2024; and

$350.0  million  that  obligates  BellRing  to  pay  a  fixed  rate  and  receive  one-month  LIBOR  and  require  monthly  cash
settlements through December 2022.

Those payments have been excluded from this table. For additional information on our interest rate swaps, refer to “Quantitative and 
Qualitative  Disclosures  About  Market  Risk”  in  Item  7A  of  this  report  and  Note  14  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements.” 

(d)

(e)

Purchase  obligations  are  legally  binding  agreements  to  purchase  goods,  services  or  equipment  that  specify  all  significant  terms,
including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and/or penalties imposed for failing to meet contracted minimum purchase
quantities  (such  as  “take-or-pay”  contracts);  fixed,  minimum  or  variable  price  provisions;  and  the  approximate  timing  of  the
transaction. Estimates of future open market egg prices and feed costs were used to derive the amounts reported for our egg contracts.

Deferred  compensation  obligations  were  allocated  to  time  periods  based  on  existing  payment  plans  for  terminated  and  severed
employees. The estimated timing of distributions to current employees and directors is based on age and expected service term and
participants’ payout elections. We fund a portion of our deferred compensation obligations by investing in certain mutual funds in the
same  amounts  as  selected  by  the  participating  employees.  At  September  30,  2020,  we  had  an  investment  balance  of  $12.8  million
partially offsetting these liabilities.

(f)

Benefit  obligations  consist  of  future  payments  related  to  pension  and  other  postretirement  benefits  as  estimated  by  an  actuarial
valuation and shown in Note 19 within “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(g) We have excluded from the table above:

•

•

$11.5 million, which includes interest, penalties and indemnification liabilities, under certain provisions of ASC Topic 740,
“Income Taxes,” associated with liabilities for uncertain tax positions due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of
payments, if any; and

payments for workers compensation, general liability and auto liability claim losses for which we had a liability recorded of
$21.6 million at September 30, 2020, of which $8.7 million was classified as current, due to the uncertainty of the amount
and timing of payments.

COMMODITY TRENDS AND SEASONALITY

Our  Company  is  exposed  to  price  fluctuations  primarily  from  purchases  of  raw  materials,  including  ingredients  and 
packaging  materials,  energy  and  other  inputs.  Primary  exposures  include  wheat,  oats,  rice,  corn,  other  grain  products,  eggs, 
sows, pasta, potatoes, cheese, milk, butter, vegetable oils, dairy- and vegetable-based proteins, sugar and other sweeteners, fruit, 
nuts, natural gas, propane, electricity, diesel fuel, carbon dioxide, folding cartons, corrugated boxes, flexible and rigid plastic 
film and containers, beverage packaging, and aseptic foil and plastic lined cartonboard. These costs have been volatile in recent 
years, especially in fiscal 2020 due to the market impacts resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, and future changes in such 
costs may cause our results of operations and our operating margins to fluctuate significantly. We manage the impact of cost 
increases,  wherever  possible,  on  commercially  reasonable  terms,  by  locking  in  prices  on  the  quantities  required  to  meet  our 
anticipated production requirements. In addition, we may offset the effect of increased costs by raising prices to our customers. 
However, for competitive reasons, we may not be able to pass along the full effect of increases in raw materials and other input 
costs as we incur them. Inflationary pressures also can have an adverse effect on us through higher raw material and energy 
costs.  We  believe  that  inflation  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  operations  for  the  years  ended  September  30, 
2020, 2019 and 2018, but could have a material impact in the future if inflation rates were to significantly exceed our ability to 
achieve price increases.

Demand for certain of our products may be influenced by holidays, changes in seasons or other events, which may impact 
customer and consumer spending patterns and the timing of promotional activities. For example, demand for our egg products, 
potatoes, sausage, side dishes, butter and cheese tends to increase during the Thanksgiving, Christmas, Easter and other holiday 
seasons, which may result in increased net sales during the first and third quarters of our fiscal year. Demand for our Malt-O-
Meal hot wheat, Better Oats oatmeal and Ready Brek hot oats cereals also tends to be seasonably skewed towards the colder 
winter season. Demand for various products in our BellRing Brands segment tends to be lower during our first fiscal quarter as 
a result of the holiday season. However, on a consolidated basis our revenues and results of operations generally are distributed 
relatively evenly over the quarters of our fiscal year.

CURRENCY

Certain  sales  and  costs  of  our  foreign  operations  were  denominated  in  Pounds  Sterling,  Canadian  Dollars,  Euros,  South 
African Rand, Kenyan Shillings, Mexican Pesos, Chinese Yuan and United Arab Emirates Dirhams. Consequently, profits from 
these businesses can be impacted by fluctuations in the value of these currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar.

As of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 

303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K that are likely to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

55

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the use of judgment, estimates and assumptions. 
We  make  these  subjective  determinations  after  considering  our  historical  performance,  management’s  experience,  current 
economic trends and events and information from outside sources. Inherent in this process is the possibility that actual results 
could differ from these estimates and assumptions for any particular period.

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  Note  2  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.”  Our 
critical accounting estimates are those that have a meaningful impact on the reporting of our financial condition and results of 
operations.

Revenue Recognition - We recognize revenue when performance obligations have been satisfied by transferring control of 
our goods to customers. Control is generally transferred upon delivery of the goods to the customer. At the time of delivery, the 
customer is invoiced using previously agreed-upon credit terms. Shipping and/or handling costs that occur before the customer 
obtains  control  of  the  goods  are  deemed  fulfillment  activities  and  are  accounted  for  as  fulfillment  costs.  Our  contracts  with 
customers generally contain one performance obligation. 

Many of our contracts with customers include some form of variable consideration. The most common forms of variable 
consideration are trade promotions, rebates and discounts. Variable consideration is treated as a reduction of revenue at the time 
product revenue is recognized. Depending on the nature of the variable consideration, we use either the “expected value” or the 
“most likely amount” method to determine variable consideration. We do not believe that there will be significant changes to 
our estimates of variable consideration when any uncertainties are resolved with customers. We review and update estimates of 
variable  consideration  quarterly.  Uncertainties  related  to  the  estimates  of  variable  consideration  are  resolved  in  a  short  time 
frame and do not require any additional constraint on variable consideration. 

Our products are sold with no right of return, except in the case of goods which do not meet product specifications or are 
damaged. No services beyond this assurance-type warranty are provided to customers. Customer remedies include either a cash 
refund or an exchange of the product. As a result, the right of return and related refund liability is estimated and recorded as a 
reduction of revenue based on historical sales return experience. 

Business  Combinations  -  We  use  the  acquisition  method  in  accounting  for  acquired  businesses.  Under  the  acquisition 
method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. 
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. 
Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. 
Any excess of the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets over the purchase price is recorded as a gain on bargain 
purchase. Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired, particularly intangible assets. As 
a  result,  in  the  case  of  significant  acquisitions  we  normally  obtain  the  assistance  of  a  third  party  valuation  specialist  in 
estimating fair values of tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information 
and  on  expectations  and  assumptions  about  the  future,  considering  the  perspective  of  marketplace  participants.  While  we 
believe  those  expectations  and  assumptions  are  reasonable,  they  are  inherently  uncertain.  Unanticipated  market  or 
macroeconomic  events  and  circumstances  may  occur,  which  could  affect  the  accuracy  or  validity  of  the  estimates  and 
assumptions.

Long-Lived Assets - We review long-lived assets, including leasehold improvements, property and equipment, amortized 
intangible  assets  and  ROU  assets,  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  business  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the 
carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell. Recoverability of assets held for sale is measured by a comparison of the 
carrying  amount  of  an  asset  or  asset  group  to  its  fair  value  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.  Estimating  future  cash  flows  and 
calculating the fair value of assets requires significant estimates and assumptions by management.

At  September  30,  2019,  we  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $14.6  million  for  the  All  Whites  trademark  to  adjust  its 
carrying  value  to  zero.  The  impairment  charge  for  the  All  Whites  trademark  is  the  result  of  a  strategic  decision  made  by 
Refrigerated  Retail  management  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2019  to  discontinue  use  of  the  brand  name.  All  products 
previously  sold  under  the  All  Whites  brand  name  are  now  being  marketed  and  sold  under  the  Bob  Evans  Egg  Whites  brand 
name. No impairments of long-lived assets were recorded in the years ended September 30, 2020 or 2018.

Indefinite Lived Assets - Trademarks with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment during the fourth quarter of each 
fiscal year following the annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate the trademark may 
be impaired. In assessing other intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment, we have the option to perform a 
qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that it is not more 
likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, then we are not required to perform 
any additional tests for assessing intangible assets for impairment. However, if we conclude otherwise or elect not to perform 

56

the  qualitative  assessment,  then  we  are  required  to  perform  a  quantitative  impairment  test  that  involves  a  comparison  of  the 
estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair 
value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. 

In  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018,  we  elected  not  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment  and  instead  performed  a  quantitative 
impairment  test.  The  estimated  fair  value  is  determined  using  an  income-based  approach  (the  relief-from-royalty  method), 
which requires significant assumptions for each brand, including estimates regarding future revenue growth, discount rates and 
appropriate royalty rates. We estimated royalty rates based on consideration of several factors for each brand, including profit 
levels,  research  of  external  royalty  rates  by  third  party  experts  and  the  relative  importance  of  each  brand  to  the  Company. 
Revenue  growth  assumptions  are  based  on  historical  trends  and  management’s  expectations  for  future  growth  by  brand.  The 
discount rates are based on a weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market data of similar companies.

For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  we  conducted  impairment  reviews  and  concluded  there  was  no  impairment  of 
indefinite-lived intangible assets. Estimated fair value of all indefinite-lived trademarks exceeded book value by 24% or greater 
at September 30, 2020. Changes in the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets could 
result in additional impairment charges in future periods. Additionally, certain factors have the potential to create variances in 
the estimated fair values of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, which also could result in incremental impairment charges. 
These factors include (i) failure to achieve forecasted revenue growth rates as a result of impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
among other impacts, (ii) increases in the discount rate or (iii) a significant change in profitability and the corresponding royalty 
rate.

For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  we  conducted  impairment  reviews  and  concluded  there  was  no  impairment  of 
indefinite-lived intangible assets. Estimated fair value of all indefinite-lived trademarks exceeded book value by 31% or greater 
at  September  30,  2019,  with  the  exception  of  the  Bob  Evans  trademark,  which  had  a  book  value  of  $400.0  million,  which 
exceeded book value by 13%. 

At  September  30,  2018,  we  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $124.9  million  for  the  Weetabix  trademark  to  adjust  its 
carrying value to its estimated fair value of $261.8 million. The impairment charge for the Weetabix trademark was a result of 
reduced branded cereal volumes related to Weetabix’s pricing reset and shifting consumer preferences to private label products. 
Estimated  fair  value  of  all  remaining  indefinite-lived  trademarks  exceeded  book  value  by  46%  or  greater  at  September  30, 
2018,  with  the  exception  of  the  Honey  Bunches  of  Oats  trademark  which  exceeded  book  value  by  17%,  the  Great  Grains 
trademark which exceeded book value by 4% and the Bob Evans trademark which exceeded book value by less than 1%. 

Goodwill - Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable 
net assets. We conduct a goodwill impairment qualitative assessment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the 
annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill 
impairment qualitative assessment requires us to perform an assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair 
value  of  the  business  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  The  qualitative  assessment  considers  various  factors,  including  the 
macroeconomic environment, industry and market specific conditions, financial performance, cost impacts and issues or events 
specific to the business. If adverse qualitative trends are identified that could negatively impact the fair value of the business, 
we  perform  a  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  In  fiscal  2020,  we  elected  not  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment  and 
instead performed a quantitative impairment test for all reporting units, except for BellRing Brands. We performed a qualitative 
test for the BellRing Brands reporting unit, and determined there were no adverse trends that could negatively impact the fair 
value  of  the  business.  In  fiscal  2019  and  2018,  we  elected  not  to  perform  a  qualitative  assessment  and  instead  performed  a 
quantitative impairment test for all reporting units. 

The  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test  requires  an  entity  to  compare  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  with  its 
carrying  amount.  An  impairment  charge  should  be  recognized  for  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill 
exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value with the loss not exceeding the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. 
The estimated fair values of each reporting unit were determined using a combined income and market approach with a greater 
weighting on the income approach (75% of the calculation for all reporting units). The income approach is based on discounted 
future  cash  flows  and  requires  significant  assumptions,  including  estimates  regarding  future  revenue,  profitability,  capital 
requirements  and  discount  rates.  The  market  approach  (25%  of  the  calculation  for  all  reporting  units)  is  based  on  a  market 
multiple (revenue and “EBITDA,” which stands for earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) and 
requires an estimate of appropriate multiples based on market data. Revenue growth assumptions (along with profitability and 
cash  flow  assumptions)  were  based  on  historical  trends  for  the  reporting  units  and  management’s  expectations  for  future 
growth.  The  discount  rates  were  based  on  a  risk  adjusted  weighted-average  cost  of  capital  utilizing  industry  market  data  of 
businesses similar to the reporting units and based upon management’s judgment. For the market approach, we used estimated 
EBITDA and revenue multiples based on industry market data. 

We did not record a goodwill impairment charge at September 30, 2020, as all reporting units subjected to the quantitative 
test passed. At September 30, 2020, the estimated fair values of such reporting units exceeded their carrying values by at least 
4% (the lowest of which was Foodservice, all others exceeded their carrying values by at least 13%). Variances between the 
actual performance of the businesses and the assumptions that were used in developing the estimates of fair value could result 

57

in impairment charges in future periods. Further, due to the low headroom in our Foodservice reporting unit, small changes in 
significant  assumptions  may  have  resulted  in  an  impairment  in  the  current  period.  Factors  that  could  create  variances  in  the 
estimated fair value of the reporting units include but are not limited to (i) fluctuations in forecasted sales volumes, which can 
be  driven  by  external  factors  affecting  demand  such  as  changes  in  consumer  preferences,  including  changes  related  to  the 
COVID-19  pandemic,  and  consumer  responses  to  marketing  and  pricing  strategy,  (ii)  changes  in  product  costs,  including 
commodities, (iii) interest rate fluctuations and (iv) currency fluctuations.

For the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company recorded a charge of $48.7 million for the impairment of goodwill. 
The impairment charge related to the cheese reporting unit within the Refrigerated Retail segment and was primarily related to 
lost  distribution  with  customers  and  a  shift  in  supplier  and  consumer  preferences  to  private  label  cheese  products  and  away 
from  branded  cheese  products.  At  September  30,  2019,  the  estimated  fair  values  of  all  other  reporting  units  exceeded  their 
carrying  values  in  all  other  cases  by  at  least  11%  (the  lowest  of  which  was  Weetabix  which  had  a  book  value  of  $850.7 
million). 

We  did  not  record  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  at  September  30,  2018,  as  all  reporting  units  passed  the  quantitative 
impairment test. At September 30, 2018, the estimated fair values of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values in all 
cases by at least 6% (the lowest of which was Weetabix after consideration of the impairment of the Weetabix trademark). 

Other-Than-Temporary  Impairment  -  Investments  in  unconsolidated  subsidiaries  are  evaluated  for  impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investments may not be recoverable. An 
impairment  loss  would  be  recorded  whenever  a  decline  in  the  value  of  an  equity  investment  below  its  carrying  amount  is 
determined  to  be  other  than  temporary.  The  Company  determines  whether  a  loss  is  other  than  temporary  by  considering  the 
length of time and extent to which the fair value of the equity investment has been less than the carrying amount, the financial 
condition  of  the  equity  investment  and  the  intent  to  retain  the  investment  for  a  period  of  time  is  sufficient  to  allow  for  any 
anticipated recovery in market value. 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits - Pension assets and liabilities are determined on an actuarial basis and are 
affected  by  the  estimated  market-related  value  of  plan  assets,  estimates  of  the  expected  return  on  plan  assets,  discount  rates, 
future salary increases and other assumptions inherent in these valuations. We annually review the assumptions underlying the 
actuarial  calculations  and  make  changes  to  these  assumptions,  based  on  current  market  conditions  and  historical  trends,  as 
necessary.  Differences  between  the  actual  returns  on  plan  assets  and  the  expected  returns  on  plan  assets  and  changes  to 
projected future rates of return on plan assets will affect the amount of pension expense or income ultimately recognized. The 
other postretirement benefits liability (partially subsidized retiree health and life insurance) is also determined on an actuarial 
basis and is affected by assumptions including discount rates and expected trends in healthcare costs. Changes in the discount 
rates  and  differences  between  actual  and  expected  healthcare  costs  will  affect  the  recorded  amount  of  other  postretirement 
benefits expense. For both pensions and other postretirement benefit calculations, the assumed discount rates are determined by 
projecting  the  plans’  expected  future  benefit  payments  as  defined  for  the  projected  benefit  obligation  or  accumulated 
postretirement benefit obligation, discounting those expected payments using a theoretical zero-coupon spot yield curve derived 
from a universe of high-quality (rated AA or better by Moody’s Investor Service) corporate bonds as of the measurement date 
and solving for the single equivalent discount rate that results in the same present value. A 1% decrease in the assumed discount 
rates  (from  3.01%  to  2.01%  for  U.S.  pension;  from  2.79%  to  1.79%  for  U.S.  other  postretirement  benefits;  from  2.71%  to 
1.71% for Canadian pension; from 2.78% to 1.78% for Canadian other postretirement benefits and from 1.73% to 0.73% for 
other  international  pension)  would  have  increased  the  recorded  benefit  obligations  at  September  30,  2020  by  approximately 
$212.0  million  for  pensions  and  approximately  $10.7  million  for  other  postretirement  benefits.  The  expected  return  on  plan 
assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns of the various asset classes, using the target allocations of 
the  plans.  A  1%  decrease  in  the  assumed  return  on  plan  assets  (from  5.53%  to  4.53%  for  U.S.;  from  5.75%  to  4.75%  for 
Canadian and from 2.53% to 1.53% for other international) would have increased the net periodic benefit cost for the pension 
plans by approximately $11.0 million. We expect to contribute $0.2 million to the combined pension plans in fiscal 2021. No 
contributions to our postretirement medical benefit plans are expected in fiscal 2021. Contributions beyond fiscal 2021 remain 
uncertain and will significantly depend on changes in actuarial assumptions, actual return on plan assets and any legislative or 
regulatory  changes  that  may  affect  plan  funding  requirements.  See  Note  19  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements” for more information about pension and other postretirement benefit assumptions.

Gain on Sale of Business - In order to calculate the total recorded gain related to the 8th Avenue Transactions of $126.6 
million during the year ended September 30, 2019, we were required to estimate the fair value of our equity method investment 
in  8th  Avenue.  In  making  this  estimate,  we  used  an  approach  combining  the  estimated  implied  value  from  the  8th  Avenue 
Transactions, an income approach and a market approach, in which the greatest value was placed on the implied value from the 
8th Avenue Transactions. In order to calculate the fair value implied by the 8th Avenue Transactions, we estimated the value of 
the  8th  Avenue  equity.  In  making  this  estimate,  we  used  a  lattice  model,  which  required  significant  assumptions,  including 
estimates  for  the  term,  credit  spread,  yield  volatility  and  risk  free  rates  associated  with  8th  Avenue’s  preferred  stock.  The 
income  approach  was  based  on  discounted  future  cash  flows  and  required  significant  assumptions,  including  estimates 

58

regarding future revenue, profitability and capital requirements. The market approach was based on a market multiple (revenue 
and EBITDA) and required an estimate of appropriate multiples based on the market data.

Income  Tax  -  We  estimate  income  tax  expense  based  on  taxes  in  each  jurisdiction.  We  estimate  current  tax  exposures 
together with temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. These 
temporary  differences  result  in  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  We  believe  that  sufficient  income  will  be  generated  in  the 
future to realize the benefit of most of our deferred tax assets. Where there is not sufficient evidence that such income is likely 
to be generated, we establish a valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. We are subject to periodic audits by 
governmental  tax  authorities  of  our  income  tax  returns.  These  audits  generally  include  questions  regarding  our  tax  filing 
positions,  including  the  amount  and  timing  of  deductions  and  the  allocation  of  income  among  various  tax  jurisdictions.  We 
evaluate our exposures associated with our tax filing positions, including state and local taxes, and record reserves for estimated 
exposures.  See  Note  9  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  for  more  information  about  estimates  affecting 
income taxes. 

RECENTLY ISSUED AND ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See  Note  3  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  for  a  discussion  regarding  recently  issued  and  adopted 

accounting standards.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  resulted  in  significant  volatility  and  uncertainty  in  the  markets  in  which  the  Company 
operates. At the time of this filing, the Company is unable to predict or determine the impacts that the COVID-19 pandemic 
may  have  on  its  exposure  to  market  risk  from  commodity  prices,  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates,  among 
others. For additional discussion, refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 of this report, “Cautionary Statement on 
Forward-Looking Statements” on page 1 of this report and “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report.

Commodity Price Risk

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  is  exposed  to  commodity  price  risks  relating  to  the  purchases  of  raw 
materials,  energy  and  fuel  and  supplies.  The  Company  may  use  futures  contracts  and  options  to  manage  certain  of  these 
exposures  when  it  is  practical  to  do  so.  A  hypothetical  10%  adverse  change  in  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  principal 
hedged commodities, including natural gas, heating oil, soybean oil, corn, wheat and dairy, would have decreased the fair value 
of the Company’s commodity-related derivatives portfolio by approximately $11 million and $8 million as of September 30, 
2020  and  2019,  respectively.  This  volatility  analysis  ignores  changes  in  the  exposures  inherent  in  the  underlying  hedged 
transactions. Because the Company does not hold or trade derivatives for speculation or profit, all changes in derivative values 
are effectively offset by corresponding changes in the underlying exposures. 

For  more  information  regarding  the  Company’s  commodity  derivative  contracts,  refer  to  Note  14  within  “Notes  to 

Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

Foreign Currency Risk

Related to its foreign subsidiaries, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in future cash flows and earnings due to 
changes in exchange rates. To mitigate these risks, the Company uses a combination of foreign exchange contracts, which may 
consist of options, forward contracts and currency swaps. As of September 30, 2020, a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the 
expected  Euro-GBP  and  USD-GBP  exchange  rates  would  have  reduced  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  foreign  currency 
related derivatives portfolio by an immaterial amount and approximately $3 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, a 
hypothetical  10%  adverse  change  in  the  expected  GBP-USD  exchange  rates  would  have  reduced  the  fair  value  of  the 
Company’s foreign currency related derivatives portfolio by approximately $51 million. 

For additional information regarding the Company’s foreign currency derivative contracts, refer to Note 14 within “Notes 

to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Interest Rate Risk

Long-term debt

As of September 30, 2020, the Company has principal value of indebtedness of $7,049.7 million related to its senior notes, 
a  municipal  bond,  BellRing’s  Term  B  Facility  and  BellRing’s  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  At  September  30,  2020,  Post’s 
Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  BellRing’s  Revolving  Credit  Facility  had  available  borrowing  capacity  of  $731.2  million  and 
$170.0  million,  respectively.  Of  the  total  $7,049.7  million  outstanding  indebtedness,  $6,337.5  million  bears  interest  at  a 
weighted-average fixed interest rate of 5.2%. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had principal value of indebtedness of 

59

$7,119.3 million related to its senior notes, term loan and capital lease. Of the total $7,119.3 million outstanding indebtedness, 
$5,809.8 million accrued interest at a weighted-average fixed interest rate of 5.5%. 

As of September 30, 2020 and 2019, the fair value of the Company’s total debt was $7,277.8 million and $7,412.0 million, 
respectively. Changes in interest rates impact fixed and variable rate debt differently. For fixed rate debt, a change in interest 
rates will only impact the fair value of the debt, whereas a change in the interest rates on variable rate debt will impact interest 
expense and cash flows. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates would have increased the fair value of the fixed rate debt 
by approximately $14 million and $30 million as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Including the impact of interest 
rate  swaps,  a  hypothetical  10%  increase  in  interest  rates  would  have  increased  both  interest  expense  and  interest  paid  on 
variable rate debt by an immaterial amount during the year ended September 30, 2020 and by approximately $3 million during 
the year ended September 30, 2019.

For  additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  debt,  refer  to  Note  17  within  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 

Statements.”

Interest rate swaps

As of September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company had interest rate swaps with a notional value of $2,721.0 million and 
$1,804.1 million, respectively. A hypothetical 10% adverse change in interest rates would have decreased the fair value of the 
interest rate swaps by $19 million and $36 million as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

For  additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  refer  to  Note  14  within  “Notes  to 

Consolidated Financial Statements.”

60

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.............................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.....................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 
2018.................................................................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019..................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018....................
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.....
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................................................................................................

62
64

65
66
67
68
70

61

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Post Holdings, Inc.:

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Post  Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, 
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2020, including the related 
notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control 
over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework 
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended September 30, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for 

leases in fiscal 2020.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in  Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express  opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

62

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Goodwill Impairment Assessment– Foodservice Reporting Unit

As described in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill balance was $4,438.6 million and 
the  goodwill  associated  with  the  Foodservice  Reporting  Unit  was  $1,335.6  million  as  of  September  30,  2020.  Management 
conducts  a  goodwill  impairment  assessment  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year  following  the  annual  forecasting 
process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. As disclosed by management, 
the goodwill impairment assessment requires an entity to compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying amount. 
An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the reporting 
unit’s  fair  value  with  the  loss  not  exceeding  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  The  estimated  fair 
value  of  the  reporting  unit  was  determined  using  a  combined  income  and  market  approach  with  a  greater  weighting  on  the 
income  approach.  The  income  approach  is  based  on  discounted  future  cash  flows  and  requires  significant  assumptions, 
including estimates regarding future revenue, profitability, capital requirements and the discount rate. The market approach is 
based on a market multiple (revenue and earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, “EBITDA”) and 
requires an estimate of multiples based on market data.

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  performing  procedures  relating  to  the  goodwill  impairment 
assessment  of  the  Foodservice  reporting  unit  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  (i)  the  significant  judgment  by  management  when 
determining the fair value measurement of the reporting unit, (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in 
performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to future revenue, future profitability, the 
discount  rate,  the  revenue  market  multiple  and  the  EBITDA  market  multiple,  and  (iii)  the  audit  effort  involved  the  use  of 
professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating 
to  management’s  goodwill  impairment  assessment,  including  controls  over  the  valuation  of  the  Foodservice  reporting  unit. 
These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for determining the fair value estimate of the 
reporting unit, (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the approaches used for estimating fair value, (iii) testing the completeness 
and accuracy of underlying data used in the approaches, and (iv) evaluating the significant assumptions used by management 
related to future revenue, future profitability, the discount rate, the revenue market multiple and the EBITDA market multiple. 
Evaluating  management’s  assumptions  related  to  future  revenue  and  future  profitability  involved  evaluating  whether  the 
assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting unit, (ii) 
the  consistency  with  external  market  and  industry  data,  and  (iii)  whether  these  assumptions  were  consistent  with  evidence 
obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of 
the Company’s income approach and market approach, the discount rate, the revenue market multiple and the EBITDA market 
multiple.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
St. Louis, Missouri 
November 20, 2020 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011. 

63

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)

Net Sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross Profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Gain on sale of business
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Other operating (income) expenses, net
Operating Profit
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net
Expense (income) on swaps, net
Other income, net
Earnings before Income Taxes and Equity Method Loss
Income tax expense (benefit)
Equity method loss, net of tax
Net Earnings Including Noncontrolling Interests 
Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net Earnings
Less: Preferred stock dividends
Net Earnings Available to Common Shareholders

Earnings per Common Share:
Basic
Diluted

Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

2020
$  5,698.7 
3,911.3 
1,787.4 
934.3 
160.3 
— 
— 
(7.7) 
700.5 
388.6 
72.9 
187.1 
(11.5) 
63.4 
3.5 
30.9 
29.0 
28.2 
0.8 
— 
0.8 

Year Ended September 30,
2019
$  5,681.1 
3,889.0 
1,792.1 
911.6 
161.3 
(126.6) 
63.3 
1.5 
781.0 
322.4 
6.1 
306.6 
(13.2) 
159.1 
(3.9) 
37.0 
126.0 
1.3 
124.7 
3.0 
121.7 

$ 

$ 

2018
$  6,257.2 
4,403.2 
1,854.0 
976.4 
177.4 
— 
124.9 
1.8 
573.5 
387.3 
31.1 
(95.6) 
(14.0) 
264.7 
(204.0) 
0.3 
468.4 
1.1 
467.3 
10.0 
457.3 

$ 

$ 
$ 

0.01 
0.01 

$ 
$ 

1.72 
1.66 

$ 
$ 

6.87 
6.16 

68.9 
70.1 

70.8 
75.1 

66.6 
75.9 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

64

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)

Net Earnings Including Noncontrolling Interest
Pension and postretirement benefits adjustments:

Unrealized pension and postretirement benefit obligations

Reclassifications to net earnings 

Hedging adjustments:

Net gain on derivatives

Reclassifications to net earnings 

Other reclassifications 

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments

Reclassifications to net earnings (see Note 6)

Tax benefit (expense) on other comprehensive income:

Pension and postretirement benefits adjustments:

Unrealized pension and postretirement benefit obligations
Reclassification to net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards updates

Hedging adjustments:

Net gain on derivatives
Reclassification to net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards updates

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Including Noncontrolling 
Interests
Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Total Comprehensive Income

$ 

$ 

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

$ 

29.0 

$ 

126.0 

$ 

468.4 

(36.8) 

(2.2) 

22.5 

8.2 

— 

72.3 

— 

7.5 
0.6 
— 

(5.4) 
(1.9) 
— 

64.8 
25.5 
68.3 

(12.5) 

(3.1) 

40.5 

(31.0) 

— 

(95.3) 

42.1 

3.4 
0.9 
— 

(10.1) 
7.7 
— 

(57.4) 
1.3 
67.3 

5.0 

(3.2) 

72.2 

(3.6) 

(0.5) 

(50.7) 

— 

(0.8) 
0.8 
1.0 

(18.1) 
0.9 
(2.4) 

0.6 
1.1 
467.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

65

POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except par value)

ASSETS

September 30,

2020

2019

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Receivables, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total Current Assets

Property, net
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Equity method investments
Other assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current Liabilities

Current portion of long-term debt
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

Long-term debt
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities

Total Liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 18)

Shareholders’ Equity

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50.0 shares authorized, zero shares issued and 
outstanding in each year
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 300.0 shares authorized, 66.4 and 72.1 shares 
outstanding, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock, at cost, 18.0 and 11.9 shares, respectively

Total Shareholders’ Equity Excluding Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests

Total Shareholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

$ 

1,187.9 
5.5 
441.6 
599.4 
53.4 
2,287.8 
1,779.7 
4,438.6 
3,197.5 
114.1 
329.0 
$  12,146.7 

$ 

64.9 
367.9 
541.6 
974.4 
6,959.0 
784.5 
599.8 
9,317.7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,050.7 
3.8 
445.1 
579.8 
46.9 
2,126.3 
1,736.0 
4,399.8 
3,338.5 
145.5 
205.5 
11,951.6 

13.5 
395.6 
393.8 
802.9 
7,066.0 
688.5 
456.9 
9,014.3 

— 

— 

0.8 
4,182.9 
208.6 
(29.3) 
(1,508.5) 
2,854.5 
(25.5) 
2,829.0 
$  12,146.7 

0.8 
3,734.8 
207.8 
(96.8) 
(920.7) 
2,925.9 
11.4 
2,937.3 
11,951.6 

$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

66

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net earnings including noncontrolling interests
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings including noncontrolling interests to net cash 
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Gain on sale of business
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Unrealized loss (gain) on interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts, net
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Equity method loss, net of tax
Deferred income taxes
Other, net
Other changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions and 
held for sale assets and liabilities:

Decrease (increase) in receivables
(Increase) decrease in inventories
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets
Decrease (increase) in other assets
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and other current liabilities
Increase (decrease) in non-current liabilities
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Additions to property
Proceeds from sale of businesses
Cross-currency swap cash settlements
Purchases of equity securities
Insurance proceeds on property losses
Other, net

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Repayments of long-term debt
Payments to appraisal rights holders
Purchases of treasury stock
Payments of preferred stock dividends
Proceeds from initial public offering
Premium from issuance of long-term debt
Payments of debt issuance costs, financing fees and modification costs
Refund of debt issuance costs
Payments of debt extinguishment costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock awards
Cash paid for share repurchase contracts
Distribution to noncontrolling interest
Other, net

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, Beginning of Year
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, End of Year

$ 

29.0  $ 

126.0  $ 

468.4 

370.3 
— 
72.9 
— 
125.5 
49.7 
30.9 
(43.6) 
1.4 

20.3 
(4.6) 
(27.3) 
5.0 
(26.8) 
22.9 
625.6 

(19.9) 
(234.6) 
— 
52.7 
(29.2) 
10.0 
2.5 
(218.5) 

4,258.2 
(4,349.1) 
(3.8) 
(589.1) 
— 
524.4 
22.0 
(45.3) 
15.3 
(49.8) 
3.9 
(46.4) 
— 
(12.3) 
(272.0) 
3.8 
138.9 
1,054.5 

379.6 
(126.6) 
6.1 
63.3 
293.1 
38.9 
37.0 
(80.3) 
8.7 

19.3 
(97.9) 
20.7 
0.2 
4.4 
(4.5) 
688.0 

— 
(273.9) 
266.8 
31.7 
— 
— 
2.1 
26.7 

750.0 
(919.1) 
(253.6) 
(322.1) 
(4.0) 
— 
— 
(16.3) 
7.8 
— 
112.6 
— 
— 
(7.7) 
(652.4) 
(2.3) 
60.0 
994.5 

$  1,193.4  $  1,054.5  $ 

398.4 
— 
31.1 
124.9 
(96.7) 
30.9 
0.3 
(256.5) 
9.2 

(6.0) 
3.6 
7.2 
(24.0) 
29.4 
(1.6) 
718.6 

(1,454.4) 
(225.0) 
— 
4.8 
— 
— 
(1.0) 
(1,675.6) 

1,625.0 
(912.1) 
— 
(218.7) 
(10.8) 
— 
— 
(24.9) 
— 
(33.7) 
5.7 
— 
(1.4) 
(5.7) 
423.4 
(2.0) 
(535.6) 
1,530.1 
994.5 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

67

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Post Holdings, Inc. Shareholders’

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance, September 30, 2017
Net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards updates
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion 
Activity under stock and deferred compensation 
plans
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
Distribution to noncontrolling interests
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2018
Net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards updates
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion
Activity under stock and deferred compensation 
plans
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2019
Net earnings
Activity under stock and deferred compensation 
plans
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Initial public offering
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Cash paid for share repurchase contracts 
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2020

4.7  $ 
— 
— 
— 
(1.5) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3.2  $ 
— 
— 
— 
(3.2) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

66.1  $ 
— 
— 
— 
3.1 

0.3 
— 
(2.8) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
66.7  $ 
— 
— 
— 
5.9 

2.8 
— 
(3.3) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
72.1  $ 
— 

0.4 
— 
(6.1) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
66.4  $ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

68

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital
0.7  $  3,566.5  $ 
— 
— 
— 
0.1 

— 
— 
(6.8) 
— 

0.3 
30.9 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.8  $  3,590.9  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
(0.1) 

105.1 
38.9 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.8  $  3,734.8  $ 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.8  $  4,182.9  $ 

(8.3) 
47.2 
— 
455.6 
— 
(46.4) 
— 
— 
— 

Retained 
Earnings

(376.0) 
467.3 
1.4 
(4.0) 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(0.7) 
— 
— 
— 
88.0 
124.7 
(0.9) 
(4.0) 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
207.8 
0.8 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
208.6 

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)

Post Holdings, Inc. Shareholders’

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Retirement 
Benefit 
Adjustments, 
net of tax

Hedging 
Adjustments, 
net of tax

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Adjustments

Non-
Controlling 
Interests

Total 
Shareholders’ 
Equity

Balance, September 30, 2017
Net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards updates
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion 
Activity under stock and deferred compensation 
plans
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
Distribution to noncontrolling interests
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2018
Net earnings
Adoption of accounting standards updates
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion
Activity under stock and deferred compensation 
plans
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2019
Net earnings
Activity under stock and deferred compensation 
plans
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Initial public offering
Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Cash paid for share repurchase contracts 
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

35.1  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
2.8 
— 
— 
37.9  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(11.3) 
— 
— 
26.6  $ 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(30.9) 
— 
— 

$ 

(4.3)  $ 

(11.1)  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
48.5 
— 
37.4  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
7.1 
— 
44.5  $ 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
25.8 
— 
70.3  $ 

Treasury 
Stock
(371.2)  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(64.0)  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(50.7) 
(114.7)  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(53.2) 
(167.9)  $ 
— 

— 
— 
(218.7) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(589.9)  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
(330.8) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(920.7)  $ 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
72.6 
(95.3)  $ (1,508.5)  $ 

— 
— 
(587.8) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

9.7  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
1.1 
(0.7) 
— 
— 
— 
10.1  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
1.3 
— 
— 
— 
11.4  $ 
— 

0.1 
2.5 
— 
(65.0) 
28.2 
— 
— 
(2.4) 
(0.3) 
(25.5)  $ 

2,789.7 
467.3 
1.4 
(10.8) 
0.1 

0.3 
30.9 
(218.7) 
1.1 
(1.4) 
2.8 
48.5 
(50.7) 
3,060.5 
124.7 
(0.9) 
(4.0) 
(0.1) 

105.1 
38.9 
(330.8) 
1.3 
(11.3) 
7.1 
(53.2) 
2,937.3 
0.8 

(8.2) 
49.7 
(587.8) 
390.6 
28.2 
(46.4) 
(30.9) 
23.4 
72.3 
2,829.0 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

69

POST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions, except per share information or where indicated otherwise)

NOTE 1 — BACKGROUND

Post Holdings, Inc. (“Post” or the “Company”) is a consumer packaged goods holding company operating in the center-of-
the-store, refrigerated, foodservice, food ingredient and convenient nutrition food categories. The Company also participates in 
the private brand food category, including through its investment with third parties in 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. (“8th 
Avenue”).  The  Company’s  products  are  sold  through  a  variety  of  channels,  including  grocery,  club  and  drug  stores,  mass 
merchandisers,  foodservice,  food  ingredient  and  eCommerce.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  Post  operates  in  five  reportable 
segments:  Post  Consumer  Brands,  Weetabix,  Foodservice,  Refrigerated  Retail  and  BellRing  Brands.  The  Post  Consumer 
Brands segment includes the North American ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal business; the Weetabix segment includes primarily 
the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) RTE cereal and muesli business; the Foodservice segment includes primarily egg and potato 
products; the Refrigerated Retail segment includes side dishes and egg, cheese and sausage products; and the BellRing Brands 
segment includes ready-to-drink (“RTD”) protein shakes and other RTD beverages, powders and nutrition bars.

On October 21, 2019, BellRing Brands, Inc. (“BellRing”), a subsidiary of the Company, closed its initial public offering 
(the “IPO”) of 39.4 shares of its Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Class A Common Stock”). The IPO 
was  completed  at  an  offering  price  of  $14.00  per  share  and  BellRing  received  net  proceeds  from  the  IPO  of  $524.4,  after 
deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions.  As  a  result  of  the  IPO  and  certain  other  transactions  completed  in 
connection with the IPO (the “formation transactions”), BellRing is a publicly-traded company whose Class A Common Stock 
is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  ticker  symbol  “BRBR”.  BellRing  is  a  holding  company  of  BellRing 
Brands, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BellRing LLC”), owning 28.8% of its non-voting membership units (the 
“BellRing LLC units”). Post owns 71.2% of the BellRing LLC units and one share of BellRing’s Class B common stock, $0.01 
par value per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, collectively with the Class A Common Stock, the “BellRing Common 
Stock”). The Class B Common Stock has voting rights but no rights to dividends or other economic rights. For so long as Post 
or its affiliates (other than BellRing and its subsidiaries) directly own more than 50% of the BellRing LLC units, the Class B 
Common Stock represents 67% of the combined voting power of the BellRing Common Stock. BellRing LLC is the holding 
company  for  Post’s  historical  active  nutrition  business,  reported  herein  as  the  BellRing  Brands  segment  and  reported 
historically as the Active Nutrition segment. In connection with the IPO, the Company incurred transaction-related expenses of 
$2.5 and $6.7 during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These expenses generally included third party 
costs for due diligence, advisory services and government filing fees and were recorded as “Selling, general and administrative 
expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company did not incur transaction-related expenses in connection 
with the IPO during the year ended September 30, 2018.

Effective October 21, 2019, the financial results of BellRing and its subsidiaries were consolidated within Post’s financial 
results and 28.8% of the consolidated net income and net assets of BellRing and its subsidiaries, representing the percentage of 
economic  interest  in  BellRing  LLC  held  by  BellRing  (and  therefore  indirectly  held  by  the  public  stockholders  of  BellRing 
through their ownership of the Class A Common Stock), is allocated to noncontrolling interest (“NCI”) (see Note 8). The term 
“BellRing” as used herein generally refers to BellRing Brands, Inc.; however, in discussions related to debt facilities, the term 
“BellRing” refers to BellRing Brands, LLC.

On October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue was separately capitalized by Post and third parties through a series of transactions (the 
“8th Avenue Transactions”), and 8th Avenue became the holding company for Post’s historical private brands business. Post 
received  gross  proceeds  of  $875.0,  as  well  as  $16.8  related  to  final  working  capital  adjustments,  from  the  8th  Avenue 
Transactions,  and  the  Company  retained  shares  of  common  stock  equal  to  60.5%  of  the  common  equity  in  8th  Avenue. 
Effective  October  1,  2018,  8th  Avenue  was  no  longer  consolidated  in  the  Company's  financial  statements  and  the  60.5% 
retained interest in 8th Avenue is accounted for using the equity method. 8th Avenue is reported historically herein as Post’s 
Private Brands segment. For additional information, see Notes 6, 8 and 17.

Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, all references in these financial statements and notes to “Post,” 
“the Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” mean Post Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated and non-consolidated subsidiaries. Certain 
prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the fiscal 2020 presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on 
Net Earnings or Shareholders’ Equity, as previously reported.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the operations of Post and its wholly-owned 

and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. 

70

Use of Estimates and Allocations — The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with 
accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America  (“GAAP”),  which  require  certain  elections  as  to 
accounting  policy,  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of 
contingent liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amount of net revenues and expenses during the 
reporting  periods.  Significant  accounting  policy  elections,  estimates  and  assumptions  include,  among  others,  pension  and 
benefit  plan  assumptions,  valuation  assumptions  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  marketing  programs,  self-insurance 
reserves and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Business  Combinations  —  The  Company  uses  the  acquisition  method  in  accounting  for  acquired  businesses.  Under  the 
acquisition  method,  the  Company’s  financial  statements  reflect  the  operations  of  an  acquired  business  starting  from  the 
completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values 
at  the  date  of  the  acquisition.  Any  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  identifiable  net  assets 
acquired is recorded as goodwill. Any excess of the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets over the purchase price is 
recorded as a gain on bargain purchase.

Cash  Equivalents  —  Cash  equivalents  include  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  less  than  three 

months.

Restricted Cash — Restricted cash includes items such as cash deposits which serve as collateral for certain commodity 

hedging contracts as well as the Company’s high deductible workers’ compensation insurance program.

Receivables  —  Receivables  are  reported  at  net  realizable  value.  This  value  includes  appropriate  allowances  for  doubtful 
accounts, cash discounts and other amounts which the Company does not ultimately expect to collect. The Company determines 
its  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  historical  losses  as  well  as  the  economic  status  of  and  its  relationship  with  its 
customers,  especially  those  identified  as  “at  risk.”  A  receivable  is  considered  past  due  if  payments  have  not  been  received 
within the agreed upon invoice terms. Receivables are written off against the allowance when the customer files for bankruptcy 
protection or are otherwise deemed to be uncollectible based upon the Company’s evaluation of the customer’s solvency. The 
Weetabix segment sells certain receivables to third party institutions without recourse. Receivables sold during the years ended 
September 30, 2020 and 2019 were $125.0 and $120.7, respectively. 

Inventories — Inventories, other than flocks, are generally valued at the lower of average cost (determined on a first-in, 
first-out basis) or net realizable value (“NRV”). Reported amounts have been reduced by an allowance for obsolete product and 
packaging materials based on a review of inventories on hand compared to estimated future usage and sales. Flock inventory 
represents the cost of purchasing and raising chicken flocks to egg laying maturity. The costs included in our flock inventory 
include the costs of the chicks, the feed fed to the birds and the labor and overhead costs incurred to operate the pullet facilities 
until the birds are transferred into the laying facilities, at which time their cost is amortized to operations, as cost of goods sold, 
over their expected useful lives of one to two years.

Restructuring  Expenses  —  Restructuring  charges  principally  consist  of  severance,  accelerated  stock  compensation  and 
other employee separation costs and accelerated depreciation. The Company recognizes restructuring obligations and liabilities 
for exit and disposal activities at fair value in the period the liability is incurred. Employee severance costs are expensed when 
they become probable and reasonably estimable under established severance plans. Depreciation expense related to assets that 
will be disposed of or idled as a part of the restructuring activity is accelerated through the expected date of the asset shut down. 
See Note 5 for information about restructuring expenses.

Property — Property is recorded at cost, and depreciation expense is generally provided on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated  useful  lives  of  the  properties.  Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  1  to  29  years  for  machinery  and  equipment;  1  to 
38 years for buildings, building improvements and leasehold improvements; and 1 to 7 years for software. Total depreciation 
expense was $209.6, $218.3 and $221.0 in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Any gains and losses incurred on the sale 
or disposal of assets are included in “Other operating expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Repair and 
maintenance costs incurred in connection with ongoing and planned major maintenance activities are accounted for under the 
direct expensing method. Property consisted of: 

71

Land and land improvements
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Software
Construction in progress

Accumulated depreciation

September 30,

2020

2019

$ 

93.1  $ 
880.5 
1,766.8 
111.4 
127.4 
2,979.2 
(1,199.5) 

91.1 
796.7 
1,595.8 
106.0 
147.3 
2,736.9 
(1,000.9) 
$  1,779.7  $  1,736.0 

Other  Intangible  Assets  —  Other  intangible  assets  consist  primarily  of  customer  relationships,  trademarks  and  brands 
acquired  in  business  combinations  and  include  both  indefinite  and  definite-lived  assets.  Amortization  expense  related  to 
definite-lived  intangible  assets,  which  is  provided  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets,  was 
$160.3, $161.3 and $177.4 in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the definite-lived intangible assets recorded as of 
September  30,  2020,  amortization  expense  of  $160.4,  $160.4,  $160.2,  $159.0  and  $157.7  is  expected  for  fiscal  2021,  2022, 
2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively. Other intangible assets consisted of: 

Subject to amortization:

Customer relationships
Trademarks and brands
Other

Not subject to amortization:
Trademarks and brands

September 30, 2020
Accum.
Amort.

Carrying
Amount

Net
Amount

September 30, 2019
Accum.
Amort.

Carrying
Amount

Net
Amount

$  2,304.8  $ 
795.0 
3.1 
3,102.9 

(681.9)  $  1,622.9 
528.1 
(266.9) 
— 
(3.1) 
2,151.0 
(951.9) 

$  2,297.2  $ 
793.7 
3.1 
3,094.0 

(562.2)  $  1,735.0 
568.5 
(225.2) 
— 
(3.1) 
2,303.5 
(790.5) 

1,046.5 
$  4,149.4  $ 

— 

1,046.5 
(951.9)  $  3,197.5 

1,035.0 
$  4,129.0  $ 

— 

1,035.0 
(790.5)  $  3,338.5 

Recoverability  of  Assets  —  The  Company  continually  evaluates  whether  events  or  circumstances  have  occurred  which 
might  impair  the  recoverability  of  the  carrying  value  of  its  assets,  including  property,  identifiable  intangibles,  goodwill  and 
right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets.  Trademarks  with  indefinite  lives  are  reviewed  for  impairment  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  each 
fiscal year following the annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate the trademark may 
be impaired. The trademark impairment tests require the Company to estimate the fair value of the trademark and compare it to 
its  carrying  value.  The  estimated  fair  value  is  determined  using  an  income-based  approach  (the  relief-from-royalty  method), 
which requires significant assumptions for each brand, including estimates regarding future revenue growth, discount rates and 
royalty rates. Assumptions are determined after consideration of several factors for each brand, including profit levels, research 
of  external  royalty  rates  by  third  party  experts  and  the  relative  importance  of  each  brand  to  the  Company.  Revenue  growth 
assumptions  are  based  on  historical  trends  and  management’s  expectations  for  future  growth  by  brand.  The  discount  rate  is 
based on a weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market data of similar companies. 

 In addition, definite-lived assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reassessed as needed when information becomes 
available that is believed to negatively impact the fair market value of an asset. In general, an asset is deemed impaired and 
written down to its fair value if estimated related future cash flows are less than its carrying amount. See Note 7 for information 
about goodwill impairments.

For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  the  Company  conducted  impairment  reviews  and  concluded  there  was  no 

impairment of other intangible assets as of September 30, 2020.

At September 30, 2019, the Company recorded a definite-lived intangible impairment charge of $14.6 for the All Whites 
trademark  in  the  Refrigerated  Retail  segment  to  adjust  its  carrying  value  to  zero.  The  impairment  charge  for  the  All  Whites 
trademark  was  the  result  of  a  strategic  decision  made  by  new  Refrigerated  Retail  management  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal 
2019  to  discontinue  use  of  the  brand  name.  All  products  previously  sold  under  the  All  Whites  brand  name  are  now  being 
marketed and sold under the Bob Evans Egg Whites brand name.

At September 30, 2018, the Company recorded an indefinite-lived intangible impairment charge of $124.9 for the Weetabix 
trademark to adjust its carrying value to its estimated fair value of $261.8. The impairment charge for the Weetabix trademark 
was a result of reduced branded cereal volumes related to Weetabix’s pricing reset and shifting consumer preferences to private 
label products.

72

These  fair  value  measurements  fall  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  as  described  in  Note  15.  The  trademark 
impairment  losses  are  reported  in  “Impairment  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations. 

Deferred Compensation Investments — The Company funds a portion of its deferred compensation liability by investing in 
certain mutual funds in the same amounts as selected by the participating employees. Because management’s intent is to invest 
in a manner that matches the deferral options chosen by the participants and those participants can elect to transfer amounts into 
or out of each of the designated deferral options at any time, these investments have been classified as trading assets and are 
stated at fair value in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see 
Note  15).  Both  realized  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  these  assets  are  included  in  “Selling,  general  and  administrative 
expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and offset the related change in the deferred compensation liability.

Derivative Financial Instruments — In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to commodity price risks 
relating to the acquisition of raw materials and supplies, interest rate risks relating to floating rate debt and foreign currency 
exchange  rate  risks.  The  Company  utilizes  derivative  financial  instruments,  including  (but  not  limited  to)  futures  contracts, 
option contracts, forward contracts and swaps, to manage certain of these exposures by hedging when it is practical to do so. 
The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. 

The Company’s derivative programs include strategies that qualify and strategies that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
treatment. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, is 
expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged risk during the period that the 
hedge  is  designated.  All  derivatives  are  recognized  on  the  balance  sheet  at  fair  value.  For  derivatives  that  qualify  for  hedge 
accounting, the derivative is designated as a hedge on the date in which the derivative contract is entered. A derivative could be 
designated as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized 
asset  or  liability  (cash  flow  hedge)  or  a  hedge  of  a  net  investment  in  a  foreign  operation.  Some  derivatives  may  also  be 
considered natural hedging instruments, where changes in their fair value act as economic offsets to changes in fair value of the 
underlying hedged item and are not designated for hedge accounting.

The effective portion of gains and losses on cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income (“OCI”), until 
earnings are affected by the variability of cash flows. If the hedge is no longer effective, all changes in the fair value of the 
derivative  are  included  in  earnings  for  each  period  until  the  instrument  matures.  If  a  derivative  is  used  as  a  hedge  of  a  net 
investment in a foreign operation, its changes in fair value, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in OCI. The amounts 
recorded  in  OCI  related  to  a  net  investment  hedge  would  be  recognized  in  earnings  in  the  event  the  foreign  operation  is 
liquidated. Any ineffective portion of designated hedges is recognized in earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that 
are  not  designated  for  hedge  accounting  are  recognized  in  earnings.  Cash  flows  from  derivatives  that  are  accounted  for  as 
hedges  and  cash  flows  on  derivatives  utilized  as  economic  hedges  are  classified  in  the  same  category  on  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows as the item being hedged or on a basis consistent with the nature of the instrument. 

Leases — In conjunction with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” and 
ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements,” on October 1, 2019, the policy for lease accounting was updated. 
See Note 16 for a summary of the updated policy.

Revenue — In conjunction with the adoption of ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606),” on 
October  1,  2018,  the  policy  for  recognizing  revenue  was  updated.  For  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  a  summary  of  the  policy  for 
recognizing revenue was as follows:

The Company recognizes revenue when performance obligations have been satisfied by transferring control of the goods to 
customers. Control is generally transferred upon delivery of the goods to the customer. At the time of delivery, the customer is 
invoiced  using  previously  agreed-upon  credit  terms.  Shipping  and/or  handling  costs  that  occur  before  the  customer  obtains 
control of the goods are deemed fulfillment activities and are accounted for as fulfillment costs. The Company’s contracts with 
customers generally contain one performance obligation. 

Many of the Company’s contracts with customers include some form of variable consideration. The most common forms 
of variable consideration are trade promotions, rebates and discounts. Variable consideration is treated as a reduction of revenue 
at the time product revenue is recognized. Depending on the nature of the variable consideration, the Company uses either the 
“expected value” or the “most likely amount” method to determine variable consideration. The Company does not believe that 
there will be significant changes to its estimates of variable consideration when any uncertainties are resolved with customers. 
The  Company  reviews  and  updates  estimates  of  variable  consideration  quarterly.  Uncertainties  related  to  the  estimates  of 
variable consideration are resolved in a short time frame and do not require any additional constraint on variable consideration. 

The  Company’s  products  are  sold  with  no  right  of  return,  except  in  the  case  of  goods  which  do  not  meet  product 
specifications or are damaged. No services beyond this assurance-type warranty are provided to customers. Customer remedies 

73

include  either  a  cash  refund  or  an  exchange  of  the  product.  As  a  result,  the  right  of  return  and  related  refund  liability  is 
estimated and recorded as a reduction of revenue based on historical sales return experience. 

For fiscal 2018, a summary of the policy for recognizing revenue was as follows:

Revenue  is  recognized  when  title  of  goods  and  risk  of  loss  is  transferred  to  the  customer,  as  specified  by  the  shipping 
terms. Net sales reflect gross sales, including amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling, less sales discounts and 
trade allowances (including promotional price buy downs and new item promotional funding). Customer trade allowances are 
generally  computed  as  a  percentage  of  gross  sales.  Products  are  generally  sold  with  no  right  of  return,  except  in  the  case  of 
goods which do not meet product specifications or are damaged, and related reserves are maintained based on return history. If 
additional rights of return are granted, revenue recognition is deferred. Estimated reductions to revenue for customer incentive 
offerings are based upon customer redemption history.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  impact  of  the  Company’s  adoption  of  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”) 
Topic  606  on  a  modified  retrospective  basis  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations  for  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2019, the year of adoption. As a result of the adoption, certain payments to customers totaling $26.1 in the year 
ended  September  30,  2019  previously  classified  in  “Selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses”  were  classified  as  “Net 
Sales” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. These payments to customers relate to trade advertisements that support the 
Company’s sales to customers. In accordance with ASC Topic 606, these payments were determined not to be distinct within 
the customer contracts and, as such, require classification within net sales. Additionally, in the year ended September 30, 2019, 
the  Company  recognized  revenue  of  $1.2  that  was  deferred  upon  the  adoption  of  ASC  Topic  606  in  accordance  with  the 
satisfaction  of  the  related  performance  obligation.  The  recognition  of  unearned  revenue  is  included  in  “Net  Sales”  in  the 
Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2019. No material changes to the balance 
sheet were required by the adoption of ASC Topic 606.

Net Sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross Profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Amortization of intangible assets

Gain on sale of business

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Other operating expenses, net

Operating Profit

Year Ended September 30, 2019

As Reported 
Under Topic 
606

As Reported 
Under Prior 
Guidance

Impact of 
Adoption

$ 

5,681.1  $ 

5,706.0  $ 

3,889.0 

1,792.1 

911.6 

161.3 

(126.6) 

63.3 

1.5 

3,889.0 

1,817.0 

937.7 

161.3 

(126.6) 

63.3 

1.5 

$ 

781.0  $ 

779.8  $ 

(24.9) 

— 

(24.9) 

(26.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.2 

Cost of Goods Sold — Cost of goods sold includes, among other things, inbound and outbound freight costs (including the 
Company-owned  fleet)  and  depreciation  expense  related  to  assets  used  in  production,  while  storage  and  other  warehousing 
costs are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Storage and 
other warehousing costs totaled $177.8, $170.1 and $169.4 in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Advertising  —  Advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred  except  for  costs  of  producing  media  advertising,  such  as 
television  commercials  or  magazine  and  online  advertisements,  which  are  deferred  until  the  first  time  the  advertising  takes 
place and amortized to the statement of operations over the time the advertising takes place. The amounts reported as assets on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” were $1.3 and $3.9 as of September 30, 2020 
and 2019, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation — The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of 
equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of equity awards and the fair market value at each quarterly reporting date 
for  liability  awards.  That  cost  is  recognized  over  the  period  during  which  an  employee  is  required  to  provide  service  in 
exchange for the award — the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). Any forfeitures of stock-based awards are 
recorded as they occur. See Note 20 for disclosures related to stock-based compensation.

Income  Taxes  —  Income  tax  expense  (benefit)  is  estimated  based  on  income  taxes  in  each  jurisdiction  and  includes  the 
effects  of  both  current  tax  exposures  and  the  temporary  differences  resulting  from  differing  treatment  of  items  for  tax  and 
financial reporting purposes. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is 

74

established against the related deferred tax assets to the extent that it is more likely than not that the future benefits will not be 
realized. Reserves are recorded for estimated exposures associated with the Company’s tax filing positions, which are subject to 
periodic audits by governmental taxing authorities. Interest incurred due to an underpayment of income taxes is classified as 
income taxes. The Company considers the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be permanently invested, so no 
United  States  (the  “U.S.”)  taxes  have  been  provided  in  relation  to  the  Company’s  investment  in  its  foreign  subsidiaries.  See 
Note 9 for disclosures related to income taxes.

NOTE 3 — RECENTLY ISSUED AND ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

The  Company  has  considered  all  new  accounting  pronouncements  and  has  concluded  there  are  no  new  pronouncements 
(other than the ones described below) that had or will have an impact on the results of operations, OCI, financial condition, cash 
flows, shareholders’ equity or disclosures based on current information.

Recently Issued

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform 
(Topic  848):  Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of  Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting.”  This  ASU  provides  optional 
expedients  and  exceptions  for  contracts,  hedging  relationships  and  other  transactions  that  reference  the  London  Interbank 
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. The expedients 
and  exceptions  provided  by  this  ASU  do  not  apply  to  contract  modifications  made  and  hedging  relationships  entered  into  or 
evaluated after December 31, 2022. This ASU is elective and effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020, the date this ASU 
was issued. An entity may elect to apply the amendments for contract modifications provided by this ASU as of any date from 
the  beginning  of  an  interim  period  that  includes  or  is  subsequent  to  March  12,  2020,  or  prospectively  from  a  date  within  an 
interim period that includes or is subsequent to March 12, 2020. Once elected, this ASU must be applied prospectively for all 
eligible contract modifications. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this ASU as it relates to its debt and hedging 
relationships that reference LIBOR.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU provides guidance on the measurement of credit losses for most financial assets 
and certain other instruments. This ASU replaces the current incurred loss impairment approach with a methodology to reflect 
expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to explain credit 
loss estimates. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods therein (i.e., 
Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2021). The Company has substantially completed its analysis of 
this ASU’s impact on its trade receivables. The Company will adopt this ASU on October 1, 2020, and does not expect it to 
have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income 
Taxes.” This ASU simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions for recognizing deferred taxes for 
investments, performing intra-period allocations and calculating income taxes in interim periods. The Company early adopted 
this  ASU  as  of  June  30,  2020  on  a  prospective  basis,  as  permitted  by  the  ASU.  The  adoption  of  this  ASU  did  not  have  a 
material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This ASU requires a company to recognize ROU 
assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers 
specific  accounting  guidance  for  lessees,  lessors  and  sale  and  leaseback  transactions.  Lessees  and  lessors  are  required  to 
disclose  qualitative  and  quantitative  information  about  leasing  arrangements  to  enable  a  user  of  the  financial  statements  to 
assess  the  amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows  arising  from  leases.  In  July  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-11, 
“Leases  (Topic  842):  Targeted  Improvements.”  This  ASU  provides  an  additional  transition  method  by  allowing  entities  to 
initially  apply  the  new  lease  standard  at  the  date  of  adoption  with  a  cumulative  effect  adjustment  to  the  opening  balance  of 
retained earnings in the period of adoption. This ASU also gives lessors the option of electing, as a practical expedient by class 
of underlying asset, not to separate the lease and non-lease components of a contract when those lease contracts meet certain 
criteria. The Company adopted these ASUs on October 1, 2019, as required by these ASUs, and utilized the cumulative effect 
adjustment approach. At adoption, the Company recognized ROU assets and lease liabilities of $158.1 and $168.2, respectively, 
on the balance sheet at October 1, 2019. The adoption of these ASUs did not materially impact the statements of operations or 
cash  flows.  In  addition,  the  Company  provides  expanded  disclosures  related  to  its  leasing  arrangements  in  accordance  with 
these ASUs. For additional information, refer to Note 16.

75

NOTE 4 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

The  Company  accounts  for  business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  whereby  the  results  of 
operations  are  included  in  the  financial  statements  from  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  purchase  price  is  allocated  to  acquired 
assets and assumed liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price 
over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Any excess of the estimated fair 
values of the identifiable net assets over the purchase price is recorded as a gain on bargain purchase. Goodwill represents the 
value the Company expects to achieve through the implementation of operational synergies and the expansion of the business 
into new or growing segments of the industry.

Fiscal 2020

On July 1, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of Henningsen Foods, Inc. (“Henningsen”) from a subsidiary of 
Kewpie Corporation for $20.0, subject to working capital and other adjustments, resulting in a payment at closing of $22.7. The 
acquisition was completed using cash on hand. At September 30, 2020, the Company recorded an estimated working capital 
settlement receivable of $1.8, which was included in “Receivables, net” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Henningsen is a 
producer  of  egg  and  meat  products  and  is  reported  in  the  Foodservice  segment  (see  Note  22).  Based  upon  the  preliminary 
purchase price allocation, the Company identified and recorded $32.6 of net assets, including cash of $2.8, which exceeded the 
purchase price paid for Henningsen. As a result, the Company recorded a gain of $11.7, which was included in “Other operating 
(income) expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2020.

Fiscal 2018

On  January  12,  2018,  the  Company  completed  its  acquisition  of  Bob  Evans  Farms,  Inc.  (“Bob  Evans”),  resulting  in  the 
Company owning all of the outstanding shares of Bob Evans common stock. The Company paid each holder of shares of Bob 
Evans common stock, other than holders who demanded appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans common stock under Delaware 
law and had not withdrawn their demands as of the closing date, $77.00 per share, resulting in a payment at closing of $1,381.2 
(which,  in  addition  to  the  amounts  paid  to  Bob  Evans  stockholders,  includes  amounts  paid  to  retire  certain  debt  and  other 
obligations of Bob Evans). Any shares of Bob Evans common stock subject to appraisal as of the closing date were canceled 
and  no  longer  outstanding  after  closing.  The  closing  payment  did  not  include  any  amounts  due  to  former  holders  of 
approximately 4.35 shares of Bob Evans common stock who demanded appraisal under Delaware law and had not withdrawn 
their demands as of the closing date. 

In December 2018, the Company made payments of $257.6 to the former holders of Bob Evans common stock who had 
demanded appraisal and had not been paid for their shares of Bob Evans common stock. The payments constituted a settlement 
with  one  former  stockholder  as  well  as  prepayments  of  the  $77.00  per  share  merger  consideration  to  the  remaining  former 
stockholders who had held 2.5 shares of Bob Evans common stock. In September 2019, the Company reached settlement terms 
on  a  confidential  basis  with  the  remaining  former  stockholders,  and  had  an  accrual  of  $19.1,  which  was  recorded  as  “Other 
current liabilities,” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2019. The final payments were made by the Company 
on October 1, 2019. In connection with the fiscal 2019 settlements, the Company recorded expense of $9.7, which was included 
in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and “Interest expense, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for 
the year ended September 30, 2019. In the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company recorded interest expense of $13.4 
related  to  these  shares,  which  was  included  in  “Interest  expense,  net”  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations.  No  such 
accruals or expense were recorded for the year ended September 30, 2020.

For  additional  information  regarding  the  proceedings  brought  by  former  holders  of  Bob  Evans  common  stock  who 

demanded appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans common stock under Delaware law, refer to Note 18.

Bob Evans is a producer of refrigerated potato and pasta side dishes, pork sausage and a variety of refrigerated and frozen 
convenience  food  items.  The  acquisition  strengthened  the  Company’s  position  in  the  foodservice  and  refrigerated  retail 
channels. Bob Evans is reported in two reportable segments. The results of Bob Evans’s foodservice operations are reported in 
the Foodservice segment, and the results of Bob Evans’s retail operations are reported in the Refrigerated Retail segment (see 
Note 22). Based upon the purchase price allocation, the Company recorded $376.0 of customer relationships to be amortized 
over a weighted-average period of 18 years, $6.0 of definite-lived trademarks to be amortized over a weighted-average period 
of 10 years and $400.0 of indefinite-lived trademarks. 

76

The goodwill generated by the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans is not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes; 
however, $13.8 of goodwill generated by business combinations completed by Bob Evans in periods prior to its acquisition was 
transferred to Post and is tax deductible. 

The following table provides the final allocation of the purchase price related to the fiscal 2018 acquisition of Bob Evans 
based  upon  the  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  assumed,  including  the  provisional  amounts  recognized  related  to  the 
acquisition as of September 30, 2018, as well as measurement period adjustments made during the first quarter of fiscal 2019. 
The allocation of purchase price was finalized as of December 31, 2018, and no additional adjustments have been or will be 
made.

Acquisition Date 
Amounts Recognized 
as of September 30, 
2018 (a)

Adjustments During 
Fiscal 2019

Acquisition Date 
Amounts Recognized 
(as Adjusted)

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 

15.6  $ 

—  $ 

Receivables

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Property

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Other assets

Accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Deferred tax liability - long-term

Other liabilities

Total acquisition cost (b)

58.5 

27.1 

34.3 

184.3 

898.3 

782.0 

0.4 

(18.2) 

(58.5) 

(194.9) 

(5.3) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.7) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.7 

— 

15.6 

58.5 

27.1 

34.3 

184.3 

897.6 

782.0 

0.4 

(18.2) 

(58.5) 

(194.2) 

(5.3) 

$ 

1,723.6  $ 

—  $ 

1,723.6 

(a) As previously reported in Post’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2018 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the

“SEC”) on November 16, 2018.

(b) Total acquisition cost is comprised of $1,381.2 paid at closing and additional payments of $342.4, which includes payments to former
holders  of  shares  of  Bob  Evans  common  stock  who  exercised  appraisal  rights,  payments  in  connection  with  Bob  Evans  deferred
compensation  plans  and  payments  to  compensate  Bob  Evans  employees  due  to  the  cancellation  of  their  outstanding  employee  stock
awards.

Acquisition-Related Expenses

The  Company  incurs  transaction-related  expenses  in  conjunction  with  both  completed  and  contemplated  acquisitions. 
These expenses generally include third party costs for due diligence, advisory services and transaction success fees. During the 
years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred transaction-related expenses of $3.8, $8.9 and $23.4, 
respectively,  which  were  recorded  in  “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations. 

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of the combined results of operations of the Company 
and the aggregate results of all businesses acquired in fiscal 2018 for the period presented as if the acquisition of Bob Evans had 
occurred on October 1, 2016. These pro forma adjustments give effect to the amortization of certain definite-lived intangible 
assets, adjusted depreciation based upon fair value of assets acquired, interest expense related to the financing of the business 
combinations,  inventory  revaluation  adjustments  on  acquired  businesses,  acquisition  costs  and  related  income  taxes.  The 
following unaudited pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of 
the  results  of  operations  as  they  would  have  been  had  the  acquisition  occurred  on  the  assumed  date,  nor  is  it  necessarily  an 
indication of future operating results. 

77

Pro forma net sales

Pro forma net earnings available to common shareholders

Pro forma basic earnings per share

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

NOTE 5 — RESTRUCTURING

2018

6,423.8 

486.4 

7.30 

6.54 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

In February 2018, the Company announced its plan to close its Post Consumer Brands RTE cereal manufacturing facility in 
Clinton, Massachusetts (the “Clinton Facility”). The transfer of production capabilities to other Post Consumer Brands facilities 
and the closure of the Clinton Facility was completed at September 30, 2019. Final cash payments for employee-related costs 
were  made  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  No  additional  restructuring  costs  were  incurred  in  fiscal  2020.  For  additional 
information on assets held for sale related to the closure, see Note 6. 

Amounts related to the restructuring events are shown in the following table. All costs are recognized in “Selling, general 
and  administrative  expenses”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  with  the  exception  of  accelerated  depreciation 
expense, which is included in “Cost of goods sold.” These expenses are not included in the measure of segment performance for 
any segment (see Note 22). 

Balance, September 30, 2017

Charge to expense

Non-cash charges

Balance, September 30, 2018

Charge to expense

Cash payments

Non-cash charges

Balance, September 30, 2019

Cash payments

Balance, September 30, 2020

Total expected restructuring charge

Cumulative incurred to date

Remaining expected restructuring charge

Employee-
Related Costs

Accelerated 
Depreciation

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2.7 

— 

2.5 

(2.5) 

2.7  $ 

—  $ 

2.2 

(4.8) 

— 

0.1  $ 

(0.1) 

—  $ 

4.9  $ 

4.9 

—  $ 

7.4 

— 

(7.4) 

—  $ 

— 

—  $ 

9.9  $ 

9.9 

—  $ 

— 

5.2 

(2.5) 

2.7 

9.6 

(4.8) 

(7.4) 

0.1 

(0.1) 

— 

14.8 

14.8 

— 

NOTE 6 — DIVESTITURES AND AMOUNTS HELD FOR SALE

Divestiture

On October 1, 2018, 8th Avenue was separately capitalized through the 8th Avenue Transactions, and 8th Avenue became 
the holding company for Post’s historical private brands business. Post received gross proceeds of $875.0 from the 8th Avenue 
Transactions, as well as $16.8 related to final working capital adjustments, retaining shares of common stock equal to 60.5% of 
the  common  equity  in  8th  Avenue.  Post’s  gross  proceeds  consisted  of  (i)  $250.0  from  a  third  party  and  (ii)  $625.0  from  a 
committed senior increasing rate bridge loan (the “2018 Bridge Loan”), which was funded in fiscal 2018 prior to the closing of 
the  8th  Avenue  Transactions  (see  Note  17).  A  third  party  received  2.5  shares  of  8th  Avenue  preferred  stock  with  an  11% 
cumulative, quarterly compounding dividend and a $100.00 per share liquidation value and shares of common stock equal to 
39.5%  of  the  common  equity  in  8th  Avenue.  During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  the  Company  recorded  a  gain  of 
$126.6 related to the 8th Avenue Transactions, which was reported as “Gain on sale of business” in the Consolidated Statement 
of Operations. The gain included foreign exchange losses previously recorded in accumulated OCI of $42.1. Effective October 
1, 2018, 8th Avenue was no longer consolidated in the Company’s financial statements and the 60.5% common equity retained 
interest in 8th Avenue is accounted for using the equity method. For additional information regarding the Company’s equity 
method  investment  in  8th  Avenue,  refer  to  Note  8.  The  Company  incurred  third  party  costs  attributable  to  the  8th  Avenue 
Transactions of $9.9 and $12.4 in the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, which were included in “Selling, 

78

general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No third party costs attributable to the 8th 
Avenue Transactions were incurred by the Company during the year ended September 30, 2020. 

In order to calculate the total recorded gain related to the 8th Avenue Transactions of $126.6, management was required to 
estimate the fair value of the Company’s equity method investment in 8th Avenue. In making this estimate, management used 
an  approach  combining  the  estimated  implied  value  from  the  8th  Avenue  Transactions,  an  income  approach  and  a  market 
approach, in which the greatest value was placed on the implied value from the 8th Avenue Transactions. In order to calculate 
the  fair  value  implied  by  the  8th  Avenue  Transactions,  management  was  required  to  estimate  the  value  of  the  8th  Avenue 
equity. In making this estimate, management used a lattice model, which required significant assumptions, including estimates 
for  the  term,  credit  spread,  yield  volatility  and  risk-free  rates  associated  with  8th  Avenue’s  preferred  stock.  The  income 
approach was based on discounted future cash flows and required significant assumptions, including estimates regarding future 
revenue, profitability and capital requirements. The market approach was based on a market multiple (revenue and EBITDA, 
which stands for earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) and required an estimate of appropriate 
multiples based on the market data. 

Amounts Held For Sale

In connection with the closure of the Clinton Facility (see Note 5), the Company had a manufacturing plant (the “Clinton 
Plant”)  classified  as  held  for  sale  with  a  book  value  of  $3.4  and  $8.4  at  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The 
Company  sold  a  portion  of  the  Clinton  Plant  in  March  2020.  Additionally,  the  Company  had  land  and  a  building  with  a 
combined  book  value  of  $1.4  and  $1.5  classified  as  held  for  sale  at  its  Post  Consumer  Brands  manufacturing  facility  in 
Asheboro, North Carolina (the “Asheboro Facility”) at September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and land and a building with 
a book value of $2.5 classified as held for sale at one of its Weetabix manufacturing facilities in Corby, United Kingdom (the 
“Corby Facility”) at September 30, 2020. In accordance with ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment,” these assets 
were classified as current and were reported as “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In the year ended September 30, 2020, a loss on assets held for sale of $2.7 was recorded consisting of losses of $2.6 and 
$0.1 related to the Clinton Plant and Asheboro Facility, respectively, and was included in “Other operating (income) expenses, 
net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In the year ended September 30, 2019, a held for sale net gain of $124.6 was 
recorded consisting of (i) a gain of $126.6, which was reported as “Gain on sale of business,” and a loss of $2.6, which was 
included  in  “Loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt,  net,”  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations  related  to  the  8th  Avenue 
Transactions and (ii) a gain of $0.6, which was recorded related to the sale of the Company’s cereal warehouse at its Clinton 
Facility and was included in “Other operating (income) expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. There were 
no held for sale gains or losses recorded in the year ended September 30, 2018.

In the year ended September 30, 2020, there were no held for sale gains or losses recorded related to the Company’s Corby 
Facility as the book values of the assets were lower than fair value; therefore, no fair value adjustments were recorded at the 
time the assets were classified as held for sale. 

79

NOTE 7 — GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are noted in the following table. 

Balance, September 30, 2018
Goodwill (gross)

Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)

Impairment loss
Acquisition related adjustment
Currency translation adjustment

Balance, September 30, 2019
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)

Currency translation adjustment

Balance, September 30, 2020
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)

Post 
Consumer 
Brands

Weetabix

Foodservice

Refrigerated 
Retail

BellRing 
Brands

Total

$ 

2,012.0  $ 

900.9  $ 

1,336.1  $ 

793.8  $ 

180.7  $ 

5,223.5 

(609.1) 
1,402.9  $ 
— 
— 
(0.2) 

2,011.8  $ 
(609.1) 
1,402.7  $ 
— 

— 
900.9  $ 
— 
— 
(50.2) 

— 
1,336.1  $ 
— 
(0.5) 
— 

850.7  $ 
— 
850.7  $ 
38.8 

1,335.6  $ 
— 
1,335.6  $ 
— 

— 
793.8  $ 
(48.7) 
(0.2) 
— 

793.6  $ 
(48.7) 
744.9  $ 
— 

(114.8) 

65.9  $ 
— 
— 
— 

(723.9) 
4,499.6 
(48.7) 
(0.7) 
(50.4) 

180.7  $ 
(114.8) 

65.9  $ 
— 

5,172.4 
(772.6) 
4,399.8 
38.8 

2,011.8  $ 
(609.1) 
1,402.7  $ 

889.5  $ 
— 
889.5  $ 

1,335.6  $ 
— 
1,335.6  $ 

793.6  $ 
(48.7) 
744.9  $ 

180.7  $ 
(114.8) 

65.9  $ 

5,211.2 
(772.6) 
4,438.6 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable net assets. 
The Company conducts a goodwill impairment qualitative assessment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the 
annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill 
impairment  qualitative  assessment  requires  an  analysis  to  determine  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the 
business is less than its carrying amount. If adverse qualitative trends are identified that could negatively impact the fair value 
of the business, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. In fiscal 2020, we elected not to perform  a qualitative 
assessment  and  instead  performed  a  quantitative  impairment  test  for  all  reporting  units,  except  for  BellRing  Brands.  The 
Company performed a qualitative test for the BellRing Brands reporting unit, and determined there were no adverse trends that 
could  negatively  impact  the  fair  value  of  the  business.  In  fiscal  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  elected  not  to  perform  a 
qualitative assessment and instead performed a quantitative impairment test for all reporting units. 

The  estimated  fair  value  is  determined  using  a  combined  income  and  market  approach  with  a  greater  weighting  on  the 
income  approach.  The  income  approach  is  based  on  discounted  future  cash  flows  and  requires  significant  assumptions, 
including  estimates  regarding  future  revenue,  profitability,  capital  requirements  and  discount  rates.  The  market  approach  is 
based on a market multiple (revenue and EBITDA) and requires an estimate of appropriate multiples based on market data.

The Company did not record a goodwill impairment charge at September 30, 2020, as all reporting units subjected to the 
quantitative  test  passed.  At  September  30,  2020,  the  estimated  fair  values  of  all  such  reporting  units  exceeded  their  carrying 
values  by  at  least  4%  (the  lowest  of  which  was  Foodservice,  all  others  exceeded  their  carrying  values  by  at  least  13%). 
Variances between the actual performance of the businesses and the assumptions that were used in developing the estimates of 
fair value could result in impairment charges in future periods. Further, due to the low headroom in the Foodservice reporting 
unit,  small  changes  in  significant  assumptions  may  have  resulted  in  an  impairment  in  the  current  period.  Factors  that  could 
create variances in the estimated fair value of the reporting units include but are not limited to (i) fluctuations in forecasted sales 
volumes, which can be driven by external factors affecting demand such as changes in consumer preferences, including changes 
related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and consumer responses to marketing and pricing strategy, (ii) changes in product costs, 
including commodities, (iii) interest rate fluctuations and (iv) currency fluctuations.

For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  the  Company  recorded  a  charge  of  $48.7  for  the  impairment  of  goodwill.  The 
impairment charge related to the Refrigerated Retail segment and was primarily related to lost distribution with customers and a 
shift in supplier and consumer preferences to private label cheese products and away from branded cheese products.

The  Company  did  not  record  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  at  September  30,  2018,  as  all  reporting  units  passed  the 

quantitative impairment test.

These  fair  value  measurements  fell  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  (see  Note  15).  The  goodwill  impairment 
losses  are  aggregated  with  trademark  impairment  losses  in  “Impairment  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets”  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

80

NOTE 8 — NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS, EQUITY INTERESTS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

BellRing

As a result of the IPO on October 21, 2019 (see Note 1), the Company (other than BellRing and its subsidiaries) owned 
71.2% of the BellRing LLC units and one share of Class B Common Stock. The Class B Common Stock has voting rights but 
no rights to dividends or other economic rights. For so long as the Company (other than BellRing and its subsidiaries) directly 
owns more than 50% of the BellRing LLC units, the Class B Common Stock represents 67% of the combined voting power of 
the BellRing Common Stock, which provides the Company control over BellRing’s board of directors and results in the full 
consolidation  of  BellRing  and  its  subsidiaries  into  the  Company’s  financial  statements.  The  remaining  interest  in  BellRing’s 
consolidated  net  income  and  net  assets  will  be  allocated  to  NCI.  The  BellRing  LLC  units  held  by  the  Company  include  a 
redemption feature that allows the Company to, at BellRing LLC’s option (as determined by its board of managers), redeem 
BellRing LLC units for either (i) Class A Common Stock of BellRing or (ii) cash equal to the market value of the BellRing 
Class A Common Stock at the time of redemption. 

In  the  event  the  Company  (other  than  BellRing  and  its  subsidiaries)  holds  50%  or  less  of  the  BellRing  LLC  units,  the 
holder of the share of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of BellRing LLC units 
held by all persons other than BellRing and its subsidiaries. In such situation, the Company, as the holder of the share of Class 
B  Common  Stock,  will  only  be  entitled  to  cast  a  number  of  votes  equal  to  the  number  of  BellRing  LLC  units  held  by  the 
Company (other than BellRing and its subsidiaries). Also, in such situation, if any BellRing LLC units are held by persons other 
than the Company, then the Company, as the holder of the share of Class B Common Stock, will cast the remainder of votes to 
which the share of Class B Common Stock is entitled only in accordance with the instructions and directions from such other 
holders of the BellRing LLC units. 

As of September 30, 2020, the Company owned 71.2% of the BellRing LLC units and the net income and net assets of 
BellRing  and  its  subsidiaries  were  consolidated  within  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  and  the  remaining  28.8%  of  the 
consolidated  net  income  and  net  assets  of  BellRing  and  its  subsidiaries,  representing  the  percentage  of  economic  interest  in 
BellRing LLC held by BellRing (and therefore indirectly held by the public stockholders of BellRing through their ownership 
of the Class A Common Stock), were allocated to NCI. 

The following table summarizes the effects of changes in ownership of BellRing on the Company’s equity:

Increase in additional paid-in capital related to net proceeds from IPO

Increase in additional paid-in capital related to establishment of noncontrolling interest

Decrease in additional paid-in capital related to tax effects of IPO

Net transfers from noncontrolling interest

8th Avenue

Year Ended 
September 30, 
2020

$ 

$ 

524.4 

65.0 

(133.8) 

455.6 

In connection with the 8th Avenue Transactions (see Note 6), the Company has a 60.5% common equity retained interest in 
8th  Avenue  that  is  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method.  In  determining  the  accounting  treatment  of  the  retained  interest, 
management concluded that 8th Avenue was not a variable interest entity as defined by ASC Topic 810, “Consolidation,” and 
as such, 8th Avenue was evaluated under the voting interest model. Based on the terms of 8th Avenue’s governing documents, 
management  determined  that  the  Company  does  not  have  a  controlling  voting  interest  in  8th  Avenue  due  to  substantive 
participating  rights  held  by  a  third  party  associated  with  the  governance  of  8th  Avenue.  However,  the  Company  does  retain 
significant influence, and therefore, the use of the equity method of accounting is required.

81

The following table presents the calculation of the Company’s equity method loss attributable to 8th Avenue:

8th Avenue’s net loss available to 8th Avenue’s common shareholders

Equity method loss available to Post

Less: Amortization of basis difference, net of tax (a)

Equity method loss, net of tax

Year Ended September 30,

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

(38.9) 

$ 

(46.7) 

 60.5 %

 60.5 %

(23.5) 

$ 

(28.3) 

6.9 

8.8 

(30.4) 

$ 

(37.1) 

(a) The Company adjusted the historical basis of 8th Avenue’s assets and liabilities to fair value and recognized a total basis difference of
$70.3. The basis difference related to inventory of $2.0, net of tax, was included in equity method loss in the year ended September 30,
2019.  The  basis  difference  related  to  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  other  intangible  assets  is  being  amortized  over  the  weighted
average useful lives of the assets. At September 30, 2020 and 2019, the remaining basis difference to be amortized was $54.6 and $61.5,
respectively.

Summarized financial information of 8th Avenue is presented in the following tables.

Net sales 
Gross profit

Net loss

Less: Preferred stock dividend

Net Loss Available to 8th Avenue Common Shareholders

Current assets

Other assets

Total Assets

Current portion of long-term debt

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

Long-term debt

Other liabilities

Total Liabilities

Preferred stock

Other shareholders’ equity

Shareholders’ Equity

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended September 30,

2020

2019

924.2  $ 
160.0  $ 

838.5 
139.6 

(6.4)  $ 

32.5 

(38.9)  $ 

(17.6) 

29.1 

(46.7) 

Year Ended September 30,

2020

2019

251.5  $ 

830.1 

209.2 

826.2 

1,081.6  $ 

1,035.4 

5.2  $ 

113.3 

663.3 

71.6 

853.4 

61.6 

166.6 

228.2 

5.2 

74.4 

644.9 

76.5 

801.0 

29.1 

205.3 

234.4 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

$ 

1,081.6  $ 

1,035.4 

Prior  to  the  8th  Avenue  Transactions,  Post’s  historical  private  brands  business  used  certain  functions  and  services 
performed  by  the  Company.  These  functions  and  services  included  information  systems,  sales  and  marketing,  procurement, 
accounting shared services, legal, tax, human resources, payroll and cash management. After the completion of the 8th Avenue 
Transactions, the Company continues to provide many of these services to 8th Avenue under a master services agreement (the 
“MSA”). In addition, Post and a third party each provide certain advisory services to 8th Avenue for a fee. During the years 
ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded MSA and advisory income of $3.9 and $4.1, respectively, which 
was recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No such income 
was recorded in the year ended September 30, 2018. 

During  the  years  ended  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  net  sales  to  8th  Avenue  of  $5.7  and  $4.7, 
respectively, and purchases from and royalties paid to 8th Avenue of $9.9 and $9.4, respectively. Sales and purchases between 
the  Company  and  8th  Avenue  were  all  made  at  arm’s-length.  The  investment  in  8th  Avenue  was  $110.1  and  $140.5  at 

82

September  30,  2020  and  2019,  respectively,  and  was  included  in  “Equity  method  investments”  on  the  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets.  The  Company  had  current  receivables,  current  payables  and  a  long-term  liability  with  8th  Avenue  of  $3.2,  $0.6  and 
$0.7, respectively, at September 30, 2020, and current receivables, current payables and a long-term liability of $5.1, $0.6 and 
$0.7, respectively, at September 30, 2019. The current receivables, current payables and long-term liability, which related to the 
separation of 8th Avenue from the Company, MSA fees, pass through charges owed by 8th Avenue to the Company and related 
party sales and purchases, were included in “Receivables, net,” “Accounts payable” and “Other liabilities,” respectively, on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Alpen and Weetabix East Africa

The Company holds an equity interest in two legal entities, Alpen Food Company South Africa (Pty) Limited (“Alpen”) 

and Weetabix East Africa Limited (“Weetabix East Africa”). 

Alpen  is  a  South  African-based  company  that  produces  RTE  cereal  and  muesli.  The  Company  owns  50%  of  Alpen’s 
common stock with no other indicators of control and, accordingly, the Company accounts for its investment in Alpen using the 
equity method. The Company’s equity method (loss) earnings, net of tax attributable to Alpen was $(0.5), $0.1 and $(0.3) for 
the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and was included in “Equity method loss, net of tax” in the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  The  investment  in  Alpen  was  $4.0  and  $5.0  at  September  30,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively, and was included in “Equity method investments” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company had a note 
receivable balance with Alpen of $0.5 and $0.5 at September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which was included in “Other 
assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Weetabix  East  Africa  is  a  Kenyan-based  company  that  produces  RTE  cereal  and  muesli.  The  Company  owns  50.1%  of 
Weetabix  East  Africa  and  holds  a  controlling  voting  and  financial  interest  through  its  appointment  of  management  and 
representation on Weetabix East Africa’s board of directors. Accordingly, Weetabix East Africa is fully consolidated into the 
Company’s financial statements and its assets and results from operations are reported in the Weetabix segment (see Note 22). 

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES

The  components  of  “Earnings  before  Income  Taxes  and  Equity  Method  Loss”  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 

Operations and other summary information is presented in the following table.

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended September 30,
2019
80.4 
78.7 
$  159.1 

2018
$  289.0 
(24.3) 
$  264.7 

2020
(36.4) 
99.8 
63.4 

$ 

$ 

3.5 
 5.5 %

(3.9) 
 (2.5) %

$  (204.0) 

 (77.1) %

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

31.3  $ 
7.1 
8.7 
47.1 

61.5  $ 
2.6 
12.3 
76.4 

27.3 
5.2 
20.0 
52.5 

(45.6) 
(14.5) 
16.5 
(43.6) 

$ 

3.5  $ 

(61.8) 
(15.2) 
(3.3) 
(80.3) 
(3.9)  $ 

(253.5) 
21.4 
(24.4) 
(256.5) 
(204.0) 

Domestic
Foreign
Earnings before Income Taxes and Equity Method Loss

Income tax expense (benefit)
Effective income tax rate

The expense (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Income tax expense (benefit)

83

A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) with amounts computed at the statutory federal rate follows:

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Computed tax (a)
Enacted tax law and changes, including the Tax Act (a)
Non-deductible goodwill impairment loss
Non-deductible compensation
Transaction costs
Domestic production activities deduction
State income tax (benefit) expense, net of effect on federal tax
Non-taxable interest income
Valuation allowances
Change in deferred tax rates
Uncertain tax positions
Net losses and basis difference attributable to equity method investment
Income tax credits
Rate differential on foreign income
Excess tax benefits for share-based payments
Gain on bargain purchase
Enhanced deduction for food donation
Return-to-provision
Other, net (none in excess of 5% of statutory tax)
Income tax expense (benefit)

$ 

$ 

13.3  $ 
(1.5) 
— 
4.5 
(1.1) 
— 
(4.3) 
— 
5.0 
11.1 
1.2 
(6.5) 
(2.6) 
(10.8) 
(1.4) 
(2.5) 
(1.5) 
(1.5) 
2.1 
3.5  $ 

33.4  $ 
(4.8) 
6.9 
2.7 
2.2 
— 
(0.7) 
— 
6.6 
(4.6) 
(7.9) 
4.4 
(3.0) 
(7.7) 
(33.4) 
— 
(0.6) 
0.6 
2.0 
(3.9)  $ 

64.9 
(270.9) 
— 
1.2 
1.5 
(5.9) 
5.6 
(2.4) 
4.1 
0.3 
0.3 
— 
(2.3) 
(5.3) 
(1.8) 
— 
(0.8) 
(1.0) 
8.5 
(204.0) 

(a) Fiscal  2020  and  2019  federal  corporate  income  tax  was  computed  at  the  federal  statutory  rate  of 21%.  Fiscal  2018  federal  corporate

income tax was computed using a blended U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 24.5%, as discussed below.

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and
liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  income  tax  purposes.  Deferred  tax  non-current  assets 
(liabilities) were as follows:

Derivative mark-to-market adjustments
Disallowed interest carryforwards
Net operating loss and credit carryforwards
Lease liabilities
Stock-based and deferred compensation
Accrued vacation, incentive and severance
Accrued liabilities
Inventory
Intangible assets
Property
Investment in partnership (a)
ROU assets
Basis difference attributable to equity 
method investment

Pension and other postretirement benefits
Other items

Total gross deferred income taxes

Valuation allowance
Total deferred taxes

September 30, 2020
Liabilities

Assets

133.8  $ 
36.0 
33.7 
26.2 
18.4 
8.3 
9.0 
3.2 
— 
— 
— 
— 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(619.9) 
(192.3) 
(144.6) 
(25.5) 

— 

(22.5) 

— 
4.6 
273.2 
(41.1) 
232.1  $  (1,016.6)  $ 

(10.1) 
(1.7) 
(1,016.6) 
— 

$ 

$ 

Net
133.8 
36.0 
33.7 
26.2 
18.4 
8.3 
9.0 
3.2 
(619.9) 
(192.3) 
(144.6) 
(25.5) 

(22.5) 

(10.1) 
2.9 
(743.4) 
(41.1) 
(784.5) 

September 30, 2019
Liabilities

Net

Assets

$ 

98.5  $ 
29.7 
30.8 
— 
19.9 
7.7 
15.6 
6.2 
— 
— 
— 
— 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(652.4) 
(173.4) 
— 
— 

— 

(30.0) 

— 
4.5 
212.9 
(32.6) 
180.3  $ 

(11.2) 
(1.8) 
(868.8) 
— 
(868.8)  $ 

$ 

98.5 
29.7 
30.8 
— 
19.9 
7.7 
15.6 
6.2 
(652.4) 
(173.4) 
— 
— 

(30.0) 

(11.2) 
2.7 
(655.9) 
(32.6) 
(688.5) 

84

(a) The Company’s deferred tax liability for investment in partnership relates to excess financial reporting outside basis over tax outside

basis in BellRing entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

As of September 30, 2020, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards totaling approximately
$41.8,  which  have  expiration  dates  beginning  in  fiscal  2022  and  extending  through  fiscal  2034,  as  well  as  state  NOL 
carryforwards totaling approximately $576.4, which have expiration dates beginning in fiscal 2021 and extending through fiscal 
2040. As of September 30, 2020, the Company had NOL carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions of $12.7. 

As certain of these NOLs and carryforwards were acquired through acquisitions, the deductibility of the NOLs is subject to 
limitation  under  section  382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  (“IRC”)  and  similar  limitations  under  state  tax  law.  Giving 
consideration to IRC section 382 and state limitations, the Company believes it will generate sufficient taxable income to fully 
utilize  the  U.S.  federal  and  certain  state  NOLs  before  they  expire.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  approximately  $23.4  of  the 
deferred tax asset related to the state NOLs has been offset by a valuation allowance based on management’s judgment that it is 
more likely than not that the benefits of those deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. 

No provision has been made for income taxes on undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign subsidiaries of $118.2 at 
September 30, 2020, as it is the Company’s intention to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. It 
is not practicable to estimate the additional income taxes and applicable foreign withholding taxes that would be payable on the 
remittance of such undistributed earnings.

CARES Act

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was enacted and signed into law. 
Certain  provisions  of  the  CARES  Act  impacted  the  Company’s  accounting  for  income  taxes,  such  as  modifications  to  the 
limitation  of  business  interest  expense  deductibility  for  tax  years  beginning  in  2019  and  2020,  and  have  been  accounted  for 
within  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  The  CARES  Act  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial 
statements  and  disclosures  as  its  impact  primarily  related  to  immaterial  short-term  and  long-term  classifications  on  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet and current and deferred income tax expense (benefit) classifications in the above table.

Tax Act

In fiscal 2018, the effective tax rate was impacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), which was enacted on 
December 22, 2017. The Tax Act resulted in significant impacts to the Company’s accounting for income taxes with the most 
significant of these impacts relating to the reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, a one-time transition tax on 
unrepatriated foreign earnings and full expensing of certain qualified depreciable assets placed in service after September 27, 
2017  and  before  January  1,  2023.  The  Tax  Act  enacted  a  new  U.S.  federal  corporate  income  tax  rate  of  21%  that  went  into 
effect for the Company’s 2019 tax year and was prorated with the pre-December 22, 2017 U.S. federal corporate income tax 
rate of 35% for the Company’s 2018 tax year. This proration resulted in a blended U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of 
24.5% for fiscal 2018. During the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company (i) remeasured its existing deferred tax assets 
and liabilities considering both the 2018 blended rate and the 21% rate for future periods and recorded a provisional tax benefit 
of $281.2 and (ii) calculated the one-time transition tax and recorded provisional tax expense of $10.3. Full expensing of certain 
depreciable  assets  will  result  in  a  temporary  difference  and  will  be  analyzed  as  assets  are  placed  in  service.  During  the  year 
ended September 30, 2019, in connection with preparing its fiscal 2018 corporate income tax returns, the Company recorded 
tax benefits related to the (i) re-measurement of its existing deferred tax assets and liabilities and (ii) adjustment to the one-time 
transition tax of $0.2 and $4.6, respectively. No income tax adjustments were made related to the Tax Act during the year ended 
September  30,  2020.  The  Tax  Act  subjects  U.S.  corporations  to  a  tax  on  global  low-taxed  income,  which  the  Company  has 
elected to recognize in the period in which it is incurred. 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position 
will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The tax benefits recognized from such positions are measured based 
on  the  largest  benefit  that  has  a  greater  than  50%  likelihood  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.  To  the  extent  the 
Company’s  assessment  of  such  tax  positions  changes,  the  change  in  estimate  will  be  recorded  in  the  period  in  which  the 
determination is made.

Unrecognized tax benefits activity for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is presented in the following 

table.

85

Balance, beginning of year
Additions for tax positions taken in current year and acquisitions
Additions (reductions) for tax positions taken in prior years
Held for sale liabilities
Settlements with tax authorities/statute expirations
Balance, end of year

2020

September 30,
2019

2018

$ 

$ 

8.6  $ 
1.7 
— 
— 
(0.5) 
9.8  $ 

9.9  $ 
0.1 
5.7 
— 
(7.1) 
8.6  $ 

8.6 
2.0 
(0.1) 
(0.6) 
— 
9.9 

The amount of the net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would directly affect the effective tax rate was $9.6 at 
September 30, 2020. The Company believes that, due to expiring statutes of limitations and settlements with tax authorities, it is 
reasonably possible that the total unrecognized tax benefits may decrease up to approximately $1.8 within twelve months of the 
reporting date.

The  Company  computes  tax-related  interest  and  penalties  as  the  difference  between  the  tax  position  recognized  for 
financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amount  previously  taken  on  the  Company’s  tax  returns  and  classifies  these  amounts  as 
components  of  income  tax  (benefit)  expense.  The  Company  recorded  (benefit)  expense  of  zero,  $(2.5)  and  $0.8  related  to 
interest and penalties in the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company had accrued interest 
and  penalties  of  $1.0  and  $1.0  at  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The  accrued  interest  and  penalties  are  not 
included in the table above.

U.S.  federal,  U.S.  state  and  foreign  jurisdiction  income  tax  returns  for  the  tax  years  ended  September  30,  2015  through 
September 30, 2019 are generally open and subject to examination by the tax authorities in each respective jurisdiction. During 
the year ended September 30, 2019, the Internal Revenue Service initiated an examination of the Company’s 2015, 2016 and 
2017  U.S.  federal  income  tax  returns.  The  Company  does  not  expect  the  examination  will  have  a  material  impact  on  its 
consolidated financial statements.

With respect to the Bob Evans acquisition, the Company assumed all income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which 
remain subject to examination, primarily consisting of tax years ended April 2017 through the short tax year ended January 11, 
2018, the date of acquisition. 

NOTE 10 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is based on the average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted 
earnings per share is based on the average number of shares used for the basic earnings per share calculation, adjusted for the 
dilutive  effect  of  stock  options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  units  and  performance-based  restricted  stock  units 
using  the  “treasury  stock”  method.  The  impact  of  potentially  dilutive  convertible  preferred  stock  is  calculated  using  the  “if-
converted”  method.  In  addition,  “Net  earnings  for  diluted  earnings  per  share”  in  the  table  below  has  been  adjusted  for  the 
Company’s share of BellRing’s consolidated net earnings for diluted earnings per share, to the extent it is dilutive.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company completed the redemption of its 2.5% Series C Cumulative Perpetual 
Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred”). Substantially all of the 3.2 shares of Series C Preferred outstanding as of 
January 10, 2019, the date the Series C Preferred redemption was announced, were converted into 5.9 shares of the Company’s 
common  stock  pursuant  to  the  conversion  rights  applicable  to  the  Series  C  Preferred,  and  the  remaining  shares  of  Series  C 
Preferred were redeemed. In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company completed the redemption of its 3.75% Series B 
Cumulative  Perpetual  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (“Series  B  Preferred”).  Substantially  all  of  the  1.5  shares  of  Series  B 
Preferred outstanding as of January 10, 2018, the date the redemption was announced, were converted into 3.1 shares of the 
Company’s common stock pursuant to the conversion rights applicable to the Series B Preferred, and the remaining shares of 
Series B Preferred were redeemed. For additional information on the Series C Preferred and Series B Preferred conversions, see 
Note 21.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share.

86

Year ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Net earnings for basic earnings per share

Dilutive impact of BellRing net earnings

Dilutive preferred stock dividends

Net earnings for diluted earnings per share

$ 

0.8  $ 

121.7  $ 

457.3 

— 

— 

— 

3.0 

— 

10.0 

$ 

0.8  $ 

124.7  $ 

467.3 

Weighted-average shares for basic earnings per share

68.9 

70.8 

66.6 

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options

Stock appreciation rights

Restricted stock units

Performance-based restricted stock units

Preferred shares conversion to common

Total dilutive securities

0.6 

0.1 

0.4 

0.1 

— 

1.2 

1.6 

0.1 

0.5 

— 

2.1 

4.3 

1.8 

0.1 

0.4 

— 

7.0 

9.3 

Weighted-average shares for diluted earnings per share

70.1 

75.1 

75.9 

Basic earnings per common share

Diluted earnings per common share

$ 

$ 

0.01  $ 

0.01  $ 

1.72  $ 

1.66  $ 

6.87 

6.16 

The  following  table  details  the  securities  that  have  been  excluded  from  the  calculation  of  weighted-average  shares  for 

diluted earnings per share as they were anti-dilutive.

Year ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Stock options

Restricted stock units

Performance-based restricted stock units

0.1 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

— 

— 

0.6 

0.1 

— 

NOTE 11 — SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS STATEMENT AND CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Advertising and promotion expenses (a)
Repair and maintenance expenses
Research and development expenses
Interest income
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Accrued additions to property

$ 

146.0  $ 
140.0 
28.5 
(6.3) 
348.8 
54.4 
29.8 

122.3  $ 
156.9 
25.0 
(7.9) 
344.4 
65.0 
24.7 

153.4 
149.1 
25.1 
(7.4) 
373.9 
23.0 
30.4 

(a) As  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  ASU  2014-09,  certain  payments  to  customers  totaling  $23.7  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019

previously classified as advertising and promotion expenses were classified as net sales. For additional information, see Note 2.

87

September 30,

2020

2019

395.4  $ 
26.6 
3.2 
19.8 
445.0 
(3.4) 
441.6  $ 

118.1  $ 
17.8 
429.4 
34.1 
599.4  $ 

159.0  $ 
116.3 
27.9 
25.8 
329.0  $ 

357.6  $ 
0.7 
9.6 
367.9  $ 

44.9  $ 
85.9 
98.5 
187.9 
23.6 
13.2 
— 
87.6 
541.6  $ 

77.7  $ 
355.2 
30.2 
103.0 
33.7 
599.8  $ 

407.8 
21.9 
5.1 
12.3 
447.1 
(2.0) 
445.1 

99.4 
19.4 
425.4 
35.6 
579.8 

166.7 
— 
— 
38.8 
205.5 

349.6 
35.1 
10.9 
395.6 

45.2 
46.0 
85.3 
87.6 
— 
16.1 
19.1 
94.5 
393.8 

66.0 
330.5 
34.0 
— 
26.4 
456.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

NOTE 12 — SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

Receivables, net

Trade
Income tax receivable
Related party
Other

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Inventories

Raw materials and supplies
Work in process
Finished products
Flocks

Other Assets

Pension asset
Operating ROU Assets
Equity securities
Other

Accounts Payable

Trade
Book cash overdrafts
Other

Other Current Liabilities

Advertising and promotion
Accrued interest
Accrued compensation
Hedging liabilities
Operating lease liabilities - current
Accrued legal settlements
Accrued appraisal rights and related interest
Other

Other Liabilities

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Hedging liabilities - non-current
Accrued compensation - non-current
Operating lease liabilities - non-current
Other

88

NOTE 13 — ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

Balance, beginning of year
Provision charged to expense
Write-offs, less recoveries
Held for sale assets
Other (a)
Balance, end of year

(a) Other items are primarily related to acquisitions.

2020

September 30,
2019

2018

$ 

$ 

2.0  $ 
3.3 
(1.9) 
— 
— 
3.4  $ 

2.3  $ 
0.1 
(0.4) 
— 
— 
2.0  $ 

1.6 
0.1 
(1.2) 
(0.5) 
2.3 
2.3 

NOTE 14 — DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  is  exposed  to  commodity  price  risks  relating  to  the  purchases  of  raw 
materials, energy and fuel and supplies, interest rate risks relating to floating rate debt and foreign currency exchange rate risks. 
The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments, including (but not limited to) futures contracts, option contracts, forward 
contracts and swaps, to manage certain of these exposures by hedging when it is practical to do so. The Company does not hold 
or issue financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. 

At  September  30,  2020,  the  Company’s  derivative  instruments,  none  of  which  were  designated  as  hedging  instruments 

under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” consisted of:

•

•

•

commodity  and  energy  futures,  swaps  and  option  contracts  which  relate  to  inputs  that  generally  will  be  utilized
within the next two years;

foreign currency forward contracts maturing in the next year that have the effect of hedging currency fluctuations
between the Euro and the Pound Sterling and the U.S. Dollar and the Pound Sterling;

interest  rate  swaps  that  have  the  effect  of  hedging  interest  payments  on  debt  expected  to  be  issued  but  not  yet
priced, including:

•

•

•

pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps maturing in May 2021 and May 2024 that require monthly
settlements;

rate-lock interest rate swaps that require nine lump sum settlements with the first settlement occurring in
July 2021 and the last in July 2026; and

interest  rate  swaps  that  mature  in  July  2021  and  give  the  Company  the  option  of  pay-variable,  receive-
fixed lump sum settlements; and

•

pay-fixed,  receive-variable  interest  rate  swaps  maturing  in  December  2022  that  require  monthly  settlements  and
have the effect of hedging forecasted interest payments on BellRing’s variable rate debt.

Interest rate swaps

Fiscal 2020

In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  contemporaneously  with  the  repayment  of  its  term  loan,  the  Company  changed  the 
designation  of  one  of  its  interest  rate  swap  contracts  from  a  cash  flow  hedge  to  a  non-designated  hedging  instrument.  In 
connection  with  the  de-designation,  the  Company  reclassified  losses  previously  recorded  in  accumulated  OCI  of  $7.2  to 
“Interest expense, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2020.

As of April 1, 2020, the Company changed the designation of its interest rate swap contracts that are used as hedges of 
forecasted interest payments on BellRing’s variable rate debt from cash flow hedges to non-designated hedging instruments as 
the swaps were no longer effective (as defined by ASC Topic 815). In connection with the de-designation, the Company started 
reclassifying  losses  previously  recorded  in  accumulated  OCI  to  “Interest  expense,  net”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations on a straight-line basis over the term of BellRing’s variable rate debt. Mark-to-market adjustments related to these 
swaps also will be included in “Interest expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At September 30, 2020, the 
remaining net loss before taxes to be amortized was $9.4.

Fiscal 2019

In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  the  Company  terminated  $800.0  notional  value  of  its  interest  rate  swap  contracts  that 
were  designated  as  hedging  instruments.  In  connection  with  the  interest  rate  swap  terminations,  the  Company  received  cash 
proceeds  of  $29.8,  and  reclassified  previously  recorded  gains  from  accumulated  OCI  to  “Interest  expense,  net”  in  the 
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2019. 

89

Cross-currency swaps

The Company terminated $448.7 and $214.2 notional value of its cross-currency swap contracts that were designated as 
hedging  instruments  during  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  and  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  respectively.  In  connection 
with these terminations, the Company received cash proceeds of $50.3 during the year ended September 30, 2020 and $26.2 
during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  both  of  which  were  recorded  to  accumulated  OCI.  Reclassification  of  amounts 
recorded in accumulated OCI into earnings will only occur in the event U.K.-based operations are substantially liquidated.

Foreign currency forward contracts

In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, the Company changed the designation of its foreign currency forward contracts from a 
cash  flow  hedge  to  a  non-designated  hedging  instrument.  In  connection  with  the  new  designation,  the  Company  reclassified 
gains previously recorded in accumulated OCI of $1.8, of which $1.3 was reclassified to “Selling, general and administrative 
expenses”  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018  and  $0.5  was  reclassified  to 
“Property, net” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2018.

The following table shows the notional amounts of derivative instruments held.

Not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815:

Commodity contracts 

Energy contracts

Foreign exchange contracts - Forward contracts

Interest rate swap

Interest rate swaps - Rate-lock swaps

Interest rate swaps - Options

Designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815:

Foreign exchange contracts - Cross-currency swaps

Interest rate swap

September 30,
2020

September 30,
2019

$ 

24.7  $ 

87.1 

28.9 

621.7 

1,666.0 

433.3 

— 

— 

47.1 

39.8 

— 

73.1 

1,531.0 

— 

448.7 

200.0 

The following table presents the balance sheet location and fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments, along with 
the  portion  designated  as  hedging  instruments  under  ASC  Topic  815.  The  Company  does  not  offset  derivative  assets  and 
liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

90

Balance Sheet Location

September 30,
2020

September 30,
2019

September 30,
2020

September 30,
2019

Fair Value

Portion Designated as 
Hedging Instruments

Asset Derivatives: 

Commodity contracts

Energy contracts

Prepaid expenses and other 
current assets
Prepaid expenses and other 
current assets

Commodity contracts

Other assets

Energy contracts

Foreign exchange contracts

Other assets
Prepaid expenses and other 
current assets

Foreign exchange contracts Other assets

Interest rate swaps

Prepaid expenses and other 
current assets

Liability Derivatives: 

Commodity contracts

Other current liabilities

Energy contracts

Energy contracts

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Other current liabilities

Other liabilities

Other current liabilities

Other liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.0  $ 

1.9 

$ 

—  $ 

1.8 

0.1 

0.9 

0.1 

— 

6.8 

0.7 

0.1 

— 

1.3 

19.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

14.7  $ 

23.2 

$ 

—  $ 

1.4  $ 

10.1 

3.9 

176.4 

351.3 

$ 

543.1  $ 

1.0 

1.5 

0.1 

85.1 

330.4 

418.1 

$ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.3 

19.2 

— 

20.5 

— 

— 

— 

1.6 

6.2 

7.8 

The  following  tables  present  the  effects  of  the  Company’s  derivative  instruments  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated 

Statements of Operations and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging 
Instruments

Statement of Operations Location

Commodity contracts

Energy contracts

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold

Foreign exchange contracts

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Derivatives Designated as Hedging 
Instruments

Interest expense, net

Expense (income) on swaps, net

187.1 

306.6 

(95.6) 

Loss (Gain) Recognized in OCI 
including NCI
2019

2018

2020

Loss (Gain) Reclassified from 
Accumulated OCI including 
NCI into Earnings (a)
2019

2020

2018

Loss (Gain) Recognized in 
Statement of Operations
2019

2018

2020

$ 

3.8  $ 

2.8  $ 

4.0 

21.6 

(0.1) 

3.0 

5.0 

— 

— 

(6.4) 

1.5 

— 

Statement of 
Operations Location

Selling, general and 
administrative 
expenses

Foreign exchange contracts

$  —  $  —  $ 

(0.2)  $  —  $  —  $ 

(1.3) 

Interest rate swaps

9.7 

13.8 

(44.2) 

8.2 

(31.0) 

(2.3)  Interest expense, net

Cross-currency swaps

(32.2) 

(54.3) 

(27.8) 

— 

— 

— 

Expense (income) on 
swaps, net

(a) For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  this  amount  includes  the  reclassification  of  previously  unrealized  net  losses  on  interest  rate
swaps  that  were  de-designated  as  hedging  instruments  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  as  well  as  the  amortization  of  previously
unrealized losses on BellRing’s interest rate swaps that were de-designated as hedging instruments as of April 1, 2020.

The following table presents the components of the Company’s net hedging losses (gains) on interest rate swaps, which are

included in “Interest expense, net” and “Expense on swaps, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

91

Year Ended
September 30,

Statement of Operations Location

Interest expense, net
Expense on swaps, net
Total

Interest expense, net
Expense on swaps, net
Total

Interest expense, net
Expense on swaps, net
Total

2020

2019

2018

Mark-to-Market 
Loss (a)

Cash 
Settlements Paid 
(Received), Net 
(b)

Net Loss 
Reclassified 
from 
Accumulated 
OCI including 
NCI (c)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(0.2)  $ 

117.4 
117.2 

— 
293.1 
293.1 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
(96.7) 
(96.7)  $ 

1.8 
69.7 
71.5 

$ 

$ 

(31.0)  $ 
13.5 
(17.5)  $ 

(2.3)  $ 
1.1 
(1.2)  $ 

8.4 
— 
8.4 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

(a)

Includes non-cash adjustments related to interest rate swaps that were not designated as hedging instruments.

(b)

(c)

Includes cash settlements recognized in earnings related to interest rate swaps that were not designated as hedging instruments and cash
settlements reclassified from accumulated OCI into earnings related to interest rate swaps that had been previously designated as hedging
instruments.

Includes  the  reclassification  of  previously  unrealized  losses  on  interest  rate  swaps  that  were  de-designated  as  hedging  instruments,  as
well as the amortization of previously unrealized losses on BellRing’s interest rate swaps over the term of the related debt that were de-
designated as hedging instruments.

Accumulated  OCI,  including  amounts  reported  as  NCI,  included  a  $90.2  net  gain  on  hedging  instruments  before  taxes
($67.9  after  taxes)  at  September  30,  2020,  compared  to  a  $59.5  net  gain  before  taxes  ($44.5  after  taxes)  at  September  30, 
2019.  Approximately  $2.3  of  the  net  hedging  losses  reported  in  accumulated  OCI  at  September  30,  2020  are  expected  to  be 
reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. Accumulated OCI included settlements of and previously unrealized gains 
on cross-currency swaps of $99.5 and $36.5 at September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In connection with the settlements 
and terminations of cross-currency swaps, the Company recognized gains in accumulated OCI of $63.0, $31.7 and $4.8 during 
the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Reclassification of amounts recorded in accumulated OCI 
into earnings will only occur in the event all U.K.-based operations are substantially liquidated.

At  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  pledged  collateral  of  $5.3  and  $3.7,  respectively,  related  to  its 

commodity and energy contracts. These amounts were classified as “Restricted cash” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

NOTE 15 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The  following  table  presents  the  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  and  the  basis  for  that 

measurement according to the levels in the fair value hierarchy in ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement.”

Assets

Deferred compensation investment
Derivative assets
Equity securities

Liabilities

Deferred compensation liabilities
Derivative liabilities

September 30, 2020
Level 1

Level 2

Total

September 30, 2019
Level 1

Level 2

Total

$ 

$ 

12.8  $ 
14.7 
27.9 
55.4  $ 

12.8  $ 
— 
27.9 
40.7  $ 

— 
14.7 
— 
14.7 

$ 

$ 

11.2  $ 
23.2 
— 
34.4  $ 

11.2  $ 
— 
— 
11.2  $ 

— 
23.2 
— 
23.2 

$ 

29.7  $ 

543.1 
$  572.8  $ 

29.7 
—  $ 
— 
543.1 
—  $  572.8 

$ 

31.0  $ 

418.1 
$  449.1  $ 

31.0 
—  $ 
— 
418.1 
—  $  449.1 

The deferred compensation investments are primarily invested in mutual funds, and the fair value is measured using the 
market  approach.  These  investments  are  in  the  same  funds,  and  are  purchased  in  substantially  the  same  amounts,  as  the 

92

participants’ selected investment options (excluding Post common stock equivalents), which represent the underlying liabilities 
to participants in the Company’s deferred compensation plans. Deferred compensation liabilities are recorded at amounts due to 
participants in cash, based on the fair value of participants’ selected investment options (excluding certain Post common stock 
equivalents to be distributed in shares) using the market approach.

The Company utilizes the income approach to measure fair value for its commodity and energy derivatives. The income 
approach uses pricing models that rely on market observable inputs such as yield curves and forward prices. Foreign exchange 
contracts are valued using the spot rate less the forward rate multiplied by the notional amount. The Company’s calculation of 
the fair value of interest rate swaps is derived from a discounted cash flow analysis based on the terms of the contract and the 
interest rate curve. Refer to Note 14 for the classification of changes in fair value of derivative assets and liabilities measured at 
fair value on a recurring basis within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company uses the market approach to measure the fair value of its equity securities.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities also include cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable for 
which the carrying value approximates fair value due to their short maturities (less than 12 months). The Company does not 
record its current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair value 
of the outstanding borrowings under the municipal bond and BellRing’s Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in Note 17) as of 
September  30,  2020  approximated  its  carrying  value.  Based  on  current  market  rates,  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  debt, 
excluding  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  municipal  bond  and  BellRing’s  Revolving  Credit  Facility  (both  of  which  are 
categorized as Level 2), was $7,277.8 and $7,412.0 as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Certain assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets, goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and assets held for sale, are 

measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

In the year ended September 30, 2020, no impairment charge was recorded for goodwill or definite-lived or indefinite-lived 
intangibles.  In  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  the  Company  recorded  goodwill  and  definite-lived  intangible  asset 
impairment  charges  of  $63.3.  In  the  year  ended  September  30,  2018,  the  Company  recorded  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset 
impairment  charges  of  $124.9.  These  losses  were  recorded  as  “Impairment  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets”  in  the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations. For additional information on other intangible assets and goodwill, see Note 2 and Note 
7,  respectively.  There  were  no  other  fair  value  measurement  losses  recognized  during  the  years  ended  September  30,  2020, 
2019 or 2018.

At September 30, 2020, the Company had land and buildings classified as assets held for sale related to the closures of the 
Company’s Clinton Plant, Asheboro Facility and Corby Facility. At September 30, 2019, the Company had land and buildings 
classified as assets held for sale related to the closures of the Company’s Clinton Plant and Asheboro Facility. The Company 
sold  a  portion  of  the  Clinton  Plant  in  March  2020.  The  Clinton  Plant  and  the  Asheboro  Facility  are  both  reported  in  the 
Company’s  Post  Consumer  Brands  segment,  and  the  Corby  Facility  is  reported  in  the  Company’s  Weetabix  segment.  In  the 
year ended September 30, 2020, the book value of the land related to the Corby Facility was lower than fair value; therefore, no 
fair  value  adjustment  was  recorded  to  the  assets  that  were  classified  as  held  for  sale.  On  October  1,  2018,  the  Company 
completed  the  8th  Avenue  Transactions,  and  in  November  2018,  the  Post  Consumer  Brands  cereal  warehouse  was  sold  in 
connection with the closure of its Clinton Facility. For additional information on assets and liabilities held for sale, see Note 6. 
The fair value of assets and liabilities held for sale was measured on a non-recurring basis based on the lower of book value or 
third  party  data.  When  applicable,  the  fair  value  is  adjusted  to  reflect  an  offer  to  purchase  the  assets  and  liabilities.  The  fair 
value measurement was categorized as Level 3, as the fair values utilize significant unobservable inputs. The following table 
summarizes the Level 3 activity.

Balance, September 30, 2018

Gains related to assets and liabilities held for sale

Proceeds from the sale of assets and liabilities held for sale

Investment in 8th Avenue, working capital and other adjustments

Transfers of assets into held for sale

Balance, September 30, 2019

Losses related to assets held for sale
Proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale
Transfer of assets into held for sale

Balance, September 30, 2020

93

$ 

$ 

$ 

290.9 

124.6 

(276.6) 

(138.9) 

9.9 

9.9 

(2.7) 
(2.4) 
2.5 
7.3 

NOTE 16 — LEASES

In  conjunction  with  the  adoption  of  ASUs  2016-02  and  2018-11  (see  Note  3),  the  Company  updated  its  policy  for 
recognizing leases under ASC Topic 842. The Company assessed the impact of these ASUs by reviewing its lease portfolio, 
implementing lease accounting software, developing related business processes and implementing internal controls. A summary 
of the updated policy is included below. Prior to October 1, 2019, the Company accounted for leases under ASC Topic 840, 
“Leases.”

Lease Portfolio

The Company leases office space, certain warehouses and equipment primarily through operating lease agreements. The 
Company  has  no  material  finance  lease  agreements.  Leases  have  remaining  terms  which  range  from  1  to  56  years  and  most 
leases provide the Company with the option to exercise one or more renewal terms. 

Lease Policy

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at its inception. When the arrangements include lease and non-lease 
components, the Company accounts for them as a single lease component. Leases with an initial term of less than 12 months are 
not  reported  on  the  balance  sheet,  but  rather  are  recognized  as  lease  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term. 
Arrangements may include options to extend or terminate the lease arrangement. These options are included in the lease term 
used  to  establish  ROU  assets  and  lease  liabilities  when  it  is  reasonably  certain  they  will  be  exercised.  The  Company  will 
reassess  expected  lease  terms  based  on  changes  in  circumstances  that  indicate  options  may  be  more  or  less  likely  to  be 
exercised.

The  Company  has  certain  lease  arrangements  that  include  variable  rental  payments.  The  future  variability  of  these 
payments and adjustments are unknown and therefore are not included in minimum rental payments used to determine ROU 
assets and lease liabilities. The Company has lease arrangements where it makes separate payments to the lessor based on the 
lessor’s common area maintenance expenses, property and casualty insurance costs, property taxes assessed on the property and 
other variable expenses. As the Company has elected the practical expedient not to separate lease and non-lease components, 
these  variable  amounts  are  captured  in  operating  lease  expense  in  the  period  in  which  they  are  incurred.  Variable  rental 
payments are recognized in the period in which their associated obligation is incurred. 

As  most  of  the  Company’s  lease  arrangements  do  not  provide  an  implicit  interest  rate,  an  incremental  borrowing  rate 
(“IBR”) is applied in determining the present value of future payments. The Company’s IBR is selected based upon information 
available at the lease commencement date. 

ROU  assets  are  recorded  as  “Other  assets”  and  lease  liabilities  are  recorded  as  “Other  current  liabilities”  and  “Other 
liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term 
and is included in either “Cost of goods sold” or “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements 
of Operations. Costs associated with finance leases and lease income do not have a material impact on the Company’s financial 
statements. 

Impact of Adoption

The  Company  utilized  the  cumulative  effect  adjustment  method  of  adoption  and,  accordingly,  recorded  ROU  assets  and 
lease liabilities of $158.1 and $168.2, respectively, on the balance sheet at October 1, 2019. The Company elected the following 
practical expedients in accordance with ASC Topic 842: 

•

•

•

Reassessment elections — The Company elected the package of practical expedients, and did not reassess whether any
existing contracts are or contain a lease, provided a lease analysis was conducted under ASC Topic 840. To the extent
leases  were  identified  under  ASC  Topic  840,  the  Company  did  not  reassess  the  classification  of  those  leases.
Additionally, to the extent initial direct costs were capitalized under ASC Topic 840 and are not amortized as a result
of the implementation of ASC Topic 842, they were not reassessed.

Short-term lease election — ASC Topic 842 allows lessees an option to not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities
arising from short-term leases. A short-term lease is defined as a lease with an initial term of 12 months or less. The
Company elected to not recognize short-term leases as ROU assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet. All short-
term leases which are not included on the Company’s balance sheet will be recognized within lease expense. Leases
that have an initial term of 12 months or less with an option for renewal will need to be assessed in order to determine
if  the lease qualifies for the short-term lease exception. If the option is reasonably certain to be exercised, the lease
does not qualify as a short-term lease.

Lease  vs  non-lease  components  —  The  Company  elected  to  combine  lease  and  non-lease  components  as  a  single
component and the total consideration for the arrangements was accounted for as a lease.

94

The following table presents the balance sheet location of the Company’s operating leases.

ROU assets:

 Other assets

Lease liabilities:

 Other current liabilities

 Other liabilities

 Total lease liabilities

September 30, 
2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

116.3 

23.6 

103.0 

126.6 

The following table presents maturities of the Company’s operating lease liabilities as of September 30, 2020, presented 

under ASC Topic 842.

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023

Fiscal 2024

Fiscal 2025

Thereafter 

 Total future minimum payments

 Less: Implied interest

 Total lease liabilities

September 30, 
2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

28.7 

27.7 

24.4 

17.7 

11.9 

39.9 

150.3 

23.7 

126.6 

The  following  table  presents  future  minimum  rental  payments  under  the  Company’s  noncancelable  operating  lease 

agreements as of September 30, 2019, presented under ASC Topic 840. 

Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2022

Fiscal 2023

Fiscal 2024

Thereafter 

September 30,
2019

$ 

28.3 

29.0 

28.1 

25.4 

19.2 

77.3 

 Total future minimum payments (a)

$ 

207.3 

(a) Future minimum payments as of September 30, 2019 included $36.0 related to a real estate lease, consisting of land and a building, that
was purchased by the Company in December 2019 and the Company de-recognized both a ROU asset and lease liability of $23.1 and
recognized the assets as property on the balance sheet.

As reported under ASC Topic 842, operating lease expense for the year ended September 30, 2020 was $42.0. Of the total
operating lease expense incurred during the year ended September 30, 2020, $5.1 related to variable lease costs and $7.5 related 
to short-term lease costs. As reported under ASC Topic 840, rent expense during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 
was $40.1 and $41.3, respectively. Operating cash flows for amounts included in the measurement of the Company’s operating 
lease  liabilities  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020  were  $29.6.  ROU  assets  obtained  in  exchange  for  operating  lease 
liabilities during the year ended September 30, 2020 were $5.6. The weighted average remaining lease term of the Company’s 
operating leases as of September 30, 2020 was approximately 7 years and the weighted average IBR was 4.4% as of September 
30, 2020.

95

NOTE 17 — LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt as of the dates indicated consists of the following:

4.625% Senior Notes maturing April 2030

5.50% Senior Notes maturing December 2029

5.625% Senior Notes maturing January 2028

5.50% Senior Notes maturing March 2025

5.75% Senior Notes maturing March 2027

5.00% Senior Notes maturing August 2026

8.00% Senior Notes maturing July 2025

Term Loan

BellRing Term B Facility

BellRing Revolving Credit Facility

Municipal bond

Capital lease

Less: Current Portion

Debt issuance costs, net

Plus: Unamortized premium

Total long-term debt

Senior Notes 

September 30,

2020

2019

$  1,650.0  $ 

750.0 

940.9 

— 

1,299.3 

1,697.3 

— 

— 

673.7 

30.0 

8.5 

— 

— 

750.0 

940.9 

1,000.0 

1,299.3 

1,697.3 

122.2 

1,309.5 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

7,049.7 

7,119.3 

64.9 

62.6 

36.8 

13.5 

69.0 

29.2 

$  6,959.0  $  7,066.0 

On August 18, 2015, the Company issued $400.0 principal value of 8.00% senior notes maturing in July 2025. The 8.00% 
senior notes were issued at par, and the Company received $396.0 after paying related fees of $4.0, which were deferred and 
were being amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. 

On  August  3,  2016,  the  Company  issued  $1,750.0  principal  value  of  5.00%  senior  notes  maturing  in  August  2026.  The 
5.00%  senior  notes  were  issued  at  par,  and  the  Company  received  $1,725.7  after  paying  related  fees  of  $24.3,  which  were 
deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 5.00% senior notes are 
due  semi-annually  each  February  15  and  August  15.  On  February  8,  2019,  the  Company  received  consents  (the  “Requisite 
Consents”)  from  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  its  outstanding  5.00%  senior  notes  to  approve 
amendments to the indenture relating to the 5.00% senior notes (the “Indenture”). Following receipt of the Requisite Consents, 
the Company, its subsidiary guarantors and the trustee for the Indenture executed a supplemental indenture to give effect to the 
amendments.  The  supplemental  indenture  more  closely  aligned  certain  provisions  of  the  Indenture  with  the  comparable 
provisions included in the indentures for the Company’s other senior notes, specifically to (i) add an exception to the restricted 
payments covenant in the Indenture and (ii) revise the “Permitted Investments” definition in the Indenture to add an additional 
category of Permitted Investments under the Indenture. In connection with the required consents, the Company incurred $8.4 of 
debt  modification  costs  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  which  were  deferred  and  will  be  amortized  to  interest 
expense  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  5.00%  senior  notes,  and  recorded  expense  of  $1.3  in  the  year  ended  September  30, 
2019, which was included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

On February 14, 2017, the Company issued $1,000.0 principal value of 5.50% senior notes maturing in March 2025 and 
$750.0 principal value of 5.75% senior notes maturing in March 2027. The 5.50% senior notes maturing in March 2025 and the 
5.75% senior notes were each issued at par, and the Company received $1,725.4 after paying related fees of $24.6, which were 
deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. On August 10, 2017, the Company issued an 
additional $750.0 principal value of 5.75% senior notes maturing in March 2027. The additional 5.75% senior notes were issued 
at 105.5% of par value, and the Company received $784.0 after paying related fees of $7.2, which were deferred and are being 
amortized  to  interest  expense  over  the  term  of  the  5.75%  senior  notes.  The  premium  related  to  the  5.75%  senior  notes  was 
recorded  as  an  unamortized  premium,  and  is  being  amortized  as  a  reduction  to  interest  expense  over  the  term  of  the  notes. 
Interest payments on the 5.75% senior notes are due semi-annually each March 1 and September 1.

On December 1, 2017, the Company issued $1,000.0 principal value of 5.625% senior notes maturing in January 2028. The 
5.625%  senior  notes  were  issued  at  par,  and  the  Company  received  $990.6  after  paying  related  fees  of  $9.4,  which  were 

96

deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 5.625% senior notes 
are due semi-annually each January 15 and July 15.

On  July  3,  2019,  the  Company  issued  $750.0  principal  value  of  5.50%  senior  notes  maturing  in  December  2029.  The 
5.50%  senior  notes  maturing  in  December  2029  were  issued  at  par,  and  the  Company  received  $743.0  after  incurring 
investment banking and other fees and expenses of $7.0, which were deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over 
the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 5.50% senior notes maturing in December 2029 are due semi-annually each June 
15 and December 15. 

On February 26, 2020, the Company issued $1,250.0 principal value of 4.625% senior notes maturing in April 2030. The 
4.625% senior notes were issued at par, and the Company received $1,241.0 after incurring investment banking and other fees 
and  expenses  of  $9.0,  which  were  deferred  and  are  being  amortized  to  interest  expense  over  the  term  of  the  notes.  Interest 
payments on the 4.625% senior notes are due semi-annually each April 15 and October 15, beginning on October 15, 2020. On 
August 14, 2020, the Company issued an additional $400.0 principal value of 4.625% senior notes maturing in April 2030. The 
additional  4.625%  senior  notes  were  issued  at  a  price  of  105.5%  of  the  par  value  and  the  Company  received  $417.5  after 
incurring  investment  banking  and  other  fees  and  expenses  of  $4.5  which  were  deferred  and  are  being  amortized  to  interest 
expense over the term of the notes. The premium related to the 4.625% senior notes was recorded as an unamortized premium, 
and is being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the term of the notes. 

All of the Company’s senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured 
basis  by  each  of  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  domestic  subsidiaries,  other  than  immaterial  subsidiaries,  receivables 
finance subsidiaries and subsidiaries the Company designated as unrestricted subsidiaries, which such unrestricted subsidiaries 
includes 8th Avenue and its subsidiaries and BellRing Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries. These guarantees are subject to release 
in certain circumstances.

Credit Agreement

On  March  28,  2017,  the  Company  entered  into  an  amended  and  restated  credit  agreement  (the  “First  AR  Credit 
Agreement”). On March 18, 2020, the Company entered into a second amended and restated credit agreement (the “Second AR 
Credit Agreement”). The Second AR Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount 
of  $750.0  (the  “Revolving  Credit  Facility”),  with  the  commitments  thereunder  to  be  made  available  to  the  Company  in  U.S. 
Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros and Pounds Sterling. Letters of credit are available under the Second AR Credit Agreement in 
an aggregate amount of up to $75.0. The Company incurred $3.6 of issuance costs in connection with entering into the Second 
AR Credit Agreement, which were deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Second AR Credit 
Agreement.  Additionally,  the  Company  recorded  write-offs  of  debt  issuance  costs  of  $0.8  in  the  year  ended  September  30, 
2020, which were included in “Loss on extinguishment of debt, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company borrowed $500.0 under the Revolving Credit Facility and repaid 
$500.0 on the Revolving Credit Facility. The proceeds under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used for working capital, 
general  corporate  or  other  purposes  as  permitted  by  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  The  Revolving  Credit  Facility  has 
outstanding letters of credit of $18.8, which reduced the available borrowing capacity under the Revolving Credit Facility to 
$731.2  at  September  30,  2020.  Any  outstanding  amounts  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  must  be  repaid  on  or  before 
March 18, 2025.

The  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  potential  incremental  revolving  and  term  facilities  at  the  request  of  the 
Company and at the discretion of the lenders or other persons providing such incremental facilities, in each case on terms to be 
determined,  and  also  permits  the  Company  to  incur  other  secured  or  unsecured  debt,  in  all  cases  subject  to  conditions  and 
limitations on the amount as specified in the Second AR Credit Agreement.

The Second AR Credit Agreement permits the Company to designate certain of its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries 
and once so designated, permits the disposition of (and authorizes the release of liens on) the assets of, and the equity interests 
in, such unrestricted subsidiaries and permits the release of such unrestricted subsidiaries as guarantors under the Second AR 
Credit Agreement. The Company’s obligations under the Second AR Credit Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by its 
existing  and  subsequently  acquired  or  organized  direct  and  indirect  domestic  subsidiaries  (other  than  immaterial  domestic 
subsidiaries, certain excluded subsidiaries and subsidiaries the Company designates as unrestricted subsidiaries, which include 
8th  Avenue  and  its  subsidiaries  and  BellRing  Brands,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries)  and  are  secured  by  security  interests  in 
substantially all of the Company’s assets and the assets of its subsidiary guarantors, but excluding, in each case, real property.

Borrowings  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  bear  interest,  at  the  option  of  the  Company,  at  an  annual  rate  equal  to 
either (a) the Eurodollar rate or (b) the base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal 
funds rate plus 0.50% per annum and (iii) the one-month Eurodollar rate plus 1.00% per annum, in each case plus an applicable 
margin, which initially were 1.50% for Eurodollar rate-based loans and 0.50% for base rate-based loans, and thereafter, will be 
determined by reference to the secured net leverage ratio (as defined in the Second AR Credit Agreement), with the applicable 

97

margin for Eurodollar rate loans and base rate loans being (i) 2.00% and 1.00%, respectively, if the secured net leverage ratio is 
greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00, (ii) 1.75% and 0.75%, respectively, if the secured net leverage ratio is less than 3.00:1.00 and 
greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00 or (iii) 1.50% and 0.50%, respectively, if the secured net leverage ratio is less than 1.50:1.00. 
Commitment fees on the daily unused amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility initially accrued at the rate 
of 0.25%, and thereafter, will accrue at a rate of 0.375% if the Company’s secured net leverage ratio is greater than 3.00:1.00, 
and will accrue at a rate of 0.25% if the Company’s secured net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.00:1.00.

The Second AR Credit Agreement provides for customary events of default, including material breach of representations 
and  warranties,  failure  to  make  required  payments,  failure  to  comply  with  certain  agreements  or  covenants,  failure  to  pay  or 
default under certain other indebtedness in excess of $100.0, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, inability to pay debts, 
the occurrence of one or more unstayed or undischarged judgments in excess of $100.0, attachments issued against all or any 
material  part  of  the  Company’s  property,  certain  events  under  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974 
(“ERISA”), a change of control (as defined in the Second AR Credit Agreement), the invalidity of any loan document and the 
failure of the collateral documents to create a valid and perfected first priority lien (subject to certain permitted liens). Upon the 
occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the maturity of the loans under the Second AR Credit Agreement 
may  accelerate  and  the  agent  and  lenders  under  the  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement  may  exercise  other  rights  and  remedies 
available  at  law  or  under  the  loan  documents,  including  with  respect  to  the  collateral  and  guarantees  of  the  Company’s 
obligations under the Second AR Credit Agreement.

2020 Bridge Loan

On  October  11,  2019,  in  connection  with  the  IPO  and  the  formation  transactions,  the  Company  entered  into  a 
$1,225.0  bridge  facility  agreement  (the  “2020  Bridge  Loan  Facility”)  and  borrowed  $1,225.0  under  the  2020  Bridge  Loan 
Facility  (the  “2020  Bridge  Loan”).  On  October  21,  2019,  BellRing  entered  into  a  borrower  assignment  and  assumption 
agreement with the Company and the administrative agent under the 2020 Bridge Loan Facility, under which BellRing became 
the  borrower  under  the  2020  Bridge  Loan  and  assumed  all  interest  of  $2.2  thereunder,  and  the  Company  and  its  subsidiary 
guarantors  (other  than  BellRing  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries)  were  released  from  all  material  obligations  thereunder.  The 
Company  retained  the  net  cash  proceeds  of  the  2020  Bridge  Loan,  and  following  the  assumption  by  BellRing  of  the  2020 
Bridge Loan Facility, used the cash proceeds of the 2020 Bridge Loan to repay a portion of the $1,309.5 outstanding principal 
balance of its Term Loan (as defined below). The domestic subsidiaries of BellRing continued to guarantee the 2020 Bridge 
Loan,  and  BellRing’s  obligations  under  the  2020  Bridge  Loan  became  secured  by  a  first  priority  security  interest  in 
substantially  all  of  the  assets  (other  than  real  property)  of  BellRing  and  in  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  its  subsidiary 
guarantors. On October 21, 2019, the 2020 Bridge Loan was repaid in full by BellRing. In connection with the 2020 Bridge 
Loan Facility, the Company incurred issuance costs of $19.1, of which $15.3 were refunded to the Company at the closing of 
the  IPO  on  October  21,  2019,  and  the  remaining  $3.8  of  issuance  costs  were  written  off  and  included  in  “Loss  on 
extinguishment of debt, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2020.

2018 Bridge Loan

On September 24, 2018, in connection with the 8th Avenue Transactions (see Note 6), the Company entered into a $625.0 
bridge  facility  agreement  (the  “2018  Bridge  Loan  Facility”)  and  borrowed  $625.0  under  the  Bridge  Loan  Facility  (the  2018 
Bridge Loan, as defined in Note 6). The 2018 Bridge Loan bore interest at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate (as 
such term is defined in the 2018 Bridge Loan Facility) plus 450 basis points. In connection with the 2018 Bridge Loan Facility, 
the Company incurred issuance costs of $10.4, of which $7.8 were refunded to the Company at the closing of the 8th Avenue 
Transactions  on  October  1,  2018,  and  the  remaining  $2.6  of  issuance  costs  were  written  off  and  included  in  “Loss  on 
extinguishment of debt, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2019 (see Note 6). 
Upon the closing of the 8th Avenue Transactions on October 1, 2018, the 2018 Bridge Loan was assumed by 8th Avenue and 
the  Company  (other  than  8th  Avenue  and  its  subsidiaries)  was  released  from  its  repayment  obligations  thereunder  while 
retaining the proceeds from the 2018 Bridge Loan.

Term Loans

On May 24, 2017, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement No. 1 (“Joinder No. 1”). Joinder No.1 provided for an 
incremental term loan of $1,200.0 (the “Joinder No. 1 Term Loan”) under the First AR Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Joinder 
No. 1, the Company borrowed $1,200.0 and used a portion of the proceeds to fund payments to holders of the Company’s then 
outstanding  8.00%  senior  notes  and  then  outstanding  7.75%  senior  notes  who  tendered  their  notes  in  connection  with  the 
Company’s tender offer and whose notes were accepted for purchase and to pay related fees and expenses. On June 29, 2017, 
the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement No. 2 (“Joinder No. 2”). Joinder No. 2 provided for an incremental term loan of 
$1,000.0  (the  “  Joinder  No.  2  Term  Loan”)  under  the  First  AR  Credit  Agreement.  Pursuant  to  Joinder  No.  2,  the  Company 
borrowed $1,000.0 and used the proceeds, together with cash on hand, to finance its fiscal 2017 acquisition of Latimer Newco 2 
Limited (“Latimer”), and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, including Weetabix Limited. The Joinder No. 2 Term 
Loan  was  combined  with  the  outstanding  amounts  under  the  Joinder  No.1  Term  Loan  (collectively  the  “Term  Loan”).  On 

98

March 8, 2018, the Company entered into a second amendment to the First AR Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”). 
Under the Second Amendment, the interest rate margin for the Term Loan was reduced by 25 basis points such that a Term 
Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan accrues interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.00% per annum, and a Term Loan that is a 
Base  Rate  Loan  accrues  interest  at  the  Base  Rate  plus  1.00%  per  annum  (as  such  terms  were  defined  in  the  First  AR  Credit 
Agreement). All other material provisions of the Credit Agreement remained unchanged. The interest rate on the Term Loan 
was 4.04% at September 30, 2019.

Municipal Bond

In connection with the ongoing construction of a filtration system at the Company’s potato plant in Chaska, Minnesota, the 
Company  continues  to  incur  debt  that  guarantees  the  repayment  of  certain  industrial  revenue  bonds  used  to  finance  the 
construction of the project. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company received $2.2 in proceeds related to the 
municipal bond and repaid $1.1 related to the municipal bond. Principal payments are due annually on March 1, and interest 
payments are due semi-annually each March 1 and September 1. The debt matures on March 1, 2028.

BellRing’s Credit Agreement and Senior Debt Facilities

On October 21, 2019, BellRing entered into a credit agreement (the “BellRing Credit Agreement”), which provides for a 
term B loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $700.0 (the “BellRing Term B Facility”) and a revolving credit facility 
in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $200.0  (the  “BellRing  Revolving  Credit  Facility”),  with  the  commitments  under  the 
BellRing  Revolving  Credit  Facility  to  be  made  available  to  BellRing  in  U.S.  Dollars,  Euros  and  Pounds  Sterling.  Letters  of 
credit  are  available  under  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement  in  an  aggregate  amount  of  up  to  $20.0.  The  outstanding  amounts 
under the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility and BellRing Term B Facility must be repaid on or before October 21, 2024.

On  October  21,  2019,  BellRing  borrowed  the  full  amount  under  the  BellRing  Term  B  Facility  and  $100.0  under  the 
BellRing  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  The  BellRing  Term  B  Facility  was  issued  at  98.0%  of  par  and  BellRing 
received  $776.4  from  the  BellRing  Term  B  Facility  and  BellRing  Revolving  Credit  Facility  after  accounting  for  the  original 
issue discount of $14.0 and paying investment banking and other fees of $9.6, which were deferred and are being amortized to 
interest expense over the terms of the loans. BellRing used the proceeds, together with the net proceeds of the IPO that were 
contributed to it by BellRing Brands, Inc., (i) to repay in full the $1,225.0 of borrowings under the 2020 Bridge Loan and all 
interest thereunder and related costs and expenses, (ii) to pay directly, or reimburse the Company for, as applicable, all fees and 
expenses  incurred  by  BellRing  Brands,  Inc.,  BellRing  or  the  Company  in  connection  with  the  IPO  and  the  formation 
transactions,  (iii)  to  reimburse  the  Company  for  the  amount  of  cash  on  BellRing’s  balance  sheet  immediately  prior  to  the 
completion of the IPO and (iv) for general corporate and working capital purposes, as well as to repay $20.0 of outstanding 
borrowings under the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility. 

During the year ended September 30, 2020, BellRing borrowed $195.0 under the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility and 
repaid $165.0 on the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2020, the available borrowing capacity under the 
BellRing Revolving Credit Facility was $170.0 and there were no outstanding letters of credit.

Borrowings under the BellRing Term B Facility bear interest, at the option of BellRing, at an annual rate equal to either 
(a) the Eurodollar rate or (b) the base rate determined by reference to the greatest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds
effective  rate  plus  0.50%  per  annum  and  (iii)  the  one-month  Eurodollar  rate  plus  1.00%  per  annum,  in  each  case  plus  an
applicable margin of 5.00% for Eurodollar rate-based loans and 4.00% for base rate-based loans. The BellRing Term B Facility
requires quarterly scheduled amortization payments of $8.75, which began on March 31, 2020, with the balance to be paid at
maturity on October 21, 2024. Interest was paid on each Interest Payment Date (as defined in the BellRing Credit Agreement)
during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  The  BellRing  Term  B  Facility  contains  customary  mandatory  prepayment
provisions,  including  provisions  for  mandatory  prepayment  (a)  from  the  net  cash  proceeds  of  certain  asset  sales  and
(b) beginning  with  the  fiscal  year  ending  September  30,  2020,  of  75%  of  consolidated  excess  cash  flow  (as  defined  in  the
BellRing  Credit  Agreement)  (which  percentage  will  be  reduced  to  50%  if  the  secured  net  leverage  ratio  (as  defined  in  the
BellRing Credit Agreement) is less than or equal to 3.35:1.00 as of a fiscal year end). The Company classified $28.8 related to
this mandatory prepayment of excess cash flow in “Current portion of long-term debt” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
September 30, 2020. BellRing may prepay the BellRing Term B Facility at its option without penalty or premium. The interest
rate on the BellRing Term B Facility was 6.00% at September 30, 2020.

Borrowings under the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at the option of BellRing, at an annual rate equal to 
either  the  Eurodollar  rate  or  the  base  rate  (determined  as  described  above)  plus  a  margin,  which  initially  were  4.25%  for 
Eurodollar rate-based loans and 3.25% for base rate-based loans, and thereafter, will be determined by reference to the secured 
net  leverage  ratio,  with  the  applicable  margin  for  Eurodollar  rate-based  loans  and  base  rate-based  loans  being  (i)  4.25%  and 
3.25%, respectively, if the secured net leverage ratio is greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00, (ii) 4.00% and 3.00%, respectively, if 
the  secured  net  leverage  ratio  is  less  than  3.50:1.00  and  greater  than  or  equal  to  2.50:1.00  or  (iii)  3.75%  and  2.75%, 
respectively, if the secured net leverage ratio is less than 2.50:1.00. Facility fees on the daily unused amount of commitments 
under  the  BellRing  Revolving  Credit  Facility  initially  accrued  at  the  rate  of  0.50%  per  annum  and  thereafter,  depending  on 

99

BellRing’s  secured  net  leverage  ratio,  will  accrue  at  rates  ranging  from  0.25%  to  0.50%  per  annum.  The  interest  rate  on  the 
drawn portion of the BellRing Revolving Credit Facility was 5.25% at September 30, 2020.

The BellRing Credit Agreement provides for incremental revolving and term facilities, and also permits other secured or 
unsecured  debt,  if,  among  other  conditions,  certain  financial  ratios  are  met,  as  defined  and  specified  in  the  BellRing  Credit 
Agreement.

The BellRing Credit Agreement provides for customary events of default, including material breach of representations and 
warranties, failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to pay or default 
under certain other material indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, inability to pay debts, the occurrence of 
one or more unstayed or undischarged judgments  in excess of $65.0, certain events under ERISA, the invalidity of any loan 
document, a change in control and the failure of the collateral documents to create a valid and perfected first priority lien. Upon 
the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, the maturity of the loans under the BellRing Credit Agreement 
may  accelerate  and  the  agent  and  lenders  under  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement  may  exercise  other  rights  and  remedies 
available at law or under the loan documents, including with respect to the collateral and guarantees of BellRing’s obligations 
under the BellRing Credit Agreement.

Obligations under the BellRing Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the existing and subsequently acquired or organized 
domestic subsidiaries of BellRing (other than immaterial subsidiaries, certain excluded subsidiaries and subsidiaries of BellRing 
it designates as unrestricted subsidiaries) and are secured by security interests in substantially all of the assets of BellRing and 
the assets of its subsidiary guarantors (other than real estate), subject to limited exceptions. The Company and its subsidiaries 
(other than BellRing and certain of its subsidiaries) are not obligors or guarantors under the BellRing debt facilities.

100

Repayments of Long-Term Debt

The following table shows the Company’s repayments of long-term debt and associated gain or loss included in “Loss on 

extinguishment of debt, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Repayments of Long-Term Debt

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt, net

Year Ended
September 
30,

Issuance

Principal 
Amount 
Repaid

Debt 
Repurchased 
at a Discount

Premium and 
Debt 
Extinguishment 
Costs Paid

Write-off of 
Debt Issuance 
Costs

Write-off of 
Unamortized 
Premium

Term Loan

$ 

1,309.5  $ 

—  $ 

2020 Bridge Loan
5.50% Senior Notes 
maturing in March 2025
Revolving Credit 
Facility
BellRing Revolving 
Credit Facility
8.00% Senior Notes
BellRing Term B 
Facility

Municipal bond
Second AR Credit 
Agreement

1,225.0 

1,000.0 

500.0 

165.0 
122.2 

26.3 

1.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—  $ 

— 

41.3 

— 

— 
8.5 

— 

— 

— 

9.1  $ 

3.8 

8.7 

— 

— 
0.7 

— 

— 

0.8 

2020

Total

Term Loan 
5.75% Senior Notes
5.625% Senior Notes
5.00% Senior Notes
Capital lease
2018 Bridge Loan (a)

2019

Total

6.00% Senior Notes
5.625% Senior Notes
5.75% Senior Notes
5.00% Senior Notes
8.00% Senior Notes
Term Loan (b)

2018

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,349.1  $ 

—  $ 

49.8  $ 

23.1  $ 

863.0  $ 
27.0 
20.0 
13.0 
0.1 
— 
923.1  $ 

630.0  $ 
39.1 
173.7 
39.7 
15.3 
22.0 
919.8  $ 

—  $ 

(1.5) 
(1.3) 
(1.2) 
— 
— 

(4.0)  $ 

—  $ 

(2.1) 
(3.1) 
(2.5) 
— 
— 

(7.7)  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

30.8  $ 
— 
— 
— 
2.0 
0.9 
33.7  $ 

7.6  $ 
0.3 
0.2 
0.1 
— 
2.6 
10.8  $ 

6.5  $ 
0.4 
1.9 
0.4 
0.1 
0.4 
9.7  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(0.7) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(0.7) 

— 
— 
(4.6) 
— 
— 
— 
(4.6) 

(a)

In connection with the assumption of the 2018 Bridge Loan by 8th Avenue discussed above, the Company recorded a write-off of debt
issuance  costs  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019  for  costs  that  were  not  refunded  upon  the  closing  of  the  8th  Avenue
Transactions.

(b)

In connection with the Second Amendment entered into on March 8, 2018, the Company paid debt extinguishment costs and recorded a
write-off of debt issuance costs.

Debt Covenants

Second AR Credit Agreement

Under  the  terms  of  the  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement,  the  Company  is  required  to  comply  with  a  financial  covenant 
consisting of a secured net leverage ratio (as defined in the Second AR Credit Agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured 
as  of  the  last  day  of  any  fiscal  quarter,  if,  as  of  the  last  day  of  such  fiscal  quarter,  the  aggregate  outstanding  amount  of  all 
revolving credit loans, swing line loans and letter of credit obligations (subject to certain exceptions specified in the Second AR 
Credit  Agreement)  exceeds  30%  of  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  commitments.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  the  Company 
was  not  required  to  comply  with  such  financial  covenant  as  the  aggregate  amount  of  the  aforementioned  obligations  did  not 
exceed 30% of the Company’s revolving credit commitments. 

101

The  Second  AR  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  incremental  revolving  and  term  loan  facilities,  and  also  permits  other 
secured or unsecured debt, if, among other conditions, certain financial ratios are met, as defined and specified in the Second 
AR Credit Agreement.

BellRing Credit Agreement

Under  the  terms  of  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement,  BellRing  is  required  to  comply  with  a  financial  covenant  requiring 
BellRing  to  maintain  a  total  net  leverage  ratio  (as  defined  in  the  BellRing  Credit  Agreement)  not  to  exceed  6.00  to  1.00, 
measured as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The total net leverage ratio of BellRing did not exceed this threshold as of 
September 30, 2020.

The BellRing Credit Agreement provides for incremental revolving and term facilities, and also permits other secured or 
unsecured  debt,  if,  among  other  conditions,  certain  financial  ratios  are  met,  as  defined  and  specified  in  the  BellRing  Credit 
Agreement.

NOTE 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings 

Antitrust Claims

In late 2008 and early 2009, approximately 22 class action lawsuits were filed in various federal courts against Michael 
Foods, Inc. (“MFI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and approximately 20 other defendants (producers of shell 
eggs and egg products and egg industry organizations), alleging violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with 
the  production  and  sale  of  shell  eggs  and  egg  products,  and  seeking  unspecified  damages.  All  cases  were  transferred  to  the 
Eastern District of Pennsylvania for coordinated and/or consolidated pretrial proceedings.

The cases involved three plaintiff groups: (i) a nationwide class of direct purchasers of shell eggs (the “direct purchaser 
class”); (ii) individual companies (primarily large grocery chains and food companies that purchase considerable quantities of 
eggs)  that  opted  out  of  various  settlements  and  filed  their  own  complaints  related  to  their  purchases  of  shell  eggs  and  egg 
products (“opt-out plaintiffs”); and (iii) indirect purchasers of shell eggs (“indirect purchaser plaintiffs”). 

Resolution of claims: To date, MFI has resolved the following claims, including all class claims: (i) in December 2016, 
MFI  settled  all  claims  asserted  against  it  by  the  direct  purchaser  class  for  a  payment  of  $75.0,  which  was  approved  by  the 
district court in December 2017; (ii) in January 2017, MFI settled all claims asserted against it by opt-out plaintiffs related to 
shell  egg  purchases  on  confidential  terms;  (iii)  in  June  2018,  MFI  settled  all  claims  asserted  against  it  by  indirect  purchaser 
plaintiffs  on  confidential  terms;  and  (iv)  between  June  2019  and  September  2019,  MFI  individually  settled  on  confidential 
terms egg product opt-out claims asserted against it by four separate opt-out plaintiffs. MFI has at all times denied liability in 
this matter, and no settlement contains any admission of liability by MFI.

Remaining  portion  of  the  cases:  MFI  remains  a  defendant  only  with  respect  to  claims  that  seek  damages  based  on 
purchases of egg products by three opt-out plaintiffs. The district court had granted summary judgment precluding any claims 
for  egg  products  purchases  by  such  opt-out  plaintiffs,  but  the  Third  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  reversed  and  remanded  these 
claims  for  further  pre-trial  proceedings.  Defendants  filed  a  second  motion  for  summary  judgment  seeking  dismissal  of  the 
claims, which was denied in June 2019. The remaining opt-out plaintiffs have not yet been assigned trial dates.

Although  the  likelihood  of  a  material  adverse  outcome  in  the  egg  antitrust  litigation  has  been  significantly  reduced  as  a 
result  of  the  MFI  settlements  described  above,  the  remaining  portion  of  the  cases  could  still  result  in  a  material  adverse 
outcome.  At  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  accrued  $3.5  and  $6.2,  respectively,  for  this  matter  that  was 
included in “Other current liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company records reserves for litigation losses 
in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies.” Under ASC Topic 450, a loss contingency is recorded if a loss is probable 
and can be reasonably estimated. The Company records probable loss contingencies based on the best estimate of the loss. If a 
range of loss can be reasonably estimated, but no single amount within the range appears to be a better estimate than any other 
amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued. These estimates are often initially developed earlier than 
when  the  ultimate  loss  is  known,  and  the  estimates  are  adjusted  if  additional  information  becomes  known.  Although  the 
Company  believes  its  accruals  for  this  matter  are  appropriate,  the  final  amounts  required  to  resolve  such  matter  could  differ 
materially from recorded estimates and the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows 
could be materially affected.

During the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company expensed $5.0 and $8.3 related to these settlements, 
respectively,  which  was  included  in  “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations. No expense was recorded in the year ended September 30, 2020 related to these matters. Under current law, any 

102

settlement paid, including the settlements with the direct purchaser plaintiffs, the opt-out plaintiffs and the indirect purchaser 
plaintiffs, is deductible for federal income tax purposes.

Bob Evans Appraisal Proceedings

Prior to completion of the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans on January 12, 2018, Bob Evans received demands from 
certain stockholders demanding appraisal of their shares of Bob Evans common stock. After the completion of the acquisition, 
several such former stockholders filed petitions in the Delaware Court of Chancery (Arbitrage Fund v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc. 
filed on January 23, 2018; Blue Mountain Credit Alternatives Master Fund L.P., et al. v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc. filed on April 
30, 2018; and 2017 Clarendon LLC, et al. v. Bob Evans Farms, Inc. filed on April 30, 2018) seeking appraisal of their shares of 
Bob  Evans  common  stock  pursuant  to  Section  262  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (“Section  262”).  The  lawsuits 
sought  appraisal  for  such  shares,  plus  statutory  interest,  as  well  as  the  costs  of  the  proceedings  and  such  other  relief  as 
appropriate.  Under  Section  262,  persons  who  were  stockholders  at  the  time  of  the  closing  were  entitled  to  have  their  shares 
appraised by the Delaware Court of Chancery and receive payment of the “fair value” of such shares (plus statutory interest) as 
determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery. In May 2018, the court consolidated the lawsuits into one action.

In  December  2018,  the  Company  settled  with  one  petitioner,  Arbitrage  Fund,  and  Arbitrage  Fund  was  dismissed  with 
prejudice  from  the  consolidated  action.  In  addition,  in  December  2018,  the  Company  pre-paid  the  $77.00  per  share  merger 
consideration  to  the  Blue  Mountain  and  2017  Clarendon  petitioners,  effectively  stopping  the  continued  accrual  of  statutory 
interest on that amount. The Company made total payments of $257.6, inclusive of the aforementioned prepayment of $77.00 
per  share  merger  consideration,  related  to  these  matters  in  fiscal  2019.  In  September  2019,  the  Company  reached  settlement 
terms on a confidential basis with the remaining petitioners regarding their outstanding appraisal claims. The settlement was 
finalized  and  the  remaining  portion  of  the  case  was  dismissed  in  October  2019.  All  former  Bob  Evans  stockholders  who 
demanded appraisal of their shares were paid for their shares of Bob Evans common stock.

At  September  30,  2019,  the  Company  had  an  accrual  of  $19.1,  which  was  reported  in  “Other  current  liabilities”  on  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. All remaining cash payments related to these matters were made in October 2019 and there was no 
accrual reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2020. During the years ended September 30, 2019 and 
2018,  the  Company  expensed  $9.7  and  $13.4,  respectively,  related  to  these  matters.  The  expense  was  included  in  “Selling, 
general  and  administrative  expenses”  and  “Interest  expense,  net”  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations  for  the  year 
ended  September  30,  2019  and  in  “Interest  expense,  net”  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations  for  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2018. No expense was recorded in the year ended September 30, 2020 related to these matters.

Other

The  Company  is  subject  to  various  other  legal  proceedings  and  actions  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  In  the 
opinion of management, based upon the information presently known, the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such pending 
legal proceedings, as well as from asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims which are likely to be asserted, taking 
into  account  established  accruals  for  estimated  liabilities  (if  any),  are  not  expected  to  be  material  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate to the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. In addition, although it is 
difficult to estimate the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for compliance with regulatory matters, in 
the opinion of management, based upon the information currently available, the ultimate liability arising from such compliance 
matters  is  not  expected  to  be  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows  of  the 
Company.

Bob Evans Lease Guarantees

Historically,  Bob  Evans  guaranteed  certain  payment  and  performance  obligations  associated  with  the  leases  for  143 
properties  (the  “Guarantees”)  leased  by  the  restaurant  business  formerly  owned  by  Bob  Evans  (the  “Bob  Evans  Restaurant 
Business”). The Guarantees remained in effect following the Company’s acquisition of Bob Evans. In the event the Bob Evans 
Restaurant Business fails to meet its payment and performance obligations under these leases, subject in certain cases to certain 
early  termination  allowances,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  make  rent  and  other  payments  to  the  landlord  under  the 
requirements  of  the  Guarantees.  Should  the  Company,  as  guarantor  of  the  lease  obligations,  be  required  to  make  all  lease 
payments due for the remaining term of the leases subsequent to September 30, 2020, the maximum amount the Company may 
be  required  to  pay  is  equal  to  the  annual  rent  amount  for  the  remainder  of  the  lease  terms.  The  current  annual  rent  on  these 
leases is $13.9 and will increase up to 1.5% annually based on indexed inflation. The lease terms for the majority of the leases 
extend for approximately 17 years from September 30, 2020, and the Guarantees would remain in effect in the event the leases 
are extended for a renewal period. In the event the Company is obligated to make payments under any of the Guarantees, the 
Company  believes  its  exposure  is  limited  due  to  protections  and  recourse  available  in  the  leases  associated  with  the  leased 
properties,  including  a  requirement  of  the  landlord  to  mitigate  damages  by  re-letting  the  properties  in  default.  While  the 
COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the restaurants industry generally, including the Bob Evans Restaurant Business, the Bob 
Evans Restaurant Business was able to amend certain of its leases during fiscal 2020 in order to ensure that it continues to meet 

103

its  obligations  under  these  leases,  and  there  is  no  indication  that  the  obligations  will  not  continue  to  be  met.  As  such,  the 
Company believes the fair value of the Guarantees is immaterial as of September 30, 2020.

NOTE 19 — PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Company maintains qualified defined benefit plans in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada for certain employees primarily 
within its Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments. Certain of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate in the 
Company’s postretirement benefit plans (partially subsidized retiree health and life insurance). The following disclosures reflect 
amounts  related  to  the  Company’s  employees  based  on  separate  actuarial  valuations,  projections  and  certain  allocations. 
Amounts for the Canadian plans are included in the North America disclosures and are not disclosed separately because they do 
not  constitute  a  significant  portion  of  the  combined  amounts.  With  respect  to  defined  benefits  for  Canadian  Post  Consumer 
Brands  employees,  eligibility  is  frozen  to  new  entrants  and  benefit  accrual  is  frozen  for  salaried  employees.  With  respect  to 
defined benefits for U.S. Post Consumer Brands employees, eligibility is frozen to new employees and the benefit accruals are 
frozen for all administrative employees and certain production employees. The benefit accrual is frozen for salaried Weetabix 
North America employees in the U.S. With respect to Weetabix employees in the U.K participating in the executive and group 
schemes of the defined benefit pension plans, eligibility is frozen to new entrants and the benefit accrual is frozen with respect 
to participants.

104

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The  following  table  provides  a  reconciliation  of  the  changes  in  the  pension  plans’  benefit  obligations  and  fair  value  of 
assets over the two year period ended September 30, 2020 and a statement of the funded status and amounts recognized on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019.

Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants’ contributions
Prior service cost (a)
Actuarial loss 
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Benefit obligation at end of period

Change in fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
Funded status

Amounts recognized in assets or liabilities
Other assets
Other liabilities
Net amount recognized

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net actuarial loss (gain)
Prior service cost
Total

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit 
obligation
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Discount rate — Other international plans
Rate of compensation increase — U.S. plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Other international plans

North America
Year Ended
September 30,

2020

2019

Other International
Year Ended
September 30,

2020

2019

$  121.5 
4.3 
3.7 
0.5 
— 
6.6 
(5.4) 
(0.1) 
$  131.1 

$  119.7 
6.4 
0.4 
0.5 
(5.4) 
(0.1) 
121.5 
(9.6) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.2 
(9.8) 
(9.6) 

28.2 
0.3 
28.5 

$  100.9 
3.7 
4.1 
0.5 
— 
17.3 
(4.6) 
(0.4) 
$  121.5 

$  114.1 
9.8 
0.3 
0.5 
(4.6) 
(0.4) 
119.7 
(1.8) 

$ 

$  780.5 
— 
14.7 
— 
11.4 
17.6 
(25.9) 
36.1 
$  834.4 

$  946.9 
28.1 
— 
— 
(25.9) 
44.1 
993.2 
$  158.8 

$  691.2 
5.6 
18.9 
2.2 
1.5 
126.6 
(26.2) 
(39.3) 
$  780.5 

$  844.5 
169.9 
4.8 
2.2 
(26.2) 
(48.3) 
946.9 
$  166.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.3 
(2.1) 
(1.8) 

$  158.8 
— 
$  158.8 

$  166.4 
— 
$  166.4 

23.4 
0.4 
23.8 

$ 

$ 

(32.3) 
11.5 
(20.8) 

$ 

$ 

(46.5) 
0.1 
(46.4) 

 3.01 %
 2.71 %
n/a
 3.00 %
 2.75 %
n/a

 3.32 %
 2.84 %
n/a
 3.00 %
 2.75 %
n/a

n/a
n/a
 1.73 %
n/a
n/a
 2.65 %

n/a
n/a
 1.84 %
n/a
n/a
 2.55 %

(a) During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized prior service cost as a result of an amendment to the benefit plan
for  Weetabix  employees  in  the  U.K.  participating  in  the  group  scheme.  During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  the  Company
recognized  prior  service  cost  as  a  result  of  U.K.  high  court  rulings  made  in  connection  with  the  Guaranteed  Minimum  Pension  (the
“GMP”).

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  exceeded  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  North  American  pension  plans  at
September  30,  2020,  whereas  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  North  American  pension  plans  equaled  the  accumulated 
benefit obligation at September 30, 2019. The fair value of plan assets for the other international pension plans exceeded the 

105

accumulated benefit obligation at September 30, 2020 and 2019. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation for the North 
American  pension  plans  was  $129.3  and  $119.7  at  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  The  aggregate  accumulated 
benefit  obligation  for  the  other  international  pension  plans  was  $831.1  and  $776.4  at  September  30,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively.

The  following  tables  provide  the  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  for  the  pension  plans  including  amounts 
recognized in OCI. For the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, service cost was reported in “Cost of goods sold” 
and  “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  and  all  other  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  were  reported  in 
“Other income, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

North America
Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial loss
Recognized prior service cost
Net periodic benefit cost

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — U.S. plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Expected return on plan assets — U.S. plans
Expected return on plan assets — Canadian plans

$ 

$ 

4.3 
3.7 
(6.4) 
1.8 
0.1 
3.5 

$ 

$ 

3.7 
4.1 
(6.4) 
— 
0.1 
1.5 

$ 

$ 

4.2 
3.6 
(4.4) 
1.1 
0.1 
4.6 

 3.32 %
 2.84 %
 3.00 %
 2.75 %
 5.53 %
 5.75 %

 4.30 %
 3.53 %
 3.00 %
 2.75 %
 5.74 %
 5.75 %

 3.86 %
 3.63 %
 3.00 %
 2.69 %
 5.46 %
 6.00 %

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in Total Comprehensive 
Income
Net loss (gain)
Recognized loss
Recognized prior service cost
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax effects)

$ 

$ 

6.6 
(1.8) 
(0.1) 
4.7 

$ 

$ 

13.9 
— 
(0.1) 
13.8 

$ 

$ 

(3.7) 
(1.1) 
(0.1) 
(4.9) 

Other International
Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized curtailment (a)
Net periodic benefit income

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase
Expected return on plan assets

$  — 
14.7 
(24.6) 
— 
(9.9) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.6 
18.9 
(28.8) 
1.5 
(2.8) 

$ 

$ 

6.7 
19.6 
(31.7) 
— 
(5.4) 

 1.84 %
 2.55 %
 2.53 %

 2.81 %
 2.75 %
 3.51 %

 2.72 %
 2.70 %
 3.56 %

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in Total Comprehensive 
Income
Net loss (gain)
Prior service cost (b)
Recognized curtailment (a)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax effects)

$ 

$ 

14.2 
11.4 
— 
25.6 

$ 

$ 

(14.4) 
1.5 
(1.5) 
(14.4) 

$ 

$ 

8.2 
— 
— 
8.2 

106

(a)

In September 2019, the Company signed an amendment to the pension deed to close the defined benefit plan for Weetabix employees in
the U.K. participating in the group scheme. Eligibility is frozen to new entrants, and the benefit accrual is frozen with respect to current
participants. Due to the closure of the group scheme plan, the prior service cost recognized in accumulated OCI in connection with the
GMP high court rulings was reclassified to earnings during the year ended September 30, 2019.

(b) During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized prior service cost as a result of an amendment to the benefit plan
for  Weetabix  employees  in  the  U.K.  participating  in  the  group  scheme.  During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  the  Company
recognized prior service cost as a result of U.K. high court rulings made in connection with the GMP.

The Company expects to make contributions of $0.2 and zero to its defined benefit North American and other international

pension plans, respectively, during fiscal 2021.

The expected return on North American pension plan assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns 
of the various asset classes, using the target allocation. The broad target allocations are 55.6% equity securities, 40.8% fixed 
income and bonds, 2.6% real assets and 1.0% cash and cash equivalents. At September 30, 2020, equity securities were 58.3%, 
fixed income and bonds were 40.6%, real assets were 0.1% and cash and cash equivalents were 1.0% of the fair value of total 
plan assets, 99.5% of which was invested in passive index funds. At September 30, 2019, equity securities were 46.4%, fixed 
income and bonds were 47.3%, real assets were 5.3% and cash and cash equivalents were 1.0% of the fair value of total plan 
assets, 99.6% of which was invested in passive index funds. The allocation guidelines were established based on management’s 
determination of the appropriate risk posture and long-term objectives.

The  expected  return  on  other  international  pension  plan  assets  was  determined  based  on  historical  and  expected  future 
returns of the various asset classes, using the target allocation. The broad target allocations are 67.1% fixed income and bonds, 
30.2% liability driven investments, 2.5% real assets and 0.2% cash and cash equivalents. At September 30, 2020, fixed income 
and  bonds  were  69.6%,  liability  driven  investments  were  27.2%,  real  assets  were  1.3%  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents  were 
1.9% of the fair value of total plan assets, 34.4% of which was invested in passive index funds. At September 30, 2019, fixed 
income and bonds were 62.5%, liability driven investments were 30.1%, real assets was 1.7% and cash and cash equivalents 
were 5.7% of the fair value of total plan assets, 33.7% of which was invested in passive index funds. The allocation guidelines 
were  established  by  the  trustees  of  the  plan  based  on  their  determination  of  the  appropriate  risk  posture  and  long-term 
objectives after consulting with management.

The following tables present the North American and other international pension plans’ assets measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis and the basis for that measurement. The fair value of funds is based on quoted net asset values of the shares held 
by the plans at year end. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with fiscal 2020 presentation.

North America

$ 

Total

September 30, 2019
Level 1
9.9  $  —  $ 
5.3 
1.2 
16.4 
45.6 
51.3 
6.4 
103.3 
$  119.7  $ 

Level 2
9.9 
5.3 
— 
— 
1.2 
15.2 
1.2 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1.2  $  15.2 

Equities
Fixed income and bonds
Cash and cash equivalents

Fair value of plan assets in the fair value hierarchy

Equities
Fixed income and bonds
Real assets

Investments measured at net asset value (a)

Total plan assets

Total

September 30, 2020
Level 2
Level 1
$  10.5  $  —  $  10.5 
5.5 
— 
— 
1.3 
16.0 
1.3 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1.3  $  16.0 

5.5 
1.3 
17.3 
60.3 
43.8 
0.1 
104.2 
$  121.5  $ 

107

Fixed income and bonds
Liability driven instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Fair value of plan assets in the fair value hierarchy

Fixed income and bonds
Liability driven instruments
Real assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Investments measured at net asset value (a)

Total plan assets

Other International

Total

September 30, 2020
Level 2
Level 1
$  642.1  $  642.1  $  — 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
$  993.2  $  899.8  $  — 

241.6 
16.1 
899.8 
49.2 
28.6 
12.8 
2.8 
93.4 

241.6 
16.1 
899.8 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Total

September 30, 2019
Level 2
Level 1
$  554.8  $  554.8  $  — 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
$  946.9  $  864.7  $  — 

258.6 
51.3 
864.7 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

258.6 
51.3 
864.7 
37.0 
26.0 
16.5 
2.7 
82.2 

(a)

In accordance with ASC Topic 820-10, certain investments were measured at net asset value per share (“NAV”). In cases where the fair
value was measured at NAV using the practical expedient provided for in ASC Topic 820-10, the investments have not been classified in
the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy
to the tables above.

108

Other Postretirement Benefits

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the North American other postretirement benefit obligations 
over the two year period ended September 30, 2020. Besides the North American plans, the Company does not maintain any 
other postretirement benefit plans.

Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial loss
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Benefit obligation at end of period

Change in fair value of plan assets
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
Funded status

Amounts recognized in assets or liabilities
Other current liabilities
Other liabilities
Net amount recognized

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net actuarial loss
Prior service credit
Total

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans

Year Ended
September 30,

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

66.4 
0.6 
1.9 
4.6 
(2.7) 
(0.1) 
70.7 

2.7 
(2.7) 
— 
(70.7) 

(2.8) 
(67.9) 
(70.7) 

14.3 
(14.7) 
(0.4) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

55.2 
0.4 
2.1 
11.5 
(2.6) 
(0.2) 
66.4 

2.6 
(2.6) 
— 
(66.4) 

(2.5) 
(63.9) 
(66.4) 

10.3 
(19.4) 
(9.1) 

 2.79 %
 2.78 %
 2.75 %

 3.20 %
 2.86 %
 2.75 %

109

The  following  table  provides  the  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  cost  for  the  other  postretirement  benefit  plans 
including amounts recognized in OCI. For the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, service cost was reported in 
“Cost of goods sold” and “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and all other components of net periodic benefit cost 
were reported in “Other income, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Recognized net actuarial loss
Recognized prior service credit
Net periodic benefit cost

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans

Changes in benefit obligation recognized in Total Comprehensive Income
Net loss (gain)
Recognized net actuarial loss
Recognized prior service credit
Currency translation
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (before tax effects)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.6 
1.9 
0.6 
(4.7) 
(1.6) 

$ 

$ 

0.4 
2.1 
— 
(4.7) 
(2.2) 

 3.20 %
 2.86 %
 2.75 %

 4.27 %
 3.54 %
 2.75 %

4.6 
(0.6) 
4.7 
— 
8.7 

$ 

$ 

11.5 
— 
4.7 
— 
16.2 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.5 
2.1 
0.3 
(4.7) 
(1.8) 

 3.77 %
 3.69 %
 2.75 %

(9.9) 
(0.3) 
4.7 
0.4 
(5.1) 

For September 30, 2020 measurement purposes, the assumed annual rate of increase in the future per capita cost of covered 
health care benefits related to domestic plans for 2021 was 6.1% for participants both under the age of 65 and over the age of 
65, declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% for 2025 and beyond. For September 30, 2019 measurement purposes, the 
assumed annual rate of increase in the future per capita cost of covered health care benefits related to domestic plans for 2020 
was 6.3% for participants both under the age of 65 and over the age of 65, declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% for 
2025 and beyond. For September 30, 2020 and 2019 measurement purposes, the assumed annual rate of increase in the future 
per  capita  cost  of  covered  health  care  benefits  related  to  Canadian  plans  for  the  following  fiscal  year  was  5.0%  and  5.5%, 
respectively, declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 4.5% for 2021 and beyond for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 
2019. 

Additional Information

As of September 30, 2020, expected future benefit payments and related federal subsidy receipts (Medicare Part D) in the 

next ten fiscal years were as follows:

Pension benefits
Other benefits
Subsidy receipts

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2025- 
2029

$ 

25.2  $ 
2.9 
0.1 

26.3  $ 
3.2 
0.1 

27.3  $ 
3.5 
0.1 

28.5  $ 
3.6 
0.2 

29.8  $  168.9 
18.3 
3.6 
1.0 
0.2 

In addition to the defined benefit plans described above, the Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan under 
which  it  makes  matching  contributions.  The  Company  expensed  $18.4,  $17.9  and  $19.6  for  the  years  ended  September  30, 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

NOTE 20 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company’s employees, including BellRing employees, participate in Post’s 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Post 
2012  Plan”),  Post’s  2016  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Post  2016  Plan”)  and  Post’s  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the 
“Post  2019  Plan”)  (collectively,  the  “Post  Long-Term  Incentive  Plans”).  Subsequent  to  the  IPO,  BellRing’s  employees  also 
began participating in Belling’s 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “BellRing 2019 Plan”).

110

Post Long-Term Incentive Plans

On February 3, 2012, the Company established the Post 2012 Plan, which permitted the issuance of various stock-based 
compensation  awards  of  up  to  6.5  shares.  On  January  28,  2016,  the  Company’s  shareholders  approved  the  Post  2016  Plan, 
which permitted the issuance of stock-based compensation awards of up to 2.4 shares. Upon the effectiveness of the Post 2016 
Plan, all remaining shares available to be issued under the Post 2012 Plan were transferred to the Post 2016 Plan. On January 
24, 2019, the Company’s shareholders approved the Post 2019 Plan, which permits the issuance of stock-based compensation 
awards  of  up  to  1.2  shares,  plus  shares  remaining  to  be  issued  under  the  Post  2016  Plan  (including  any  shares  assumed 
thereunder from the Post 2012 Plan) which were transferred to the Post 2019 Plan upon its effectiveness. Awards issued under 
the Post Long-Term Incentive Plans have a maximum term of 10 years, provided, however, that the Corporate Governance and 
Compensation  Committee  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  may,  in  its  discretion,  grant  awards  with  a  longer  term  to 
participants who are located outside of the U.S.

The following disclosures reflect the details of Post’s Long-Term Incentive Plans, which includes BellRing employees who 

participate in such plans.

Total  compensation  cost  for  Post’s  cash  and  non-cash  stock-based  compensation  awards  recognized  in  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $47.1, $39.7 and $33.8, respectively, and the related recognized deferred tax benefit 
for  each  of  those  periods  was  approximately  $7.0,  $6.6  and  $7.8,  respectively.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  the  total 
compensation cost related to Post’s non-vested awards not yet recognized was $59.7, which is expected to be recognized over a 
weighted-average period of 1.7 years. 

Post Stock Appreciation Rights (“Post SSARs”)

Information  about  Post  SSARs  is  summarized  in  the  following  table.  Upon  exercise  of  each  Post  SSAR,  the  holder  will 
receive  the  number  of  shares  of  Post  common  stock  equal  in  value  to  the  difference  between  the  exercise  price  and  the  fair 
market value at the date of exercise, less all applicable taxes. The total intrinsic value of Post SSARs exercised was $0.1 and 
$0.1 during the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2018, respectively. There were no Post SSARs exercised during the year 
ended September 30, 2019.There were no Post SSARs granted during the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 or 2018.

in millions, except Post SSARs or where otherwise indicated
Outstanding at September 30, 2019

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2020
Exercisable at September 30, 2020

Post SSARs

136,031  $ 
— 
(1,031) 
— 
— 
135,000 

135,000 
135,000 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per 
Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

41.94 
— 
18.10 
— 
— 
42.12 

42.12 
42.12 

$ 

2.75

2.75
2.75

5.9 

5.9 
5.9 

111

Post Cash Settled Stock Appreciation Rights (“Post SARs”)

Information  about  Post  SARs  is  summarized  in  the  following  table.  There  were  no  Post  SARs  granted  during  the  years 
ended September 30, 2020, 2019 or 2018. Cash used by the Company to settle Post SARs was $0.2 and $5.0 during the years 
ended  September  30,  2020  and  2018,  respectively.  There  were  no  cash  settlements  of  Post  SARs  during  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2019.

in millions, except Post SARs or where otherwise indicated
Outstanding at September 30, 2019

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2020
Exercisable at September 30, 2020

Post SARs

2,500  $ 
— 
(2,500) 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per 
Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

18.10 
— 
18.10 
— 
— 
n/a

n/a
n/a

n/a

n/a
n/a

n/a

n/a
n/a

The  fair  value  of  each  Post  SAR  was  estimated  for  each  reporting  period  using  the  Black-Scholes  Model.  The  expected 
term is estimated based on the award’s vesting period and contractual term, along with historical exercise behavior on similar 
awards.  Expected  volatilities  are  based  on  historical  volatility  trends  and  other  factors.  The  risk-free  rate  is  the  interpolated 
U.S. Treasury rate for a term equal to the expected term. The following table presents the assumptions used to remeasure the 
fair value of outstanding Post SARs. 

Expected term (in years)
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per Post SAR)

Post Stock Options

2019
0
24.8%
1.8%
0%
$87.84

2018
0.0
21.5%
2.6%
0%
$79.94

in millions, except Post stock options or where otherwise 
indicated
Outstanding at September 30, 2019

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2020
Exercisable at September 30, 2020

Post Stock 
Options
1,758,026  $ 
30,504 
(89,250) 
— 
— 
1,699,280 

1,699,280 
1,509,246 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per 
Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

58.03 
106.51 
44.11 
— 
— 
59.63 

59.63 
55.91 

$ 

5.21

5.21
4.88

46.1 

46.1 
45.6 

The fair value of each Post stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Model. The Company 
uses the simplified method for estimating a Post stock option term as it does not have sufficient historical stock options exercise 
experience upon which to estimate an expected term. The expected term is estimated based on the award’s vesting period and 
contractual  term.  Expected  volatilities  are  based  on  historical  volatility  trends  and  other  factors.  The  risk-free  rate  is  the 
interpolated  U.S.  Treasury  rate  for  a  term  equal  to  the  expected  term.  The  weighted-average  assumptions  and  fair  values  for 
Post stock options granted are summarized in the table below.

112

Expected term (in years)
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per Post stock option)

2020
6.5
29.2%
1.8%
0%
$35.32

2019
6.5
29.7%
3.1%
0%
$33.82

2018
6.5
30.7%
2.2%
0%
$28.52

The total intrinsic value of Post stock options exercised was $5.5, $148.2 and $4.7 in the years ended September 30, 2020, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company received proceeds from the exercise of Post stock options of $3.9, $112.6 and $5.7 
during the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Post Restricted Stock Units (“Post RSUs”)

in millions, except Post RSUs or where otherwise indicated
Nonvested at September 30, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at September 30, 2020

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value Per 
Share

Post RSUs

1,013,939  $ 
351,786 
(413,820) 
(21,972) 
929,933 

81.27 
103.97 
82.16 
95.08 
89.14 

The grant date fair value of each Post RSU award was determined based upon the closing price of the Company’s common 
stock on the date of grant. The weighted-average grant date fair value of nonvested Post RSUs was $89.14, $81.27 and $71.94 
at September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The total vest date fair value of Post RSUs that vested during fiscal 2020, 
2019 and 2018 was $42.1, $24.9 and $17.4, respectively. 

In fiscal 2018, 11,400 of the 13,300 Post RSUs granted by the Company to its non-management members of the Board of 
Directors  had  subjective  acceleration  rights  such  that  the  Company  expensed  the  grant  date  fair  value  upon  issuance  and 
recognized related expense of $0.9 in the year ended September 30, 2018. None of the Post RSUs granted in fiscal 2020 and 
2019  to  non-management  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors  had  subjective  acceleration  rights  and  those  awards  are  being 
amortized over the terms of the awards. 

Post Cash Settled Restricted Stock Units (“Post Cash RSUs”)

in millions, except Post Cash RSUs or where otherwise indicated
Nonvested at September 30, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at September 30, 2020

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value Per 
Share

Post Cash 
RSUs

49,000  $ 
— 
(9,800) 
— 
39,200 

51.43 
— 
51.43 
— 
51.43 

At September 30, 2020, the 39,200 nonvested Post Cash RSUs were valued at the greater of the closing stock price or the 
grant  price  of  $51.43.  Cash  used  by  the  Company  to  settle  Post  Cash  RSUs  was  $0.9,  $1.1  and  $3.2  for  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

113

Post Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units (“Post PRSUs”)

in millions, except Post PRSUs or where otherwise indicated
Nonvested at September 30, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at September 30, 2020

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value Per 
Share

Post PRSUs

82,871  $ 
90,836 
— 
— 
173,707 

112.75 
138.10 
— 
— 
126.00 

During  the  years  ended  September  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  granted  Post  PRSUs  to  certain  employees. 
These awards will be earned by comparing Post’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) during a three year period to the respective 
TSRs of companies in a performance peer group. Based upon Post’s ranking in its performance peer group when comparing 
TSRs, a recipient of the Post PRSU grant may earn a total award ranging from 0% to 200% of the target award. The fair value 
of each Post PRSU was estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation. The assumptions for Post PRSUs granted 
during the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are summarized in the table below. 

Expected term (in years)
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate

Fair value (per Post PRSU)

BellRing Long-Term Incentive Plan

2020
3.0
22.2%
1.6%

2019
3.0
24.2%
2.9%

$138.10

$122.34

2018
3.0
31.8%
1.8%

$97.74

On  October  22,  2019,  BellRing  registered  shares  of  its  Class  A  Common  Stock  on  a  Form  S-8  filed  with  the  SEC,  for 
issuance under the BellRing 2019 Plan, which permits the issuance of various stock-based compensation awards of up to 2.0 
shares of BellRing’s Class A Common Stock. Awards issued under the BellRing 2019 Plan have a maximum term of 10 years, 
provided,  however,  that  the  corporate  governance  and  compensation  committee  of  BellRing’s  board  of  directors  may,  in  its 
discretion, grant awards with a longer term to participants who are located outside of the U.S.

Total  compensation  cost  for  BellRing’s  non-cash  stock-based  compensation  awards  recognized  in  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2020 was $2.5, and the related recognized deferred tax benefit was $0.6. As of September 30, 2020, the total 
compensation cost related to BellRing’s non-vested awards not yet recognized was $5.7, which is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted-average period of 2.7 years.

BellRing Stock Options

Information about BellRing’s stock options is summarized in the following table.

in millions, except BellRing stock options or where otherwise 
indicated
Outstanding at September 30, 2019

BellRing Stock 
Options

—  $ 

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2020

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2020
Exercisable at September 30, 2020

96,000 
— 
— 
— 
96,000 

96,000 
— 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per 
Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

— 
19.31 
— 
— 
— 
19.31 

19.31 
n/a

$ 

9.15

9.15
n/a

0.1 

0.1 
n/a

The fair value of each BellRing stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Model. BellRing 
uses the simplified method for estimating a BellRing stock option term as it does not have sufficient historical stock options 
exercise  experience  upon  which  to  estimate  an  expected  term.  The  expected  term  is  estimated  based  on  the  award’s  vesting 
period and contractual term. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility trends and other factors. The risk-free rate is 

114

the interpolated U.S. Treasury rate for a term equal to the expected term. The weighted-average assumptions and fair values for 
BellRing stock options granted during the year ended September 30, 2020 are summarized in the table below.

Expected term (in years)
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per BellRing option)

BellRing Restricted Stock Units (“BellRing RSUs”)

Information about BellRing’s RSUs is summarized in the following table.

in millions, except BellRing RSUs or where otherwise indicated
Nonvested at September 30, 2019

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at September 30, 2020

2020
6.5
38.5%
1.6%
0%
$7.92

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value Per 
Share

BellRing RSUs

—  $ 

395,232 
— 
(10,000) 
385,232 

— 
19.39 
— 
19.31 
19.39 

The  grant  date  fair  value  of  each  BellRing  RSU  was  determined  based  upon  the  closing  price  of  BellRing’s  Class  A 

Common Stock on the date of grant.

Deferred Compensation

Post provides deferred compensation plans for directors and key employees through which eligible participants may elect 
to defer payment of all or a portion of their compensation, or with respect to key employee participants, all or a portion of their 
eligible annual bonus, until a later date based on the participant’s elections. Participant deferrals for employee participants may 
be  notionally  invested  in  Post  common  stock  equivalents  (the  “Equity  Option”)  or  into  a  number  of  funds  operated  by  The 
Vanguard Group Inc. with a variety of investment strategies and objectives (the “Vanguard Funds”). In order to receive a 33.3% 
matching contribution, deferrals for director participants must be made into Post common stock equivalents. Deferrals into the 
Equity Option are generally distributed in Post stock for employees and cash for directors, while deferrals into the Vanguard 
Funds are distributed in cash. There are no significant costs related to the administration of the deferred compensation plans. 
Post funds its deferred compensation liability (potential cash distributions) by investing in the Vanguard Funds in substantially 
the  same  amounts  as  selected  by  the  participating  employees.  Both  realized  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  these 
investments are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and 
offset the related change in the deferred compensation liability. For additional information, refer to Note 15.

115

NOTE 21 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The following table summarizes the Company’s repurchases of its common stock.

Shares repurchased 

Average share price

Total cost including broker’s commissions (a)

September 30,
2019

2018

2020

6.1 

3.3 

2.8 

$ 

$ 

97.67  $ 

98.78  $ 

76.21 

587.8  $ 

330.8  $ 

218.7 

(a) Of the $587.8 total cost recorded during the year ended September 30, 2020, $7.4 was not settled until October 2020 and was included in
“Other current liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2020. Of the $330.8 total cost recorded during the year
ended September 30, 2019, $8.7 was not settled until October 2019 and was included in “Other current liabilities” on the Consolidated
Balance Sheet at September 30, 2019.

The  Company  may,  from  time  to  time,  enter  into  common  stock  structured  repurchase  arrangements  with  financial
institutions using general corporate funds. Under such arrangements, the Company pays a fixed sum of cash upon execution of 
each  agreement  in  exchange  for  the  right  to  receive  either  a  predetermined  amount  of  cash  or  Post  common  stock.  Upon 
expiration  of  each  agreement,  if  the  closing  market  price  of  Post’s  common  stock  is  above  the  predetermined  price,  the 
Company will have the initial investment returned with a premium in cash. If the closing market price of Post’s common stock 
is at or below the predetermined price, the Company will receive the number of shares specified in the agreement. During the 
year  ended  September  30,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  a  structured  share  repurchase  arrangement  which  required  cash 
payments totaling $46.4, which were recorded as “Additional paid-in capital” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 
30,  2020  and  as  “Cash  paid  for  stock  repurchase  contracts”  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  for  year  ended 
September 30, 2020. This arrangement will settle in November 2020 (subsequent to the end of the period) and will result in the 
receipt of either 0.6 shares of Post’s common stock or cash of $47.5.

NOTE 22 — SEGMENTS

At September 30, 2020, the Company’s reportable segments were as follows:

Post Consumer Brands: North American RTE cereal;

•
• Weetabix: primarily U.K. RTE cereal and muesli;
•
•
•

Foodservice: primarily egg and potato products;
Refrigerated Retail: primarily side dish, egg, cheese and sausage products; and
BellRing Brands: RTD protein shakes, other RTD beverages, powders and nutrition bars.

Due  to  the  level  of  integration  between  the  Foodservice  and  Refrigerated  Retail  segments,  it  is  impracticable  to  present
additions to property and intangibles and total assets separately for each segment. An allocation has been made between the two 
segments for depreciation based on inventory costing.

Management evaluates each segment’s performance based on its segment profit, which is its earnings before income taxes 
and  equity  method  earnings/loss  before  impairment  of  property,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  facility  closure  related 
costs, restructuring expenses, gain/loss on assets and liabilities held for sale, gain/loss on sales of businesses and facilities, gain 
on bargain purchase, interest expense and other unallocated corporate income and expenses. 

In  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018,  Post’s  external  revenues  were  primarily  generated  by  sales  within  the  U.S.;  foreign 
(primarily  located  in  the  U.K.  and  Canada)  sales  were  13.9%,  12.8%  and  12.9%  of  total  net  sales,  respectively.  Sales  are 
attributed to individual countries based on the address to which the product is shipped.

As  of  September  30,  2020  and  2019,  the  majority  of  Post’s  tangible  long-lived  assets  were  located  in  the  U.S.;  the 
remainder were located primarily in the U.K. and Canada which combined have a net carrying value of approximately $294.2 
and $279.0, respectively. 

In the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, one customer, including its affiliates, accounted for 20.9%, 20.9% 
and  17.6%,  respectively,  of  total  net  sales.  All  segments,  except  Foodservice,  sold  products  to  this  major  customer  or  its 
affiliates. 

The following tables present information about the Company’s reportable segments. In addition, the tables present net sales 
by product. The historical Private Brands segment manufactured and distributed private label peanut and other nut butters, dried 
fruit and nut products, granola and pasta. Net sales for the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 are presented under ASC 
Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” and net sales for the year ended September 30, 2018 are presented under 
ASC  Topic  605,  “Revenue  Recognition.”  Note  that  additions  to  property  and  intangibles  exclude  additions  through  business 
acquisitions (see Note 4).

116

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Net Sales

Post Consumer Brands

Weetabix

Foodservice

Refrigerated Retail

BellRing Brands

Private Brands

Eliminations

Total
Segment Profit

Post Consumer Brands

Weetabix

Foodservice

Refrigerated Retail

BellRing Brands

Private Brands

Total segment profit

General corporate expenses and other

Gain on sale of business

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

Interest expense, net

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net

Expense (income) on swaps, net

Earnings before income taxes and equity method loss
Net sales by product
Cereal and granola
Eggs and egg products
Side dishes (including potato products)
Cheese and dairy
Sausage
Protein-based products and supplements
Nut butters and dried fruit and nut
Pasta
Other
Eliminations

Total

Additions to property and intangibles

Post Consumer Brands

Weetabix

Foodservice and Refrigerated Retail

BellRing Brands
Private Brands
Corporate
Total

Depreciation and amortization

Post Consumer Brands

$  1,949.1  $  1,875.9  $  1,831.7 

440.4 

418.2 

423.4 

1,361.8 

1,627.4 

1,548.2 

961.2 

988.3 

— 

(2.1) 

907.3 

854.4 

— 

(2.1) 

790.9 

827.5 

848.9 

(13.4) 

$  5,698.7  $  5,681.1  $  6,257.2 

$ 

393.5  $ 

337.1  $ 

329.2 

112.3 

25.6 

125.6 

164.0 

— 

821.0 

109.0 

— 

— 

388.6 

72.9 

187.1 

94.8 

198.4 

95.1 

175.1 

— 

900.5 

169.6 

(126.6) 

63.3 

322.4 

6.1 

306.6 

87.2 

157.6 

90.0 

124.4 

60.8 

849.2 

136.8 

— 

124.9 

387.3 

31.1 

(95.6) 

$ 

63.4  $ 

159.1  $ 

264.7 

$  2,388.7  $  2,293.3  $  2,351.2 
1,542.8 
398.2 
248.6 
96.0 
827.5 
487.5 
258.4 
53.0 
(6.0) 
$  5,698.7  $  5,681.1  $  6,257.2 

1,578.4 
519.6 
234.6 
149.6 
854.7 
— 
— 
52.5 
(1.6) 

1,307.8 
536.6 
253.2 
168.1 
988.7 
— 
— 
57.3 
(1.7) 

$ 

67.4  $ 

62.1  $ 

24.6 

139.5 

2.1 
— 
1.0 
234.6  $ 

37.7 

162.3 

3.2 
— 
8.6 
273.9  $ 

$ 

51.5 

26.3 

114.6 

5.0 
26.6 
1.0 
225.0 

$ 

112.4  $ 

117.4  $ 

122.0 

117

Weetabix

Foodservice

Refrigerated Retail

BellRing Brands

Private Brands 

Total segment depreciation and amortization

Corporate and accelerated depreciation

Total

Assets, end of year

Post Consumer Brands

Weetabix

Foodservice and Refrigerated Retail

BellRing Brands

Private Brands

Corporate

Total

35.9 

119.6 

73.1 

25.3 

— 

366.3 

4.0 

35.0 

111.8 

74.1 

25.3 

— 

363.6 

16.0 

38.1 

105.4 

57.9 

25.9 

40.9 

390.2 

8.2 

$ 

370.3  $ 

379.6  $ 

398.4 

2020

September 30,
2019

2018

$  3,291.7  $  3,296.3  $  3,391.7 

1,864.5 

5,022.0 

653.5 

— 

1,779.1 

5,033.8 

594.0 

— 

1,315.0 

1,248.4 

1,853.3 

5,132.4 

559.3 

1,055.3 

1,065.5 

$  12,146.7  $  11,951.6  $  13,057.5 

118

NOTE 23 — SUMMARY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Fiscal 2020

Net sales

Gross profit

Net earnings (loss)

Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders

Basic earnings (loss) per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

Fiscal 2019

Net sales

Gross profit

(Gain) loss on sale of business

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Net earnings (loss)

Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders

Basic earnings (loss) per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

$  1,456.8  $  1,494.2  $  1,336.4  $  1,411.3 

471.5 

99.2 

99.2 

438.8 

(191.4) 

(191.4) 

436.8 

36.0 

36.0 

$ 

$ 

1.40  $ 

(2.76)  $ 

1.38  $ 

(2.76)  $ 

0.53  $ 

0.52  $ 

440.3 

57.0 

57.0 

0.85 

0.83 

$  1,411.3  $  1,387.8  $  1,439.2  $  1,442.8 

426.5 

(124.7) 

— 

125.6 

123.6 
1.85  $ 
1.67  $ 

$ 

$ 

451.3 

462.1 

(2.6) 

— 

44.0 
43.0 
0.61  $ 
0.58  $ 

— 

— 

16.2 

16.2 

0.22  $ 

0.21  $ 

452.2 

0.7 

63.3 

(61.1) 

(61.1) 

(0.84) 

(0.84) 

119

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our  management,  with  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”),  has  evaluated  the 
effectiveness  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”))  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report.  Based  on  that 
evaluation,  our  CEO  and  CFO  concluded  that,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  the  Company's  disclosure 
controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such 
term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is 
designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

As of September 30, 2020, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over  financial  reporting  based  upon  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of 
the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting. Based on management’s assessment utilizing these criteria, our management concluded that, as 
of September 30, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2020  has  been  audited  by 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We evaluated the changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended September 
30, 2020 and concluded that no activity has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control 
over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable. 

120

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item, appearing under the headings “Election of Directors – Information about the Current 
Directors and Nominees for Election to the Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance – Board Meetings and Committees,” 
“Corporate Governance – Nomination Process for Election of Directors” and “Security Ownership of Certain Shareholders – 
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2021 annual meeting of shareholders, to 
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after September 30, 2020 (the “2021 Proxy Statement”), 
is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference.  Information  regarding  executive  officers  of  the  Company  is  included  under  the  heading 
“Information about our Executive Officers” in “Business” in Item 1 of this report. 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  code  of  ethics,  our  Code  of  Conduct,  applicable  to  our  directors,  officers  and  employees, 
including  our  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer  and  principal  accounting  officer,  which  sets  forth  the 
Company’s expectations for the conduct of business by our directors, officers and employees. The Code of Conduct is available 
on the Company’s website at www.postholdings.com. In the event the Company amends the Code of Conduct or waivers of 
compliance are granted and it is determined that such amendments or waivers are subject to the disclosure provisions of Item 
5.05 of Form 8-K, the Company will post such amendments or waivers on its website or in a report on Form 8-K. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  this  Item,  appearing  under  the  headings  “Compensation  of  Officers  and  Directors,” 
“Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation”  and  “Corporate  Governance  and  Compensation  Committee 
Report”  in  the  2021  Proxy  Statement,  is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference.  The  information  contained  in  “Corporate 
Governance  and  Compensation  Committee  Report”  in  the  2021  Proxy  Statement  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  “filed”  with  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or  subject  to  the  liabilities  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the 
“Exchange Act”), except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates such information into a document filed under 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  this  Item,  appearing  under  the  headings  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Shareholders  – 
Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners,”  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Shareholders  –  Security  Ownership  of 
Management”  and  “Compensation  of  Officers  and  Directors  –  Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information”  in  the  2021  Proxy 
Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this Item, appearing under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and 
“Corporate Governance – Director Independence and Role of the Independent Lead Director” in the 2021 Proxy Statement, is 
hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  by  this  Item,  appearing  under  the  heading  “Ratification  of  Appointment  of  Independent 

Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2021 Proxy Statement, is hereby incorporated by reference. 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Documents filed as a part of this report: 

PART IV 

1. Financial Statements. The following consolidated financial statements of Post Holdings, Inc. are filed as a part of this

document under Item 8.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

121

2. Financial Statement Schedules. None. Schedules not included have been omitted because they are not applicable or the

required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits.

Exhibit No.
3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

†10.1

†10.2

†10.3

†10.4

†10.5

†10.6

†10.7

†10.8

†10.9

†10.10

†10.11

Description
Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Post  Holdings,  Inc.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on February 2, 2018)
Amendment of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Post Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on February 2, 2018)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Post Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2020)
Indenture (2026 Notes), dated as of August 3, 2016, by and among Post Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors 
(as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2016)
Indenture  (2027  Notes),  dated  as  of  February  14,  2017,  by  and  among  Post  Holdings,  Inc.,  the 
Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 14, 2017)
Indenture  (2028  Notes),  dated  as  of  December  1,  2017,  by  and  among  Post  Holdings,  Inc.,  the 
Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2017)

Fourth  Supplemental  Indenture  (2026  Notes),  dated  as  of  February  8,  2019,  by  and  among  Post 
Holdings,  Inc.,  the  Guarantors  (as  defined  therein)  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as 
trustee  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  filed  on  February  12, 
2019)
Indenture (2029 Notes), dated as of July 3, 2019, by and among Post Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors (as 
defined therein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2019)

Indenture  (2030  Notes),  dated  as  of  February  26,  2020,  by  and  among  Post  Holdings,  Inc.,  the 
Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2020)

Description of Post Holdings, Inc.’s Registered Securities

Form of Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 4 to 
the Company’s Form 10, filed on January 25, 2012)

Post Holdings, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of February 3, 2012 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2012)

Form of Non-Management Director Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2012)

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Other  Executive  Officers  of  Post  Holdings,  Inc. 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2012)

Form  of  Cliff  Vesting  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 26, 2012)

Form of Cliff Vesting Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to 
the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 26, 2012)

Post Holdings, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, effective as of January 
31, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 1, 
2013)

Form  of  Cash-Settled  Long-Term  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.47 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2014)

Post Holdings, Inc. Senior Management Bonus Program, effective as of May 4, 2015 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 8, 2015)
Form  of  Management  Continuity  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 8, 2015)
Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2015)

122

Exhibit No.
†10.12

Description
Post Holdings, Inc. 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of January 28, 2016 (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2016)

†10.13

†10.14

†10.15

†10.16

†10.17

†10.18

†10.19

†10.20

†10.21

†10.22

†10.23

†10.24

10.25

†10.26

10.27

10.28

†10.29

†10.30

†10.31

†10.32

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Non-Management  Directors) 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2016)

Form of Stock-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees) (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2016)

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2016)

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2016)

Form of Stock-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 
the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2016)

Form of Stock- or Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2016)

Post Holdings, Inc. Executive Severance Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective as of August 1, 2017 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2017)
Post Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Savings Investment Plan, effective as of August 
1, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 3, 2017)
Post Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Employees, effective 
as of August 1, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on 
August 3, 2017)

Post  Holdings,  Inc.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Management  Directors,  as  Amended  and 
Restated, effective as of August 1, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Company’s 
Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2017)
Form of Performance-Based, Stock Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2017)
Form  of  Cliff  Vesting  Stock-Settled  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2017)
Transaction  Agreement,  dated  as  of  August  2,  2018,  by  and  among  THL  Equity  Fund  VIII  Investors 
(PB), LLC, 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. and Post Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s first Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2018)

Form of Cliff Vesting Stock-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (two year vesting) (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 3, 2018)

First  Lien  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  1,  2018,  by  and  among  8th  Avenue  Food  & 
Provisions, Inc., the Subsidiaries of 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. from time to time party thereto, 
the  Lenders  party  thereto,  Barclays  Bank  PLC,  as  administrative  agent,  Barclays  Bank  PLC  and 
Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers, BMO Capital Markets Corp., 
Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, CitiGroup Global Markets Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as 
joint  bookrunners,  and  Coöperatieve  Rabobank  U.A.,  New  York  Branch  and  SunTrust  Bank,  as 
documentation  agents  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company’s  second  Form  8-K 
filed on October 5, 2018)

Second  Lien  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  1,  2018,  by  and  among  8th  Avenue  Food  & 
Provisions, Inc., the Subsidiaries of 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. from time to time party thereto, 
the  Lenders  party  thereto,  Barclays  Bank  PLC,  as  administrative  agent,  Barclays  Bank  PLC  and 
Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers, BMO Capital Markets Corp., 
Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, CitiGroup Global Markets Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as 
joint  bookrunners,  and  Coöperatieve  Rabobank  U.A.,  New  York  Branch  and  SunTrust  Bank,  as 
documentation  agents  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Company’s  second  Form  8-K 
filed on October 5, 2018)

Form  of  Cliff  Vesting  Stock-Settled  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (two  and  five  year  vesting) 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on November 16, 2018)
Form of Performance-Based, Stock Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2018)
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 
the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 16, 2018)
Post  Holdings,  Inc.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  effective  January  24,  2019  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2019)

123

Exhibit No.
†10.33

†10.34

†10.35

10.36

†10.37

†10.38

†10.39

10.40

10.41

10.42

10.43

10.44

10.45

†10.46

†10.47

10.48

10.49

Description
Form  of  Stock-Settled  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Non-Employee  Directors)  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2019)
Form of Stock-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees) (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2019)
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (U.S. Employees) (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2019)
First  Amendment  to  First  Lien  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  19,  2019,  by  and  among  8th 
Avenue  Food  &  Provisions,  Inc.  and  Barclays  Bank  PLC,  as  administrative  agent  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 3, 2019)
Form  of  Stock-Settled  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (Non-Employee  Directors)  (Incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on November 22, 2019)
Amendment  to  the  Post  Holdings,  Inc.  Senior  Management  Bonus  Program,  effective  September  30, 
2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on November 22, 
2019)
Amendment  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Post  Holdings,  Inc.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Key 
Employees,  effective  October  1,  2019  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.55  to  the  Company’s 
Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2020)

Master  Transaction  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  7,  2019,  by  and  among  Post  Holdings,  Inc., 
BellRing  Brands,  Inc.  and  BellRing  Brands,  LLC  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to 
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by BellRing Brands, Inc. on October 
11, 2019 (File No. 333-233867))
Bridge  Facility  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  11,  2019,  by  and  among  Post  Holdings,  Inc.,  certain 
subsidiaries  of  Post  Holdings,  Inc.,  as  guarantors,  the  institutions  from  time  to  time  party  thereto  as 
lenders,  Morgan  Stanley  Senior  Funding,  Inc.,  BofA  Securities,  Inc.,  Citigroup  Global  Markets  Inc., 
Credit  Suisse  Loan  Funding  LLC,  Goldman  Sachs  Bank  USA,  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint  physical  bookrunners,  and  Morgan  Stanley  Senior  Funding,  Inc.,  as 
administrative  agent  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  filed  on 
October 11, 2019)
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2019, by and among Post Holdings, Inc., 
certain  of  its  subsidiaries  and  Morgan  Stanley  Senior  Funding,  Inc.,  as  administrative  agent 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 11, 2019)
Tax  Receivable  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  21,  2019,  by  and  among  BellRing  Brands,  Inc., 
BellRing Brands, LLC and Post Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 
8-K filed by BellRing Brands, Inc. on October 21, 2019 (File No. 001-39093))
Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2019, by and among Post 
Holdings,  Inc.,  BellRing  Brands,  LLC  and  Morgan  Stanley  Senior  Funding,  Inc.,  as  administrative 
agent  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to  the  Form  8-K  filed  by  BellRing  Brands,  Inc.  on 
October 21, 2019 (File No. 001-39093))
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 21, 2019, by and among BellRing Brands, LLC, the institutions 
from  time  to  time  party  thereto  as  lenders,  Credit  Suisse  Loan  Funding  LLC,  BofA  Securities,  Inc., 
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank, N.A., Goldman Sachs Bank USA 
and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, BMO Capital Markets 
Corp., Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, Nomura Securities International, Inc., Suntrust 
Robinson Humphrey, Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as co-managers, and 
Credit  Suisse  AG,  Cayman  Islands  Branch,  as  administrative  agent  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.9 to the Form 8-K filed by BellRing Brands, Inc. on October 21, 2019 (File No. 001-39093))

Form of Performance-Based, Stock-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 15, 2019)
Form of Stock Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-
K filed on February 6, 2020)
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2020, by and among BellRing Brands, 
LLC and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent (Incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.64 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2020)
Second  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  18,  2020,  by  and  among  Post 
Holdings, Inc., as borrower, the institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders, Barclays Bank 
PLC, as administrative agent, Barclays Bank PLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 
Credit  Suisse  Loan  Funding  LLC,  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.  and  Wells  Fargo  Securities,  LLC,  as 
joint  lead  arrangers  and  joint  bookrunners,  BofA  Securities,  Inc.,  Citigroup  Global  Markets  Inc.  and 
Wells  Fargo  Securities,  LLC,  as  syndication  agents,  and  Credit  Suisse  Loan  Funding  LLC  and 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as documentation agents (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2020)

124

Exhibit No.
10.50

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

101.INS

101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104

Description
Second  Amended  and  Restated  Guarantee  and  Collateral  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  18,  2020,  by 
and  among  Post  Holdings,  Inc.,  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  and  Barclays  Bank  PLC,  as  administrative 
agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2020)
Subsidiaries of Post Holdings, Inc.

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Power of Attorney (Included under Signatures)

Certification of Robert V. Vitale pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated November 20, 2020
Certification of Jeff A. Zadoks pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated November 20, 2020
Certification  of  Robert  V.  Vitale  and  Jeff  A.  Zadoks,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350  as  adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated November 20, 2020
The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL (eXtensible 
Business Reporting Language) tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
iXBRL (Inline XBRL) Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
iXBRL (Inline XBRL) Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
iXBRL (Inline XBRL) Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
iXBRL (Inline XBRL) Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
iXBRL (Inline XBRL) Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
The cover page from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2020, formatted in 
iXBRL (Inline XBRL) and contained in Exhibit 101

†

These exhibits constitute management contracts, compensatory plans and arrangements.

125

ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

126

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Post Holdings, Inc. has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES 

POST HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

/s/ Robert V. Vitale
Robert V. Vitale
President and Chief Executive Officer

November 20, 2020

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeff 
A. Zadoks and Diedre J. Gray, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to
this report, and to file the same, with any and all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or
she  might  or  could  do  in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents  or  their  substitute  or
substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Robert V. Vitale
Robert V. Vitale

/s/ Jeff A. Zadoks
Jeff A. Zadoks

/s/ Bradly A. Harper
Bradly A. Harper

/s/ William P. Stiritz
William P. Stiritz

/s/ Jay W. Brown
Jay W. Brown

/s/ Dorothy M. Burwell
Dorothy M. Burwell

/s/ Edwin H. Callison
Edwin H. Callison

/s/ Gregory L. Curl
Gregory L. Curl

/s/ Robert E. Grote
Robert E. Grote

/s/ Ellen F. Harshman
Ellen F. Harshman

/s/ David W. Kemper
David W. Kemper

/s/ David P. Skarie
David P. Skarie

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

November 20, 2020

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer)

November 20, 2020

Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer 
(principal accounting officer)

November 20, 2020

Chairman of the Board

November 20, 2020

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

127

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

CO RPORATE AND SHAREHOLDE R  IN FORM ATION

Executive Officers 

Notice of Annual Meeting

Corporate Headquarters

Robert V. Vitale

The 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders will 

Post Holdings, Inc. 

President and Chief Executive Officer

be held virtually at 9:00 a.m. Central Time, 

Jeff A. Zadoks

Executive VP and Chief Financial Officer

Transfer Agent and Registrar:

Thursday, January 28, 2021.

2503 South Hanley Road 

Saint Louis, MO 63144 

314-644-7600 

postholdings.com

Diedre J. Gray

Executive VP, General Counsel and  

Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary

Howard A. Friedman

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.  

computershare.com 

Shareholder Telephone Calls:

Operators are available Monday-Friday, 8:30 

a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Central Time. An interactive 

President and CEO, Post Consumer Brands

automated system is available around the  

Mark W. Westphal

President, Foodservice

Board of Directors

Dorothy M. Burwell 

Edwin H. Callison

Gregory L. Curl

Robert E. Grote

Ellen F. Harshman

David W. Kemper

David P. Skarie

William P. Stiritz, Chairman

Robert V. Vitale

clock daily.  

Inside the U.S.: 

877-498-8861  

Outside the U.S.: 

312-360-5193

Mailing Address:

For questions regarding stock transfer, change  

of address or lost certificates by regular mail: 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.  

P.O. Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233

To deliver stock certificates by courier:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.  

462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600

Louisville, KY 40202

Independent registered public  

accounting firm: 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Additional Information

You can access financial and other information 

about Post Holdings, Inc. at postholdings.com, 

including press releases and proxy materials; 

Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K as filed with the  

Securities and Exchange Commission; and 

information on corporate governance such as 

our Code of Conduct and charters of Board 

committees. You can also request that any of 

these materials be mailed to you at no charge  

by calling or writing:

Post Holdings, Inc. 

Attn:  Shareholder Services 

2503 South Hanley Road 

Saint Louis, Missouri 63144 

Telephone:  314-644-7600 

1. 

 Certain financial measures presented herein are non-GAAP 
measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net earnings 
available to common shareholders, Adjusted diluted 
earnings per common share and free cash flow. Non-GAAP 
measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, as 
they exclude certain items, and may not be comparable to 
similarly titled measures of other companies. Management 
uses certain non-GAAP measures, including Adjusted 
EBITDA and free cash flow, as key metrics in the evaluation 
of underlying company and segment performance, in 
making financial, operating and planning decisions, and, in 
part, in the determination of cash bonuses for its executive 
officers and employees. Management believes the use of 
non-GAAP measures provides increased transparency and 
assists investors in understanding the underlying operating 
performance of Post and its segments and in the analysis 
of ongoing operating trends. Post believes Adjusted net 
earnings available to common shareholders and Adjusted 
diluted earnings per common share are useful to investors 
in evaluating Post’s operating performance because they 
exclude items that affect the comparability of Post’s financial 
results and could potentially distort an understanding of 
the trends in business performance. Adjusted net earnings 
available to common shareholders and Adjusted diluted 
earnings per common share are adjusted for the following 
items: income/expense on swaps, net; gain/loss on sale 
of business or facility; impairment of goodwill and other 
intangible assets; payments of debt extinguishment costs, 
net; transaction costs; integration costs; gain on bargain 
purchase; mark-to-market adjustments on commodity and 
foreign currency hedges; restructuring and facility closure 
costs, including accelerated depreciation; provision for legal 

settlements; purchase price adjustment on acquisition; 
inventory revaluation adjustments on acquired businesses; 
assets held for sale; mark-to-market adjustments on 
equity securities; debt consent solicitation costs; foreign 
currency gain/loss on intercompany loans; advisory income; 
net foreign currency gains/losses for purchase price of 
acquisition; noncontrolling interest; income tax; U.S. tax 
reform net benefit and preferred stock. Post believes 
that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating 
Post’s operating performance and liquidity because (i) 
Post believes it is widely used to measure a company’s 
operating performance without regard to items such as 
depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending 
upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, (ii) 
it presents a measure of corporate performance exclusive 
of Post’s and BellRing Brands, Inc.’s capital structure and 
the method by which the assets were acquired, and (iii) 
it is a financial indicator of a company’s ability to service 
its debt, as Post and BellRing Brands LLC are required to 
comply with certain covenants and limitations that are based 
on variations of EBITDA in Post’s financing documents. 
Adjusted EBITDA reflects adjustments for income tax 
expense/benefit, interest expense, net, depreciation and 
amortization including accelerated depreciation, income/
expense on swaps, net; gain/loss on sale of business or 
facility; impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets; 
gain/loss on extinguishment of debt, net; transaction costs; 
integration costs; gain on bargain purchase; mark-to-
market adjustments on commodity and foreign currency 
hedges; restructuring and facility closure costs excluding 
accelerated depreciation; provision for legal settlements; 
purchase price adjustment on acquisition; inventory 

revaluation adjustments on acquired businesses; assets held 
for sale; mark-to-market adjustments on equity securities; 
debt consent solicitation costs; foreign currency gain/loss on 
intercompany loans; advisory income; non-cash stock-based 
compensation; noncontrolling interest adjustment; equity 
method investment adjustment and net foreign currency 
gains/losses for purchase price of acquisition. Free cash 
flow is a non-GAAP measure which represents cash flow 
from operating activities less capital expenditures. For a 
reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to the most directly 
comparable GAAP measure, see our press releases posted 
on our website.

2.  ACNielsen xAOC, 52 weeks ended September 26, 2020.

3.   Nielsen/IRI National Consumer Panel, 52 weeks ended 

September 26, 2020. 

4.  Nielsen Scantrack, 52 weeks ended October 3, 2020. 

5.  Kantar Worldpanel, 52 weeks ended October 4, 2020. 

6.  Management estimate.

7. 

IRI U.S. MULO, 52 weeks ended October 4, 2020.

8.   ACNielsen, 52 weeks ended September 26, 2020. Core 

Midwest markets are within the Food channel and include 
chunks, shreds, natural slides and string/stick sub-
categories only. 

9.    Nielsen Household Panel, 52 weeks ended September 26, 

2020. 

10.  ACNielsen xAOC+C, 52 weeks ended September 26, 2020. 

2503 South Hanley Road   St. Louis, MO 63144   postholdings.com